WO2022137924A1 - Structure, adhesive sheet, set and method - Google Patents

Structure, adhesive sheet, set and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022137924A1
WO2022137924A1 PCT/JP2021/042522 JP2021042522W WO2022137924A1 WO 2022137924 A1 WO2022137924 A1 WO 2022137924A1 JP 2021042522 W JP2021042522 W JP 2021042522W WO 2022137924 A1 WO2022137924 A1 WO 2022137924A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
layer
pressure
sensitive adhesive
adherend
adhesive layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/042522
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
尚史 小坂
陽介 清水
健太 熊倉
Original Assignee
日東電工株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日東電工株式会社 filed Critical 日東電工株式会社
Publication of WO2022137924A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022137924A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B38/00Ancillary operations in connection with laminating processes
    • B32B38/18Handling of layers or the laminate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J5/00Adhesive processes in general; Adhesive processes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. relating to primers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to structures, adhesive sheets, sets and methods. This application claims priority under Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-217630 filed on December 25, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. ..
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive (also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive; the same applies hereinafter) exhibits a soft solid state (viscous elastic body) in a temperature range near room temperature, and has a property of easily adhering to an adherend by pressure. Taking advantage of these properties, the pressure-sensitive adhesive is widely used in various fields in the form of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a support having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the support or in the form of a support-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having no support. It's being used.
  • Patent Document 1 is mentioned as a technical document relating to the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • Adhesives are required to have various properties depending on the application. Some of these characteristics are difficult to achieve at a high level, for example, when trying to improve one characteristic, the other characteristic tends to decrease. As an example of such properties that are difficult to achieve at the same time, there is an adhesive force to the adherend and a peeling / removing property. For example, after fixing the adherend using the adhesive sheet, when the adhesive sheet is peeled off and removed from the adherend, the adherend is covered in order to prevent damage or deformation of the adherend, as opposed to the above-mentioned fixing. It may be required to keep the peeling force of the adhesive sheet from the adherend (that is, the adhesive force to the adherend) low. For example, when the adherend is brittle or thin, it is not easy to realize an adhesive sheet having good peeling and removing properties and high adhesive strength.
  • Patent Document 1 a novel method that can be easily peeled off by using an aqueous liquid such as water and has improved water resistance reliability at the time of joining.
  • An adhesive sheet water-removable adhesive sheet
  • the adhesive sheet can be removed from the adherend without damaging the adherend, which is the object to be peeled off, or with less physical load, by water-peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. Since it can be removed, for example, recycling or repair of the adherend can be suitably realized.
  • recycling means making the adherend peeled off from the adhesive sheet into a reusable state, and here includes reuse. After the product to which the parts etc.
  • repair means to replace, repair, or inspect the part when a defect such as a failure occurs during use of the product, and the part fixed by the adhesive sheet is peeled off and removed to remove the part. If it can be replaced, repaired, and inspected, it will lead to cost reduction for product users and reduction of environmental load, which is beneficial.
  • the above recycling and repair may include removal or replacement of a battery or the like.
  • the surface of the adherend needs to have a certain degree of hydrophilicity in order to satisfactorily exhibit the water releasability of the water releasable adhesive sheet.
  • a hydrophilic surface can be obtained by using a hydrophilic material or by hydrophilizing the hydrophobic surface, but the hydrophilic treatment of the adherend is an additional step, so that it is not always an efficient method.
  • hydrophilization treatment may not be possible or desirable, and even if water exfoliation is performed on such an adherend after joining with a water-removable adhesive sheet, the intended water exfoliation is performed. In some cases, the sex does not develop and the adherend cannot be separated smoothly.
  • the present invention has been created in view of the above circumstances, and is an aqueous liquid such as water even when the adhered surfaces of the two adherends bonded by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are hydrophobic. It is an object of the present invention to provide a structure and a method capable of separating the two adherends by water separation using the above. Another object of the present invention is to provide a set, an adhesive sheet and a structure used in the above structure or method.
  • a structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is provided in this order.
  • at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  • at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
  • the techniques disclosed herein structure, double-sided adhesive sheet, method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends, adhesive sheet set, structure set, adhesive sheet used for the set, and structure are included.
  • the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer is 30 degrees or less. With such a configuration, the water releasability is better developed on the hydrophilic surface, and the adherend can be separated more smoothly.
  • the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer has a non-existent region of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at the end of the intermediate layer.
  • the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic layer constituting the hydrophilic surface.
  • a hydrophilic layer constituting the hydrophilic surface.
  • the hydrophilic layer may be a hydrophilic layer containing an inorganic material or may be a hydrophilic layer containing an organic material.
  • the hydrophilic layer is an inorganic oxide-containing layer.
  • the A layer is a layer formed from a photocurable or solvent type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the effects of the techniques disclosed herein are preferably exhibited.
  • the A layer contains a water affinity. According to the layer A containing a water-affinitive agent, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive that preferably has both peeling strength in a normal state (normal state) and water-peeling property, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive in which the rate of decrease in peeling power after immersion in water is suppressed is obtained. Easy to obtain.
  • the structure (typically a double-sided adhesive sheet) is used by being attached to a surface (adhesive surface) having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more.
  • a surface adheresive surface
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer among the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is attached to the surface of an adherend having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more.
  • two adherends can be separated by utilizing water separation.
  • the surface of the adherend to which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are attached may be a surface having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more, and only one of them may be attached.
  • the surface may have a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more
  • the structure disclosed here typically, a double-sided adhesive sheet
  • the structure disclosed herein may be in the form of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner whose adhesive surface is protected by a release liner before use.
  • a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner can be obtained by adhering one of the structures disclosed herein (typically, a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It comprises at least one release liner that protects the surface.
  • a double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner may be in the form of a sheet, or may be a roll body (double-sided adhesive sheet roll with a release liner).
  • the structure further comprises a first adherend that adheres to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a second adherend that adheres to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the first adherend and the second adherend can be separated from each other by water-separating the structure having such a structure on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
  • the structure has a structure including a first adherend, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a second adherend in this order.
  • the adherend that adheres to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is in water contact with the surface to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer adheres.
  • the angle is 40 degrees or more. It is possible to separate the two bonded adherends by performing a separation operation using water peeling on the structure in which the adherend having such a hydrophobic surface is adhered to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. can.
  • the surfaces of the first adherend and the second adherend to which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are attached have a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more.
  • It may be a surface, or only one surface may have a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more, but the water contact angle of the adhered surface of the first adherend and the adhered surface of the second adherend are both. It is particularly suitable for usage modes of 40 degrees or higher.
  • Such a hydrophobic adherend is usually difficult to peel off and remove the adhesive by water peeling, but by applying the technique disclosed herein, the hydrophobicity bonded by utilizing water peeling is used. The adherend can be separated.
  • the structure disclosed here (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet) can separate two adherends attached to each adhesive surface of the structure, the above-mentioned structure (for example, the above-mentioned structure (for example) can be utilized by utilizing this feature.
  • it is preferably used for recycling and repairing parts fixed by a double-sided adhesive sheet).
  • it is suitable for fixing members constituting electronic devices.
  • the structure disclosed here (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet) fixes a battery, which is often removed during repair or replacement of a member constituting an electronic device, product inspection, etc., to the electronic device (main body). It is particularly preferably used as a structure of use (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet).
  • one of the first and second adherends is an electronic device body (eg, a housing of an electronic device) and the other adherend is a battery.
  • the other adherend is a battery.
  • a member for example, a battery
  • a structure for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet
  • a method for separating the joined first adherend and the second adherend is provided.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend.
  • at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  • at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
  • the method includes a step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer.
  • the peeling front is in a state where an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the peeling front of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer.
  • This is a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the invasion of the aqueous liquid into the interface following the movement of the water-based liquid.
  • the peeling front refers to a place where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer begins to separate from the middle layer when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer.
  • the surface on the side of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface, so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer by effectively using the aqueous liquid, and the first adhesion is performed.
  • the body and the second adherend can be separated.
  • the configuration in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet before joining the adherend.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend. Further, at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Further, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. Then, the method is: a step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer to separate the first adherend and the second adherend; the third adherend.
  • a step of joining to the second adherend by an adhesive sheet is performed in the step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer.
  • an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the peeling front of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer.
  • This is a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the invasion of the aqueous liquid into the interface following the movement of the peeling front.
  • the surface on the side of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface, so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer by effectively using the aqueous liquid, and the first adhesion is performed.
  • the body and the second adherend can be separated. Then, for example, a third adherend different from the first adherend can be joined to the second adherend by using an adhesive sheet at the place where the first adherend was present, so that the second adherend can be joined.
  • the first adherend and the third adherend can be exchanged or replaced.
  • the configuration in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet before joining the adherend.
  • the intermediate layer remains in the second adherend.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for joining the third adherend to the second adherend includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer.
  • the A layer side is attached to a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method as an adherend and having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and after 1 day at room temperature, the said. After dropping 20 ⁇ L of distilled water onto the adherend and allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: Test.
  • the A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as a body, which has a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the adhesive strength B0 [N / 10 mm] after 1 day at room temperature. Therefore, the water separation reduction rate calculated by the following equation: (1- (B1 / B0)) ⁇ 100; is 70% or more.
  • the adherend bonded to the second adherend (specifically, the first adherend, the third adherend, and the fourth adherend). The body, etc.) can be repeatedly separated and joined.
  • Such an adherend may be different parts or articles of the same type.
  • the adherend (specifically, the first adherend, the third adherend, the fourth adherend, etc.) may be the same parts or articles.
  • a set including the first adhesive sheet and the second adhesive sheet (for example, an adhesive sheet set) is provided.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer. At least one surface of the substrate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer to be attached to the hydrophilic surface, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is provided on the hydrophilic surface. It has a layer A or both.
  • the structure of the structure disclosed herein can be obtained.
  • the above set is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated.
  • the above set is preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is configured to have an A layer, and the A layer is bonded to the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet to form the above structure.
  • It can be a body composition.
  • a set eg, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer, and the other surface of the base material layer is a hydrophilic surface. Then, the A layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • an adhesive sheet is provided.
  • This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer. Also, at least one surface of the substrate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  • This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. Further, it is suitable as a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) used in the set disclosed herein (for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set). Alternatively, it can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
  • This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer. Then, the A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as an adherend having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and after 1 day at room temperature, 20 ⁇ L is applied to the adherend. After dropping the distilled water of JIS Z0237: 2009 at one end of the interface between the layer A and the adherend, Method 1: peeling 180 ° from the test plate. A water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured at a test temperature of 23 ° C.
  • This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated.
  • first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet or second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in the set disclosed herein (for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
  • a set including the first structure and the second structure is provided.
  • the first structure has a first adherend and a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the second structure has a second adherend, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface in this order.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer attached to the hydrophilic surface, or the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer provided on the hydrophilic surface.
  • Such a set (typically a structure set) can be the structure disclosed herein by using the first structure and the second structure in combination.
  • the above set can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is configured to have an A layer, and the A layer is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface, whereby the structure disclosed herein. It can be a body composition.
  • the first structure comprises a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is typically attached to one surface of the first adherend.
  • the second structure the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is arranged on the other surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface. Then, the A layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer constituting the first structure is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the second structure.
  • a structure having an adherend, an adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface is provided in this order.
  • This structure is suitable as a structure (second structure) used in the set disclosed herein (typically a structure set).
  • second structure used in the set disclosed herein
  • it can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer.
  • the A layer side is attached to a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method as an adherend having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and one day after room temperature, the structure is described. After dropping 20 ⁇ L of distilled water onto the adherend and allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: Test plate.
  • Water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C.
  • the A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as a body having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the adhesive strength is B0 [N / 10 mm] after 1 day at room temperature. Therefore, the water peeling reduction rate calculated by the following formula: (1- (B1 / B0)) ⁇ 100; is 70% or more.
  • This structure is suitable as a structure (first structure or second structure) used in the set disclosed herein (typically a structure set).
  • the above structure can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
  • FIG. 5 It is sectional drawing which shows the other modification of the structure (joint) shown in FIG. 5 schematically. It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 1st adhesive sheet used as a set. It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 2nd adhesive sheet used as a set. It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 1st structure used as a set. It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 2nd structure used as a set.
  • the "acrylic polymer” refers to a polymer derived from a monomer component containing an acrylic monomer in an amount of more than 50% by weight.
  • the acrylic monomer refers to a monomer derived from a monomer having at least one (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule.
  • (meth) acryloyl means a comprehensively referring to acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • (meth) acrylate” means acrylate and methacrylate
  • “(meth) acrylic” means acrylic and methacrylic, respectively.
  • the acrylic polymer may be an acrylic polymer.
  • the acrylic polymer may be, for example, an acrylic polymer contained as a base polymer (main constituent polymer) in a water-dispersible type or solvent type pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer” in the present specification can be paraphrased as “monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer”.
  • the content of the additive component represented by the relative amount of the "monomer component constituting the polymer” and the “monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer” is relative to the "acrylic polymer". It can be rephrased as quantity.
  • the structure disclosed herein can be, for example, in the form of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG.
  • the structure 1 is configured as a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 in this order.
  • the intermediate layer 20 is also referred to as a base material layer in the double-sided adhesive sheet 1.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 are provided on each surface of the intermediate layer 20, respectively.
  • the adhesive surface 11A of the first adhesive layer 11 and the adhesive surface 12A of the second adhesive layer 12 are the surfaces (each adhesive surface) 1A and 1B of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1.
  • one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the intermediate layer 20 has a laminated structure of the main layer 22 and the hydrophilic layer 24, and the surface 20A, which is the surface of the hydrophilic layer 24, is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the hydrophilic layer 24 is formed on one surface of the main layer 22.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20, and specifically, one surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 (the surface opposite to the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 11A) 11B is in the middle. It is laminated in direct contact with the hydrophilic layer 24 of the layer 20. Further, in the example shown in FIG. 1, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 has a single-layer structure. That is, the entire first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 is composed of the A layer constituting one surface (the surface on the hydrophilic surface 20A side of the intermediate layer 20) 11B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is in close contact with the other surface 20B of the intermediate layer 20, and one surface (the surface opposite to the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 12A) 12B of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the intermediate layer 20. It is laminated in direct contact with the main layer 22.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 also has a single-layer structure.
  • the other surface 20B of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophobic surface in this embodiment.
  • the adhesive surface 1A (adhesive surface 11A of the first adhesive layer 11) of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1 before use (before attachment to the adherend) is at least adhesive.
  • the surface 1A (the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11) is protected by a release liner 31 having a peelable surface (peeling surface), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 1B (the adhesive surface 12A of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12) is at least. It may be in the form of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (structure) 51 with a release liner protected by a release liner 32 whose adhesive surface 1B (second adhesive layer 12) side is a releaseable surface (release surface).
  • the back surface 31A of the release liner 31 (the surface opposite to the surface on the first adhesive layer 11 side) is the release surface
  • the adhesive surface 1B (the adhesive surface 12A of the second adhesive layer 12) is on the back surface 31A. ) May be in a form in which the adhesive surfaces 1A and 1B (adhesive surfaces 11A and 12A) are protected by being wound or laminated so as to be in contact with each other.
  • FIG. 2 shows another configuration example of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) disclosed here.
  • a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 120 are provided on each surface of the intermediate layer 20, respectively, and one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface, and the intermediate layer is formed.
  • 20 has the same structure as that shown in FIG. 1 in that the main layer 22 and the hydrophilic layer 24 have a laminated structure, but the structure of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is different from the structure shown in FIG. Specifically, in the structure 2 shown in FIG. 2, one surface 110A of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is a pressure-sensitive surface.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is a layer A 112 constituting the other surface (surface on the intermediate layer 20 side) 110B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110, and a layer B 114 laminated on the back surface side of the layer A 112. It has a two-layer structure consisting of and.
  • the A layer 112 of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20, and specifically, the surface 110B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is directly connected to the hydrophilic surface 24 of the intermediate layer 20. They are laminated in contact with each other.
  • the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 2 before use (before being attached to the adherend) has an adhesive surface 2A (surface 110A of the B layer 114), similarly to the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1 shown in FIG.
  • Double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner (structure) protected by release lines 31 and 32 whose adhesive surface 2B (adhesive surface 120A of the second adhesive layer 120) has at least the adhesive surface side as a peelable surface (peeling surface). ) 52 can be in the form.
  • the back surface 31A of the release liner 31 (the surface opposite to the surface on the first adhesive layer 110 side) is the release surface
  • the adhesive surface 2B (the adhesive surface 120A of the second adhesive layer 120) is on the back surface 31A.
  • FIG. 3 shows another configuration example of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) disclosed here.
  • a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 are provided on each surface of the intermediate layer 200, respectively, and one surface 200A of the intermediate layer 200 is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the configuration is the same as that shown in FIG. 1, but the configuration of the intermediate layer 200 is different from the configuration shown in FIG.
  • the intermediate layer 200 has a single-layer structure.
  • the intermediate layer 200 is formed by using a hydrophilic material, so that its surface, 200A, is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the surfaces 200A and 200B of the intermediate layer 200 are hydrophilic surfaces.
  • the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 1 shown in FIG. 1 will be omitted.
  • FIG. 4 a modified example of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1 is shown in FIG.
  • the structure 4 shown in FIG. 4 is provided with a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on each surface of the intermediate layer 20, respectively, and one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the intermediate layer 20 has a laminated structure of the main layer 22 and the hydrophilic layer 24, which is the same as the configuration of FIG. 1, but the laminated state of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 and the intermediate layer 20 is the configuration shown in FIG. Different from. Specifically, in the structure 4 shown in FIG.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 13 is arranged on the hydrophilic surface (surface of the hydrophilic layer 24) which is one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is not arranged on the entire surface (hydrophilic surface) 20A of the intermediate layer 20, and is partially covered with a hydrophilic surface (hydrophilic surface) including the end portion of the intermediate layer 20.
  • 24 surface) 20A has a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is not provided.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 is an exposed surface in the structure (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) 4.
  • the other surface 20B of the intermediate layer 20 is not provided with the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist as described above, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is arranged on almost the entire surface of the surface 20B. Therefore, in this embodiment, the size (surface size) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is smaller than that of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 13A (adhesive surface 4A) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is the first. 2 It is configured to be smaller than the adhesive surface 12A (adhesive surface 4B) of the adhesive layer 12.
  • the size of the release liner 33 that protects the adhesive surface 4A is smaller than that of the release liner 32 that protects the adhesive surface 4B.
  • the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 1 shown in FIG. 1 will be omitted.
  • the structure disclosed herein may be, for example, in the form of a bonded body having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG.
  • the structure 5 has a structure of a laminated body including the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 in this order, and in this respect, the structure shown in FIG. Is the same as.
  • this structure (bonded body) 5 has a first adherend 60 attached to one surface (adhesive surface) 11A of the first adhesive layer 11.
  • the first adherend 60 is adhered (non-peelable adhesive) to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11.
  • the second adherend 70 is attached to one surface (adhesive surface) 12A of the second adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend 70 is adhered (non-adhesive) to the second adhesive layer 12. (Peelable adhesion).
  • the structure 5 further includes the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70, and the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 are the first adhesive layer 11. , It is joined via the intermediate layer 20 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the structure 5 has a structure of a junction of the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70.
  • the structure 5 has a structure including a first adherend 60, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, an intermediate layer 20, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and a second adherend 70 in this order.
  • one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 is the intermediate layer 20. It is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A.
  • both the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 are hydrophobic adherends made of a hydrophobic material having a hydrophobic adhered surface.
  • the non-peeling adhesive refers to an adhesive form in which peeling is not intended or planned, and does not exclude an adhesive capable of forced peeling which may be accompanied by damage to the adherend.
  • the two adherends can be separated by water separation using an aqueous liquid such as water.
  • an aqueous liquid such as water.
  • two adherends joined by the structure by separating the structure (for example, a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer and the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer by water peeling.
  • the body can be separated.
  • the structure eg, double-sided adhesive sheet
  • Detachment of the adhesive using water peeling is convenient in that it can be carried out without damaging the adherend or with less physical load, but when the adherend is hydrophobic, it is excellent. Usually, there is a limitation that it is difficult to remove the adhesive by peeling with water.
  • the end An aqueous liquid can be applied to the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist in the portion to start and proceed with water peeling.
  • the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer can be a starting point for water exfoliation.
  • the structure 6 shown in FIG. 6 is a modified example of the structure (joint body) 5.
  • the structure 6 shown in FIG. 6 has the same as the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5, the first adherend 60, the first adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, the second adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend. It has a configuration including 70 in this order.
  • one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20.
  • the structure 6 is provided with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existing region 25 at the end of the intermediate layer 20 as in the configuration shown in FIG.
  • a pickup tape 80 is attached to the end of the first adherend 60 to the structure 6.
  • the pickup tape 80 is fixed to the end portion of the intermediate layer 20 on the side where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 is provided. By using this pickup tape 80, the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 are separated more smoothly.
  • a known or conventional adhesive tape can be used as the pickup tape 80.
  • the configuration of the structure 6 the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5 will be omitted.
  • the structure 7 shown in FIG. 7 is another modification of the structure (joint) 5.
  • the structure 7 is turned upside down, but the structure 7 has the first adherend 60 and the first adherend, similarly to the structures 5 and 6 shown in FIGS. 5 and 6. It has a structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend 70 in this order.
  • the pickup tape 80 is attached to the end portion of the second adherend 70.
  • the pickup tape 80 is fixed to the end portion of the intermediate layer 20 on the side where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 is provided.
  • the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5 will be omitted.
  • the structure 8 shown in FIG. 8 is another modification of the structure (joint) 5.
  • the structure 8 is turned upside down, but the structure 8 has the first adherend 60 and the first adherend, similarly to the structures 5 and 6 shown in FIGS. 5 and 6. It has a structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend 70 in this order.
  • the laminated structure portion (which may be a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the first adherend 60 and the second cover. It has an extending portion 90 extending from a portion sandwiched between the body 70 and the body 70.
  • the extended portion 90 is a grip portion that protrudes from the structure 8 and can be gripped with bare hands, and can exhibit the same function as the above-mentioned pickup tape. That is, by using the extending portion 90, the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 can be separated more smoothly.
  • the extending portion 90 may be in a state of being attached to the back surface of the second adherend 70 as shown in the figure before the adherend is separated.
  • the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5 will be omitted.
  • the aqueous liquid is applied to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 of the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20.
  • water separation is started between the hydrophilic surface side surface 11B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 and the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 and the intermediate layer 20 can be separated, and the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 can be separated.
  • the structure may be in the form of either a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a base material, a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner, or a bonded body.
  • the intermediate layer may be formed as long as at least one surface thereof is a hydrophilic surface, and for example, both sides may be composed of a hydrophilic surface.
  • the intermediate layer is not limited to a single-layer structure made of a hydrophilic material, and may be, for example, one in which hydrophilic layers are formed on both sides of the intermediate layer.
  • the intermediate layer may have a laminated structure including the hydrophilic layer, the main layer, and the hydrophilic layer in this order.
  • each of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may include an A layer and a B layer.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may not contain the A layer.
  • the above configuration example and modification configuration can be applied to other configuration examples and modification examples.
  • Each element in the above-mentioned configuration example and modification example can be combined.
  • the structure of the structure 4 shown in FIG. 4 (the structure having the adhesive layer non-existing region on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer) is applied to the structures (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets) 2 and 3 shown in FIGS. 2 and 3. Needless to say, it can be applied not only to the structure (joint body) 5 shown in FIG.
  • the structure (bonded body) 5 shown in FIG. 5 has a structure as shown in FIG. 2 (a structure in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer and a B layer) and a structure shown in FIG. 3 (a single-layer structure). It is also possible to adopt a configuration having an intermediate layer).
  • both the first adherend and the second adherend were hydrophobic adherends, but the first adherend was not limited to this. And only one of the second adherends may be a hydrophobic adherend, and neither the first adherend nor the second adherend may be a hydrophobic adherend.
  • the techniques disclosed herein are suitable, but not limited to, the separation of hydrophobic adherends. The advantages of the techniques disclosed herein may include versatility and convenience that allow the adherend to be separated regardless of the type of adherend. Therefore, the type of adherend is not particularly limited.
  • the laminated structure of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the structure shown in FIG. 5 is obtained from the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 4 in some embodiments. be able to. Specifically, by attaching each adhesive surface of the above-mentioned double-sided adhesive sheet to the first adherend and the second adherend, respectively, a structure in which the two adherends are joined can be obtained. ..
  • the laminated structure of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the bonded body is, in some other embodiments, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet including the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a second.
  • the intermediate layer may be contained in either the first adhesive sheet or the second adhesive sheet, and separately from the first adhesive sheet and the second adhesive sheet, the first adhesive sheet is formed at the time of forming the bonded body. It may be in the form of a sheet material (intermediate layer sheet) interposed between the agent layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, which are constituent elements of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set described later, respectively.
  • the set disclosed herein includes, for example, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 410 having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 9 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 having a cross-section structure schematically shown in FIG. ..
  • the first adhesive sheet 410 constituting the set (adhesive sheet set) 400 does not have a support (base material) composed of an adhesive layer (also referred to as a first adhesive layer in the set 400) 411. It is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 has an A layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 has a single-layer structure, and the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 is composed of the layer A constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411.
  • the first adhesive sheet 410 may be in the form of an adhesive sheet 451 with a release liner before use (before attachment to an adherend).
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 410 is protected by a release liner 431,432 in which each surface 411A, 411B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 has at least a peelable surface (peeling surface) on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side. It can be a form.
  • the back surface of the release liner 431 (the surface opposite to the adhesive side) is the release surface, and the adhesive surface is wound or laminated so that the adhesive surface 411B abuts on the back surface of the release liner 431. 411A and 411B may be in a protected form.
  • the second adhesive sheet 420 constituting the set (adhesive sheet set) 400 includes an adhesive layer (also referred to as a second adhesive layer in the set 400) 422 and an adhesive layer 422. It is configured as a single-sided adhesive adhesive sheet containing a base material layer 425 laminated on one surface 422B.
  • One surface 420A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the other surface 420B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 is composed of the other surface (adhesive surface) 422A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422, and is a surface to be attached to the adherend.
  • the base material layer 425 has a laminated structure of a main layer 427 and a hydrophilic layer 428, and specifically constitutes one surface (hydrophilic surface) 425A of the main layer 427 and the base material layer 425. It is provided with a hydrophilic layer 428.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422 is in close contact with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side surface 425B (opposite surface of one surface 425A) which is the other surface of the base material layer 425, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422 is one surface of the base material layer 425. It is fixedly bonded to 425B.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 before use for example, as shown in FIG.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 422A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422 has a peelable surface (peeling surface) at least on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side. It may be in the form of an adhesive sheet 452 with a release liner, which is protected by the release liner 433.
  • the structure disclosed here can be obtained. Specifically, before and after the attachment to the adherend, the release liner 431 covering the adhesive layer 411 of the first adhesive sheet 410 is peeled off, and the exposed adhesive surface 411A is removed from the base material layer 425 of the second adhesive sheet 420. By adhering to one surface (hydrophilic surface) 425A, the structure of the structure disclosed herein can be obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is composed of the A layer, and the A layer is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the layer A may be any as long as it is arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer, and as long as the layer A has the A layer, both the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet have the A layer.
  • only the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may have the A layer.
  • the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the base material layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet both have a single-layer structure, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the layer A is hydrophilic of the base material layer.
  • Each pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a multi-layer structure including, for example, an A layer and a B layer as long as they are arranged on a property surface.
  • the base material layer may be such that at least one surface thereof is a hydrophilic surface, and for example, both sides may be composed of a hydrophilic surface.
  • the base material layer is not limited to a single-layer structure made of a hydrophilic material, and may be, for example, one in which hydrophilic layers are formed on both sides of the base material layer.
  • the base material layer may have a laminated structure including the hydrophilic layer, the main layer, and the hydrophilic layer in this order.
  • first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet are superposed so that the hydrophilic surface of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has a region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist at the end thereof.
  • a method of making the first adhesive sheet smaller than the second adhesive sheet, or making the adhesive surface (A layer surface) of the first adhesive sheet smaller than the hydrophilic surface of the second adhesive sheet There is a way to do it.
  • the set disclosed herein includes, for example, a first structure 510 having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 11 and a second structure 520 having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. including.
  • the first structure 510 constituting the set (structure set) 500 is one of an adherend (also referred to as a first adherend in the set 500) 512 and an adherend 512. It has a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (also referred to as a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the set 500) 511 attached to the surface.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 has an A layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 has a single-layer structure, and the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 is composed of the layer A constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511.
  • One surface 511A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 is attached to the adhered surface 512A of the adherend 512, and the adherend 512 is adhered (non-peelable adhesion) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511.
  • the other surface 511B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 is an adhesive surface to be attached to the hydrophilic surface 520A of the second structure 520 described later, and at least one surface becomes a peelable surface (peeling surface) before the attachment. It can be in a form protected by a release liner (not shown).
  • the first adherend 512 is a hydrophobic adherend made of a hydrophobic material having a hydrophobic surface 512A to be adhered.
  • the second structure 520 constituting the (structure set) 500 includes an adherend (also referred to as a second adherend in the set 500) 522 and an adhesive layer (set 500). In the above, it is also referred to as a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.) 521 and a layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface are provided in this order.
  • One surface 520A of this structure 520 is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface has a laminated structure of a main layer 527 and a hydrophilic layer 528, and specifically, one surface of the main layer 527 and the layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface (hydrophilicity). Surface) A hydrophilic layer 528 constituting 525A is provided.
  • One surface 521B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521 is attached to the adhered surface 522A of the adherend 522, and the adherend 522 is adhered (non-peelable adhesion) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521.
  • the other surface 521A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521 is in close contact with the other surface 525B (opposite surface of one surface 525A) of the layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521 is a layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface. It is fixedly bonded to the other surface 525B of.
  • the structure disclosed here can be obtained. Specifically, by laminating the adhesive surface 511B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 of the first structure 510 to the hydrophilic surface 520A of the second structure 520, the structure of the structure disclosed here can be obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first structure is composed of the A layer, and the A layer is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the second structure, but the present invention is not limited to this. ..
  • the layer A may be any as long as it is arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface, and as long as the layer A, both the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first structure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second structure are the A layer. May have, and only the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second structure may have the A layer.
  • the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the layer having a hydrophilic surface.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first structure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second structure are both single-layer structures, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the layer A is arranged on the hydrophilic surface.
  • Each pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a multi-layer structure including, for example, an A layer and a B layer.
  • the layer having a hydrophilic surface may be such that at least one surface thereof is a hydrophilic surface, and for example, both sides may be composed of a hydrophilic surface.
  • the layer is not limited to a single-layer structure made of a hydrophilic material, and may be, for example, a layer having hydrophilic layers formed on both sides.
  • the layer may have a laminated structure including a hydrophilic layer, a main layer, and a hydrophilic layer in this order.
  • first structure and the second structure are superposed so that the hydrophilic surface of the second structure has a region where the adhesive layer does not exist at the end thereof.
  • the structure disclosed here has a water peeling force reduction rate of 70% or more.
  • the structure showing the rate of decrease in water peeling force can easily peel the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer by using an aqueous liquid such as water.
  • an aqueous liquid such as water.
  • a small amount of an aqueous liquid is supplied between the intermediate layer of the structure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the aqueous liquid is allowed to enter the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from one end of the structure to trigger peeling.
  • the peeling strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer can be significantly reduced.
  • the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be separated by water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water, and the two bonded bodies can be separated.
  • the rate of decrease in water peeling power may be, for example, 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more.
  • the rate of decrease in water peeling force is 100% or less in principle, and typically less than 100%.
  • A1 is a water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm] described later
  • A0 is a peeling strength A0 [N / 10 mm] described later.
  • the water peeling force reduction rate is realized by selecting an intermediate layer material, a hydrophilic layer formation, a hydrophilic layer constituent material, an adhesive type, a composition, and the like.
  • the peel strength A0 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with respect to the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.0 N / 10 mm or more.
  • the peel strength A0 is a peel strength (normal peel strength) measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C., a tensile speed of 300 mm / min, and a peeling angle of 180 degrees. It can also be said that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the peel strength A0 is adhered to the intermediate layer with a peel strength A0 of a predetermined value or more.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the structure is stably adhered to the intermediate layer, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a problem that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is unintentionally peeled off from the intermediate layer during use.
  • the structure having the peel strength can show good adhesiveness to the adherend. Therefore, it is possible to achieve both adhesive reliability during normal use and good separability during adhesion separation.
  • the peel strength A0 may be, for example, 2.5N / 10mm or more, and may be 3.0N /, from the viewpoint of adhesion between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer and adhesion to the adherend.
  • the peel strength A0 may be, for example, 6.0 N / 10 mm or more, 7.0 N / 10 mm or more, 8.0 N / 10 mm or more, 9.0 N / 10 mm or more. It may be 10.0 N / 10 mm or more, or 11.0 N / 10 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the peel strength A0 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N / 10 mm or less.
  • the peel strength A0 may be 20 N / 10 mm or less, or 15 N / 10 mm or less (for example, 12 N / 10 mm or less). In some embodiments, the peel strength A0 may be less than 10N / 10mm or less than 8N / 10mm. The peel strength A0 is specifically measured by the method described in Examples described later.
  • Water peeling force A1 The structure disclosed herein supplies 20 ⁇ L of distilled water between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and after the distilled water is allowed to enter one end of the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer.
  • Method 1 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate, specifically, using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C., tensile speed 300 mm / min, peeling angle
  • the water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the condition of 180 degrees may be limited to a predetermined value or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is easily peeled off by applying an aqueous liquid such as water to the surface of the intermediate layer and allowing it to enter the interface between the surface of the intermediate layer and the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the water peeling force A1 may be, for example, 3.5 N / 10 mm or less, 2.5 N / 10 mm or less, 1.6 N / 10 mm or less, or 1.2 N / 10 mm. It may be less than or equal to, and may be 1.0 N / 10 mm or less. According to the structure having a low water peeling force A1, the load applied to the adherend at the time of water peeling can be reduced.
  • the structure is also suitably carried out, for example, in an embodiment in which the water peeling force A1 is 0.75 N / 10 mm or less, 0.50 N / 10 mm or less, 0.25 N / 10 mm or less, or 0.15 N / 10 mm or less. obtain.
  • the lower limit of the water peeling force A1 is not particularly limited, and may be substantially 0N / 10mm or more than 0N / 10mm. From the viewpoint of reworkability and the like, in the measurement of the water peeling force A1, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be peeled off from the intermediate layer without leaving the pressure-sensitive adhesive on the intermediate layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is excellent in non-adhesive residue in peeling from the intermediate layer.
  • the presence or absence of the adhesive remaining on the intermediate layer can be grasped, for example, by visually observing the intermediate layer after the adhesive layer is peeled off.
  • the water peeling force A1 is specifically measured by the method described in Examples described later.
  • the structure disclosed herein can be easily peeled off using an aqueous liquid such as water as described above, and the structure is immersed in water for 30 minutes and then pulled out of the water to wipe off the adhering water.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfies the above-mentioned rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water (30% or less) is excellent in water resistance and reliability. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher water resistance reliability, the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is preferably, for example, 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and may be 7% or less. The lower limit of the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is typically 0% or more.
  • the difference between the rate of decrease in peeling force after water immersion [%] and the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water [%] is, for example, 45% or more, 55% or more, 70% or more, or 80% or more, or It can be preferably carried out in an embodiment of 90% or more.
  • the post-water immersion peel strength A2 for calculating the rate of decrease in the post-water immersion peeling force is measured by the method described in Examples described later.
  • the haze value of the structure eg, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet before the adherends are laminated, preferably the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
  • the haze value is preferably 1.0% or less.
  • Such a highly transparent structure is suitable for optical applications where high light transmission is required.
  • the haze value of the structure may be less than 1.0%, less than 0.7%, or less than 0.5% (eg 0-0.5%).
  • the range of haze values for the structure may also apply to the haze values of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer in the techniques disclosed herein.
  • the "haze value” refers to the ratio of diffuse transmitted light to total transmitted light when the measurement target is irradiated with visible light. Also called cloudy price.
  • the haze value can be measured using a haze meter (for example, "MR-100" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory). The haze value can be adjusted by selecting, for example, the composition and thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the material of the intermediate layer, the thickness, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably water-insoluble.
  • the water-insoluble layer A it is easy to obtain a structure having a high peeling strength A2 after immersion in water and a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water.
  • the fact that the A layer is water-insoluble is also preferable from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the adhesive remains on the intermediate layer in peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water.
  • the fact that the A layer is water-insoluble may be advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the transparency of the structure is lowered due to water immersion or moisture in the environment. This can be an advantageous feature in an optical structure in which the adherend is an optical member.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the A layer is preferably non-water-swellable. According to the non-water-swellable layer A, it is easy to obtain a structure having a high peeling strength A2 after immersion in water and a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water. Further, in peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water, a small amount of the aqueous liquid can be effectively used to exhibit good peelability.
  • the non-water swelling property of the A layer is also preferable from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the adhesive remains on the intermediate layer in the peeling using the aqueous liquid. Further, the fact that the layer A is non-water swelling may be advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the transparency of the structure is lowered due to water immersion or moisture in the environment. This can be an advantageous feature in an optical structure in which the adherend is an optical member.
  • the adhesive is water-insoluble means that the gel fraction measured by the following method is 75% or more.
  • the non-water swelling property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive means that the swelling degree measured by the following method is 2 or less. That is, about 0.5 g of the pressure-sensitive adhesive to be measured is weighed, and the weight thereof is defined as W1.
  • This pressure-sensitive adhesive is immersed in 500 ml of distilled water at room temperature (about 23 ° C.) for 48 hours, then filtered through a nylon mesh, and the weight W2 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive containing water is measured. Then, the pressure-sensitive adhesive is dried at 130 ° C. for 5 hours, and the weight W3 of the non-volatile component is measured.
  • the gel fraction and swelling degree are calculated by the following formulas.
  • the gel fraction of layer A may be, for example, 80% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more.
  • the gel fraction of the A layer is 100% or less in principle.
  • the degree of swelling of the layer A may be, for example, 1.7 or less, 1.5 or less, or 1.2 or less.
  • the degree of swelling of the layer A is, for example, 1.0 or more, and typically more than 1.0.
  • the gel fraction of the B layer is not particularly limited.
  • the gel fraction of the B layer is preferably equal to or greater than the gel fraction of the A layer and may be higher than the gel fraction of the A layer.
  • the gel fraction of the B layer may be, for example, 90% or more, 95% or more, 98% or more, or 99% or more.
  • the gel fraction of the B layer is 100% or less in principle.
  • the gel fraction of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, 98% or more, or 99% or more.
  • the gel fraction of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer means the gel fraction of the A layer.
  • the degree of swelling of the B layer is not particularly limited.
  • the degree of swelling of the layer B is preferably equal to or less than the degree of swelling of the layer A, and may be lower than the degree of swelling of the layer A.
  • the degree of swelling of the B layer may be, for example, 1.5 or less, 1.3 or less, or 1.1 or less.
  • the degree of swelling of the B layer is, for example, 1.0 or more, and typically more than 1.0.
  • the degree of swelling of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 1.6 or less, 1.4 or less, 1.2 or less, or 1.1 or less.
  • the degree of swelling of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer means the degree of swelling of the A layer.
  • the gel fraction and swelling degree of the pressure-sensitive adhesive with respect to water are general methods for those skilled in the art at the time of filing the application, such as composition of monomer components, weight average molecular weight of polymers, use of cross-linking agents and polyfunctional monomers. Can be adjusted by appropriately adopting.
  • the structure disclosed herein has an intermediate layer disposed between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the intermediate layer is characterized by having a hydrophilic surface on at least one surface. According to the configuration having an intermediate layer having a hydrophilic surface, the hydrophilic surface and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the hydrophilic surface can be separated by water peeling. It is preferable that only one surface (one side) of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Alternatively, both sides of the intermediate layer may be hydrophilic surfaces.
  • the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer is limited to a predetermined value or less. As a result, water peelability is exhibited on the hydrophilic surface.
  • the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface may be, for example, 45 degrees or less, 40 degrees or less, or 35 degrees or less.
  • the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface becomes small, water tends to get wet and spread along the surface, and the water peelability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer tends to be improved. This is preferable from the viewpoint of removability from the intermediate layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and separability.
  • the hydrophilic surface has a water contact angle of 30 degrees or less, less than 25 degrees is suitable, may be less than 20 degrees, may be less than 15 degrees, or may be less than 10 degrees. ..
  • the lower limit of the water contact angle is 0 degrees in principle.
  • the water contact angle may be greater than 0 degrees, greater than 1 degree, greater than 3 degrees, or greater than or equal to 5 degrees. According to the technique disclosed herein, better water peelability can be achieved by selecting an intermediate layer material, a hydrophilic layer material, and an adhesive type. Therefore, in some embodiments, the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface is achieved. May be 8 degrees or more, 12 degrees or more, 16 degrees or more, and 20 degrees or more (for example, 24 degrees or more).
  • the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface can be set by selecting the material constituting the intermediate layer or the hydrophilic layer, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer, the surface treatment, and the like.
  • the water contact angle of the intermediate layer can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.
  • the water contact angle WCA1 of the hydrophilic surface is typically the intermediate layer. It is smaller than the water contact angle WCA2 on the other surface of the.
  • the WCA1 is preferably less than 70%, more preferably less than 50%, even more preferably less than 30%, and even less than 20% of the WCA2.
  • the water contact angle of the other surface of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, and is, for example, more than 30 degrees.
  • the other surface of the intermediate layer may be a hydrophobic surface having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more.
  • the water contact angle of the hydrophobic surface may be 50 degrees or more (for example, more than 50 degrees) or 60 degrees or more (for example, 65 degrees or more).
  • the upper limit of the water contact angle of the other surface of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 115 degrees, may be less than 105 degrees, or may be less than 95 degrees.
  • the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer is formed smoothly.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the hydrophilic surface is less than 10 ⁇ m. According to the hydrophilic surface in which the unevenness is suppressed as described above, it is easy to realize the desired water peelability.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is preferably less than 5 ⁇ m, more preferably less than 3 ⁇ m (specifically less than 1.0 ⁇ m). Further, from the viewpoint of maintaining the water removability for a long period of time, it is preferable that the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the hydrophilic surface is even smaller.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is preferably less than 100 nm, more preferably less than 10 nm, still more preferably less than 3 nm (specifically less than 1.0 nm).
  • the smoothness of the hydrophilic surface can be adjusted by selecting and forming the intermediate layer material and the hydrophilic layer material, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer, and the like.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness is defined as a general surface roughness measuring device (for example, a non-contact three-dimensional surface shape measuring device manufactured by Veco, model "Wyko NT-3300", or manufactured by Hitachi High Technologies. It can be measured using an atomic force microscope, model "AFM5500M").
  • the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic layer on at least one surface.
  • the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic layer as a layer (outermost layer of the intermediate layer) constituting the surface on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side.
  • the hydrophilic layer is defined as a layer having a hydrophilic surface.
  • the range of the water contact angle value of the surface of the hydrophilic layer the range of the water contact angle value of the hydrophilic surface can be adopted.
  • the range of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, but the range of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the hydrophilic surface can be adopted.
  • the material of the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and one or more of various organic materials, inorganic materials, and organic-inorganic composite materials capable of forming a hydrophilic surface can be used.
  • an inorganic material is used as the hydrophilic layer forming material. Since the hydrophilic layer contains an inorganic material, good water peelability can be easily obtained.
  • the inorganic material a material capable of forming a hydrophilic surface from various metal materials including transition metal elements, simple substances of semi-metal elements, alloys, and inorganic compounds such as inorganic oxides is used. The above-mentioned inorganic materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the inorganic material are oxides such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, manganese oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, tin oxide and niobium oxide.
  • Inorganic oxides typically metal oxides.
  • an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide is used as a preferable inorganic material.
  • the hydrophilic layer may or may not contain various organic materials including an organic polymer compound that can be used as a coating agent or a binder.
  • the amount of the inorganic material (for example, an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide) in the hydrophilic layer can be an appropriate amount to obtain the desired hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range.
  • the content ratio of the inorganic material in the hydrophilic layer can be about 30% by weight or more, about 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight) is appropriate, and even if it is about 70% by weight or more. good.
  • the content of the inorganic material in the hydrophilic layer is approximately 90-100% by weight (eg, approximately 95% by weight or more).
  • an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide (typically silicon oxide represented by SiO X or silicon dioxide represented by SiO 2 ) is used as the inorganic material.
  • the ratio of the inorganic oxide (typically silicon oxide) to the above-mentioned inorganic material can be an appropriate amount to obtain the desired hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range, for example, by about 30 weight. % Or more, about 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight) is suitable, and may be about 70% by weight or more.
  • the proportion of the inorganic oxide (typically silicon oxide) in the inorganic material is approximately 90-100% by weight (eg, approximately 95% by weight or more).
  • the method for forming the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and it can be formed by an appropriate method according to the target thickness and the like.
  • an inorganic material formed in layers by using a known film forming method such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, or a plating method can be used as a hydrophilic layer.
  • various vapor deposition methods can be used.
  • PVD physical vapor deposition method
  • a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, or an ion plating method, an atomic layer deposition layer, or the like can be used.
  • the chemical vapor deposition method (CVD) of the above can be adopted.
  • the coating layer containing an inorganic polymer such as polysiloxane can be formed by appropriately selecting a known coating agent that can obtain a surface showing a desired water contact angle and using it by a conventional method.
  • an organic material is used as the hydrophilic layer forming material.
  • the organic material one kind or two or more kinds of organic materials capable of forming a hydrophilic surface can be used.
  • a polymer having a hydrophilic functional group such as a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a carboxy group, and a silanol group can be used as a hydrophilic layer forming material.
  • the hydrophilic layer forming material can be referred to as a hydrophilic treatment agent or a hydrophilic coating agent, and the hydrophilic layer can be formed by applying the hydrophilic treatment agent or the hydrophilic coating agent.
  • Examples of the organic material for forming a hydrophilic layer include a polysiloxane-based coating agent (for example, a polysiloxane-type coating agent having an ethylsilicate skeleton), a polysilazane-based hydrophilic coating agent (for example, perhydroxypolysilazane), and a polymer brush-type hydrophilicity.
  • a polysiloxane-based coating agent for example, a polysiloxane-type coating agent having an ethylsilicate skeleton
  • a polysilazane-based hydrophilic coating agent for example, perhydroxypolysilazane
  • a polymer brush-type hydrophilicity examples include coating agents and other hydrophilic polymer-containing coating agents (for example, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based coating agents).
  • the method for forming the organic hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and for example, the surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer forming the hydrophilic layer may be subjected to surface treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet treatment, or an appropriate primer, if necessary.
  • surface treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet treatment, or an appropriate primer.
  • the method of applying the above-mentioned hydrophilic layer forming material after applying the above-mentioned material can be adopted.
  • the intermediate layer may be composed of a hydrophilic layer having a single layer structure.
  • the intermediate layer made of a hydrophilic layer has a hydrophilic surface on both sides thereof.
  • the material for forming such a hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and one or more of various materials having a hydrophilic surface can be used. Examples thereof include a hydrophilic layer formed of glass such as an alkaline glass plate and non-alkali glass, a metal material such as iron, and a ceramic material such as silica.
  • a hydrophilic layer is typically a layer made of an inorganic material. Of these, a hydrophilic layer made of a glass material such as an alkaline glass plate or non-alkali glass is preferable.
  • the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited. In the embodiment in which the hydrophilic layer is formed on the surface of the main layer, which will be described later, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is specifically about 5 ⁇ m or less (specifically, from the viewpoint of not impairing the function of the main body of the intermediate layer (main layer of the intermediate layer). For example, less than 5000 nm) is suitable, and may be approximately 2 ⁇ m or less (for example, less than 2000 nm).
  • the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is less than 1000 nm, more preferably less than 500 nm, even more preferably less than 100 nm, particularly preferably less than 50 nm, and may be about 30 nm or less, about 20 nm or less. However, it may be about 15 nm or less (for example, less than 10 nm).
  • the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is preferably 1 nm or more (for example, 3 nm or more), and may be about 5 nm or more, and may be about 10 nm or more (for example, from the viewpoint of improving the hydrophilicity of the surface and improving the water peelability). 15 nm or more) may be used.
  • the thickness can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.
  • the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is the same as the range of the thickness of the intermediate layer described later.
  • the intermediate layer may include other layers in addition to the hydrophilic layer.
  • the other layers are not particularly limited and may be one layer or two or more layers formed of various materials.
  • the other layer may be, for example, a layer constituting the main body of the intermediate layer. Such a layer is called the main layer of the middle layer.
  • the main layer of the intermediate layer disclosed herein also referred to as “intermediate layer main layer", or for convenience, may be simply referred to as “intermediate layer”; the same shall apply hereinafter unless otherwise specified
  • the intermediate layer forms a hydrophilic layer on at least one surface of the main layer to reduce the water contact angle of the surface of the intermediate layer and obtain improved water exfoliation properties. Therefore, the water contact angle on the surface of the intermediate layer alone (main layer) without the hydrophilic layer is typically larger than the water contact angle on the surface of the hydrophilic layer. As the water contact angle on the surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer, a range of the water contact angle value of the other surface of the intermediate layer can be adopted.
  • Non-limiting examples of the materials of the other layers (typically the main layer) constituting the intermediate layer are various resin films such as polyolefin films, polyester films and polyvinyl chloride films; polyurethane foams, polyethylene foams and polys.
  • the main layer of the intermediate layer having such a composite structure include, for example, a laminate having a structure in which a metal foil and the above resin film are laminated (multilayer structure intermediate layer), a resin sheet reinforced with an inorganic fiber such as glass cloth, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the film may be a porous film such as a foam film or a non-woven fabric sheet, or may be a non-porous film, and has a structure in which a porous layer and a non-porous layer are laminated. It may be a film of.
  • a film containing an independently shape-maintainable (self-supporting or independent) resin film as a base film can be preferably used as the film.
  • the term "resin film” means a resin film (of voidless) having a non-porous structure and typically containing substantially no bubbles. Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinguished from foam films and non-woven fabrics.
  • the resin film may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure having two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).
  • polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polybutylene terephthalate (PBT); polyolefins such as polypropylene and ethylene-propylene copolymers; and aliphatic ring structures such as norbornene structure.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • polyolefins such as polypropylene and ethylene-propylene copolymers
  • aliphatic ring structures such as norbornene structure.
  • Polycycloolefin derived from monomer Polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamide; Polyamide (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI), Polyamideimide (PAI); Polyether ether ketone (PEEK) Polyether sulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); Polystyrene; ABS resin; Polyvinyl chloride; Polyvinylidene chloride; Fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); Acrylic resin such as polymethylmethacrylate; Cellulous polymer such as diacetylcellulose and triacetylcellulose (TAC); Vinylbutyral polymer; Arilate polymer; Polyoxy Methylene-based polymer; A resin such as an epoxy-based polymer can be used.
  • PI such as transparent polyimi
  • the surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer disclosed herein may be composed of the above resin material.
  • the resin film that can be used as the main layer of the intermediate layer may be formed by using a resin material containing one kind of the above resin alone, or is formed by using a resin material in which two or more kinds are blended. It may be a plastic one.
  • the resin film is a composite resin film in which a resin layer containing one or more kinds of resin materials and a resin layer containing one or more kinds of resin materials of the same type or different types from the resin layer are laminated. There may be.
  • the resin film may be unstretched or stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched).
  • the resin material constituting the resin film include polyester resin, PPS resin, polyolefin resin, and polyimide resin.
  • the polyester-based resin refers to a resin containing polyester in a proportion of more than 50% by weight.
  • the PPS resin is a resin containing PPS in a proportion of more than 50% by weight
  • the polyolefin resin is a resin containing a polyolefin in a proportion of more than 50% by weight
  • the polyimide resin is a polyimide resin.
  • polyester-based resin a polyester-based resin containing polyester as a main component, which is obtained by polycondensing a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, is typically used.
  • the polyester resin include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polybutylene naphthalate and the like.
  • polyolefin resin one kind of polyolefin can be used alone, or two or more kinds of polyolefins can be used in combination.
  • the polyolefin can be, for example, a homopolymer of an ⁇ -olefin, a copolymer of two or more kinds of ⁇ -olefins, or a copolymer of one kind or two or more kinds of ⁇ -olefins and another vinyl monomer.
  • ethylene-propylene copolymers such as polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), poly-1-butene, poly-4-methyl-1-pentene, and ethylene propylene rubber (EPR), and ethylene-propylene-.
  • Examples thereof include a butene copolymer, an ethylene-butene copolymer, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, and an ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer. Both low density (LD) polyolefins and high density (HD) polyolefins can be used.
  • polyolefin resin films include unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, medium density polyethylene (MDPE).
  • Examples thereof include a film, a high-density polyethylene (HDPE) film, a polyethylene (PE) film in which two or more types of polyethylene (PE) are blended, and a PP / PE blend film in which polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE) are blended.
  • HDPE high-density polyethylene
  • PE polyethylene
  • the resin film that can be preferably used as the main layer of the intermediate layer include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, PEEK film, CPI film, CPP film, OPP film, and TAC film.
  • Preferred examples from the viewpoint of strength include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, PEEK film, and CPI film.
  • Preferred examples include PET film, CPI film, and TAC film from the viewpoint of availability, dimensional stability, optical characteristics, and the like.
  • additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dye, pigment, etc.), fillers, slip agents, antiblocking agents, etc. shall be added to the resin film, if necessary. Can be done.
  • the blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the intended use and the like.
  • the method for manufacturing the resin film is not particularly limited.
  • conventionally known general resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calender roll molding can be appropriately adopted.
  • the other layer may be substantially composed of such a resin film.
  • the other layer may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the resin film.
  • the auxiliary layer include an optical property adjusting layer (for example, a colored layer and an antireflection layer), a surface such as a printing layer or a laminating layer for imparting a desired appearance, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, and a peeling layer.
  • a processing layer may be mentioned.
  • other layers for example, the main layer of the intermediate layer disclosed herein are acrylic, polyester, alkyd, melamine, urethane, acid-epoxy crosslinked, or the above resin film, metal foil, or the like. It may be coated with a paint such as these composite systems (for example, acrylic melamine system, alkyd melamine system), or plated with zinc plating or the like.
  • the other layers (typically the main layer) of the intermediate layer disclosed herein do not typically include a glass layer such as an alkaline glass plate or non-alkali glass.
  • a glass layer such as an alkaline glass plate or non-alkali glass.
  • the effect of improving water peelability by providing the hydrophilic layer can be preferably exhibited.
  • the thickness of the other layer is determined. It is appropriate that the total thickness of the intermediate layer is 50% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and 97% or more (for example, 99% or more).
  • the total thickness of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited and can be selected according to the purpose of use and the mode of use of the structure.
  • the total thickness of the intermediate layer may be, for example, about 1000 ⁇ m or less, may be about 500 ⁇ m or less, and from the viewpoint of weight reduction and thinning, about 300 ⁇ m or less is suitable, preferably about 150 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably about 120 ⁇ m. It may be 100 ⁇ m or less, or 70 ⁇ m or less. As the total thickness of the intermediate layer becomes smaller, the flexibility of the structure and the followability to the surface shape of the adherend tend to improve.
  • the total thickness of the intermediate layer may be, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more, and may be more than 5 ⁇ m or more than 10 ⁇ m. In some embodiments, the total thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably about 20 ⁇ m or more, preferably about 30 ⁇ m or more, for example, about 50 ⁇ m or more, or about 70 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface of the intermediate layer may be further subjected to a hydrophilic treatment such as a corona treatment or a plasma treatment in order to further increase the hydrophilicity. ..
  • a hydrophilic treatment such as a corona treatment or a plasma treatment in order to further increase the hydrophilicity.
  • the apparatus and treatment conditions used for the corona treatment and the plasma treatment can be set so as to obtain a surface showing a desired water contact angle based on conventionally known techniques.
  • the surface of the intermediate layer on the adhesive layer side may be subjected to conventionally known surface treatments such as ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, and alkali treatment, if necessary.
  • Such a surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the adhesion between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in other words, the anchoring property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the intermediate layer.
  • the surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer (for example, the surface on the hydrophilic layer side) may be subjected to surface treatments such as the above-mentioned various surface treatments, application of an undercoating agent (primer), and antistatic treatment.
  • the composition of the primer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but for example, about 0.01 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m is appropriate, and about 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m is preferable.
  • the layer A contained in at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive or a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive ( Natural rubber-based, synthetic rubber-based, mixed systems, etc.), silicone-based adhesives, polyester-based adhesives, urethane-based adhesives, polyether-based adhesives, polyamide-based adhesives, fluorine-based adhesives, and other various adhesives. It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of one type or two or more types of pressure-sensitive adhesive selected from the above.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive refers to a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing an acrylic polymer as a main component. The same meaning applies to rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesives and other pressure-sensitive adhesives.
  • an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be preferably adopted as the constituent material of the A layer in some embodiments.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive is composed of, for example, a monomer component containing more than 50% by weight of a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms at the ester terminal. Those containing an acrylic polymer are preferable.
  • a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having an number of carbon atoms of X or more and Y or less at the ester terminal may be referred to as “(meth) acrylic acid CXY alkyl ester”.
  • the proportion of (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the entire monomer component may be, for example, 55% by weight or more, 60% by weight or more, or 70% by weight or more. But it may be.
  • the proportion of (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less, or 99% by weight or less. good.
  • Non-limiting specific examples of the (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester include methyl (meth) acrylic acid, ethyl (meth) acrylic acid, propyl (meth) acrylic acid, isopropyl (meth) acrylic acid, (meth).
  • At least (meth) acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl ester it is preferable to use at least (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester.
  • an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the monomer component is preferable, and an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing at least 2 EHA is particularly preferable.
  • (meth) acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl esters that may be preferably used include isononyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (2EHMA), isostearyl acrylate (ISTA). ) Etc. can be mentioned.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in a proportion of 40% by weight or more.
  • the monomer component containing a relatively large amount of (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms at the ester terminal tends to form an acrylic polymer having high lipophilicity.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is likely to be formed.
  • the ratio of the (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester to the monomer component may be, for example, 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 80% by weight or more. It may be a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester at a rate equal to or higher than any of the above-mentioned lower limit values. Further, from the viewpoint of enhancing the cohesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) and preventing cohesive failure, the ratio of (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester to the monomer component is 99.5% by weight or less. It may be 99% by weight or less, 98% by weight or less, or 97% by weight or less.
  • the ratio of the (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester to the monomer component is 95% by weight or less, for example, 90% by weight. % Or less is appropriate.
  • the proportion of (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be 85% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. It may be a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester at a ratio equal to or less than any of the above-mentioned upper limit values.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and, if necessary, another monomer (copolymerizable monomer) copolymerizable with the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester. May be good.
  • a monomer having a polar group for example, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, etc.
  • Monomers having polar groups can be useful for introducing cross-linking points in acrylic polymers and enhancing the cohesive force of adhesives.
  • the copolymerizable monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Non-limiting specific examples of the copolymerizable monomer include the following.
  • Carboxy group-containing monomers For example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, carboxyethyl acrylate, carboxypentyl acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid and the like.
  • Acid anhydride group-containing monomer For example, maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride.
  • Hydroxyl-containing monomers For example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic.
  • Monomer containing a sulfonic acid group or a phosphate group for example, styrene sulfonic acid, allyl sulfonic acid, sodium vinyl sulfonic acid, 2- (meth) acrylamide-2-methyl propane sulfonic acid, (meth) acrylamide propane sulfonic acid, sulfo.
  • styrene sulfonic acid for example, styrene sulfonic acid, allyl sulfonic acid, sodium vinyl sulfonic acid, 2- (meth) acrylamide-2-methyl propane sulfonic acid, (meth) acrylamide propane sulfonic acid, sulfo.
  • Epoxide group-containing monomer For example, epoxy group-containing acrylate such as (meth) glycidyl acrylate and (meth) -2-ethyl glycidyl ether, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ether (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • Cyano group-containing monomer For example, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, etc.
  • Isocyanate group-containing monomer For example, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • Amid group-containing monomers For example, (meth) acrylamide; N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dipropyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diisopropyl (meth).
  • N, N-dialkyl (meth) acrylamide such as acrylamide, N, N-di (n-butyl) (meth) acrylamide, N, N-di (t-butyl) (meth) acrylamide; N-ethyl (meth) N-alkyl (meth) acrylamide such as acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butyl (meth) acrylamide, Nn-butyl (meth) acrylamide; N-vinylcarboxylic acid amide such as N-vinylacetamide.
  • Monomer having a hydroxyl group and an amide group for example, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-hydroxypropyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (1-hydroxypropyl) (meth).
  • N- (3-hydroxypropyl) (meth) acrylamide N- (2-hydroxybutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-hydroxybutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (4-hydroxybutyl) ( N-hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylamide, such as meta) acrylamide
  • monomers with an alkoxy group and an amide group such as N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl ( N-alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylamide such as meta) acrylamide
  • Amino group-containing monomer For example, aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, t-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Monomers having an epoxy group for example, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether.
  • Monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpiperazine, N-vinylpyrazine, N- Vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole, N- (meth) acryloyl-2-pyrrolidone, N- (meth) acryloyl piperidine, N- (meth) acryloylpyrrolidin, N-vinylmorpholin, N-vinyl-3.
  • N-Morholinone N-vinyl-2-caprolactam, N-vinyl-1,3-oxadin-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-morpholindione, N-vinylpyrazole, N-vinylisoxazole, N-vinyl Thiasol, N-vinylisothiazole, N-vinylpyridazine and the like (eg, lactams such as N-vinyl-2-caprolactam).
  • Monomers having a succinimide skeleton for example, N- (meth) acryloyloxymethylene succinimide, N- (meth) acryloyl-6-oxyhexamethylene succinimide, N- (meth) acryloyl-8-oxyhexamethylene succinimide and the like.
  • Maleimides For example, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-isopropylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and the like.
  • Itaconimides For example, N-methylitaconimide, N-ethylitaconimide, N-butylitaconimide, N-octylitaconimide, N-2-ethylhexylitaconimide, N-cyclohexylitaconimide, N-lauryl. Itaconimide, etc.
  • Aminoalkyl (meth) acrylates For example, aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, t (meth) acrylate. -Butyl aminoethyl.
  • Alkoxy group-containing monomers for example, 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, propoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate.
  • Alkoxyalkyls (meth) acrylates such as butoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl (meth) acrylates; alkoxyalkylene glycols (meth) acrylates such as methoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates, methoxypolypropylene glycols (meth) acrylates, etc.
  • Alkoxyalkyls (meth) acrylates such as butoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl (meth) acrylates
  • alkoxyalkylene glycols (meth) acrylates such as methoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates, methoxypolypropylene
  • Alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers for example 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxy Propylmethyldiethoxysilane.
  • Vinyl esters For example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate and the like.
  • Vinyl ethers For example, vinyl alkyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether and ethyl vinyl ether.
  • Aromatic vinyl compounds For example, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyltoluene and the like.
  • Olefins For example, ethylene, butadiene, isoprene, isobutylene and the like.
  • acrylic acid ester having an aromatic hydrocarbon group For example, phenyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • heterocyclic-containing (meth) acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, halogen atom-containing (meth) acrylates such as vinyl chloride and fluorine atom-containing (meth) acrylates, and silicon atom-containing silicone (meth) acrylates.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, but it is appropriate to use 0.01% by weight or more of the total monomer component.
  • the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used may be 0.1% by weight or more of the entire monomer component, or 0.5% by weight or more.
  • the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used is preferably 50% by weight or less, preferably 40% by weight or less of the entire monomer component.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer By using the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the degree of cross-linking (for example, cross-linking with an isocyanate cross-linking agent) can be suitably adjusted, and the peel strength A0 can be improved.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer those exemplified above can be used, and for example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) or 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) can be preferably adopted.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the entire monomer component. It may be 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 10% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 15% by weight or more, preferably 20% by weight or more, preferably 25% by weight or more, and 30% by weight or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components. It may be 35% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more.
  • the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is, for example, 50% by weight or less (for example, 45% by weight or less) of the entire monomer component in some embodiments. Yes, it may be 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may include a monomer having a nitrogen atom.
  • a monomer having a nitrogen atom By using a monomer having a nitrogen atom, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be enhanced, and the peel strength after photocuring can be preferably improved.
  • a preferred example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring.
  • the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring those exemplified above can be used, and for example, the general formula (1):
  • the N-vinyl cyclic amide represented by is used.
  • R 1 is a divalent organic group, specifically ⁇ (CH 2 ) n ⁇ .
  • n is an integer of 2 to 7 (preferably 2, 3 or 4).
  • N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone can be preferably adopted.
  • Another preferred example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is (meth) acrylamide.
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1% by weight or more or 3% by weight or more of the entire monomer component. Further, it can be 5% by weight or more or 7% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used may be 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, or 20% by weight, based on the total amount of the monomer components, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesive strength. It may be the above.
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom is appropriately set to, for example, 40% by weight or less of the total monomer component, 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less. May be good.
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used may be, for example, 20% by weight or less of the total monomer component, or 15% by weight or less.
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used may be, for example, 20% by weight or less, 12% by weight or less, 8% by weight or less, or 6% by weight or less of the total monomer component. But it may be.
  • the monomer component comprises a carboxy group-containing monomer.
  • the carboxy group-containing monomer include acrylic acid (AA) and methacrylic acid (MAA).
  • AA and MAA may be used in combination.
  • their weight ratio (AA / MAA) is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, in the range of about 0.1 to 10.
  • the weight ratio (AA / MAA) may be, for example, approximately 0.3 or more, and may be approximately 0.5 or more. Further, the weight ratio (AA / MAA) may be, for example, about 4 or less, or about 3 or less.
  • an aqueous liquid such as water can be quickly blended into the surface of the A layer. This may help reduce the water peeling force A1.
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used may be, for example, 0.05% by weight or more of the entire monomer component, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.3% by weight or more, and 0.5% by weight or more. However, it may be 0.8% by weight or more.
  • the ratio of the carboxy group-containing monomer may be, for example, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, and 3.5% by weight or less. However, it may be 3.0% by weight or less, or 2.5% by weight or less.
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used is not too large from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of water into the bulk of the A layer and suppressing the decrease in the peel strength A2 after immersion in water. Further, the fact that the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used is not too large may be advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the event that the water used for measuring the water peeling force A1 is absorbed by the A layer and the water is insufficient during the peeling. ..
  • the monomer component may include an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer.
  • the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer is typically an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least one (preferably two or more, for example two or three) alkoxysilyl groups in one molecule. Specific examples are as described above.
  • the above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a crosslinked structure by a silanol group condensation reaction silanol group condensation reaction (silanol condensation) can be introduced into the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A).
  • the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer can also be grasped as a silane coupling agent described later.
  • the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer to the entire monomer component can be, for example, 0.005% by weight or more, and 0.01% by weight or more. Is appropriate. Further, the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight or less from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the adherend. But it may be.
  • the total ratio of the alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylate and the alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate is limited to less than 20% by weight from the viewpoint of suppressing gelation. Has been done.
  • the total proportion of the alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylate and the alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate is more preferably less than 10% by weight, still more preferably less than 3% by weight, particularly preferably less than 1% by weight, and some
  • the monomer component is substantially free of alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylates and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylates (content 0-0.3% by weight).
  • the monomer component of the acrylic polymer disclosed herein may or may not contain an alkoxy group-containing monomer in a proportion of less than 20% by weight.
  • the amount of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component is preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, still more preferably less than 1% by weight, and in a particularly preferable embodiment, the monomer component contains an alkoxy group. Substantially free of monomers (content 0-0.3% by weight).
  • the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is set in an appropriate range.
  • the "hydrophilic monomer” in the present specification contains an amide group such as a carboxy group-containing monomer, an acid anhydride group-containing monomer, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, and a monomer having a nitrogen atom (typically, (meth) acrylamide).
  • the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is preferably 40% by weight or less (for example, 35% by weight or less), preferably 32% by weight or less, and for example, 30% by weight. It may be less than or equal to 28% by weight or less.
  • the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer may be 1% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. There may be.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate.
  • an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate those exemplified above can be used, and for example, cyclohexyl acrylate and isobornyl acrylate can be preferably adopted.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more of the entire monomer component.
  • the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate used may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components. It is appropriate that the upper limit of the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate used is approximately 40% by weight or less, for example, 30% by weight or less, and 25% by weight or less (for example, 15% by weight). % Or less, and even 10% by weight or less).
  • the composition of the monomer component is such that the glass transition temperature (hereinafter, also referred to as “glass transition temperature of the polymer”) determined by the Fox formula based on the composition of the monomer component is ⁇ 75 ° C. or higher and ⁇ 10 ° C. or lower. Can be set to.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer eg, acrylic polymers, typically acrylic polymers
  • Tg glass transition temperature of the polymer
  • the glass transition temperature (eg, acrylic polymers, typically acrylic polymers) is preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. or lower, preferably ⁇ 30 ° C. or lower. It is preferably -40 ° C or lower, more preferably -50 ° C or lower, and may be, for example, ⁇ 55 ° C or lower.
  • the adhesion of the A layer to the intermediate layer and the adhesiveness to the adherend generally tend to be improved.
  • the layer A having high adhesion to the intermediate layer it is easy to suppress water infiltration into the interface between the intermediate layer and the layer A when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not intended to be peeled off. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water and reducing the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water.
  • the Tg of the polymer may be, for example, ⁇ 70 ° C. or higher, or ⁇ 65 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of facilitating the increase in the peel strength A0. In some other embodiments, the Tg may be, for example, ⁇ 60 ° C. or higher, ⁇ 50 ° C. or higher, ⁇ 45 ° C. or higher, or ⁇ 40 ° C. or higher.
  • Tg is the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the copolymer
  • Wi is the weight fraction of the monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio based on the weight)
  • Tgi is the monomer i.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for calculating Tg the value described in the publicly known material shall be used.
  • the monomers listed below the following values are used as the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the monomer.
  • a homopolymer solution having a solid content concentration of 33% by weight.
  • this homopolymer solution is cast-coated on a release liner and dried to prepare a test sample (sheet-shaped homopolymer) having a thickness of about 2 mm.
  • This test sample was punched into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, sandwiched between parallel plates, and subjected to shear strain at a frequency of 1 Hz using a viscoelasticity tester (ARES, manufactured by Leometrics) in a temperature range of ⁇ 70 to 150 ° C. The viscoelasticity is measured in a shear mode at a heating rate of 5 ° C./min, and the peak top temperature of tan ⁇ is defined as Tg of the homopolymer.
  • ARES viscoelasticity tester
  • the polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but has an SP value of 23.0 (). MJ / m 3 ) It is preferably 1/2 or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive containing a polymer having such an SP value preferably contains, for example, a water-affinitive agent described later, thereby preferably realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive having sufficient adhesive strength and excellent water peelability. Can be.
  • the SP value is more preferably 21.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or less (for example, 20.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or less).
  • the lower limit of the SP value is not particularly limited, and it is appropriate that it is, for example, about 10.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or more, and about 15.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or more. Yes, preferably 18.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or more.
  • the polymer having the above SP value can be obtained by appropriately determining the monomer composition based on the common general technical knowledge of those skilled in the art.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) contains a monomer component having the above-mentioned composition in the form of a polymer, a non-polymer (that is, a form in which a polymerizable functional group is unreacted), or a mixture thereof. It can be formed using a composition (hereinafter, also referred to as "adhesive composition A").
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive (adhesive component) is dispersed in water, a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is contained in an organic solvent, ultraviolet rays, radiation, and the like.
  • An active energy ray-curable adhesive composition prepared to be cured by the active energy rays of the above to form an adhesive, a hot melt type adhesive that is applied in a heat-melted state and forms an adhesive when cooled to near room temperature. It can be in various forms such as an agent composition.
  • thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator may be used depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode and the like.
  • a polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the thermal polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is, for example, an azo-based polymerization initiator, a peroxide-based initiator, a redox-based initiator by a combination of a peroxide and a reducing agent, and a substituted ethane-based initiator.
  • Etc. can be used. More specifically, for example, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis (2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride.
  • 2,2'-azobis [2- (5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis (N, N'-dimethyleneisobutyramidin), 2,2' -Azobis [N- (2-carboxyethyl) -2-methylpropionamidine] Azo-based initiators such as hydrate; persulfates such as potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate; benzoyl peroxides and t-butyl hydroperoxides.
  • Peroxide-based initiators such as hydrogen peroxide; for example, substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; for example, redox such as a combination of persulfate and sodium hydrogen sulfite, a combination of peroxide and sodium ascorbate, etc.
  • System initiators; and the like are exemplified, but not limited thereto.
  • the thermal polymerization can be preferably carried out at a temperature of, for example, about 20 to 100 ° C. (typically 40 to 80 ° C.).
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a ketal-based photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, a benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiator, an acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator, ⁇ -.
  • Ketol-based photopolymerization initiator aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiator, photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiator, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiator, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, thioxanthone-based light
  • a polymerization initiator or the like can be used.
  • the amount of such a thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator used can be a normal amount depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc., and is not particularly limited.
  • about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight of the polymerization initiator typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight
  • chain transfer agents which can also be grasped as a molecular weight adjusting agent or a degree of polymerization adjusting agent
  • chain transfer agent mercaptans such as n-dodecyl mercaptan, t-dodecyl mercaptan, and thioglycolic acid
  • a chain transfer agent containing no sulfur atom non-sulfur chain transfer agent
  • non-sulfur chain transfer agent examples include anilins such as N, N-dimethylaniline and N, N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as ⁇ -pinene and turpinolene; ⁇ -methylstyrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene dimer.
  • Stylines such as; compounds having a benzidenyl group such as dibenzylidene acetone, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl aldehyde; hydroquinones such as hydroquinone and naphthohydroquinone; quinones such as benzoquinone and naphthoquinone; 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene , 1,5-Cyclooctadiene and other olefins; alcohols such as phenol, benzyl alcohol and allyl alcohol; benzyl hydrogens such as diphenylbenzene and triphenylbenzene; and the like.
  • the chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a chain transfer agent is used, the amount used may be, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
  • the techniques disclosed herein may also be preferably practiced in embodiments that do not use chain transfer agents.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer obtained by appropriately adopting the above-mentioned various polymerization methods is not particularly limited and can be set in an appropriate range according to the required performance and the like. .. It is appropriate that the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above-mentioned polymer is about 10 ⁇ 10 4 or more, for example, about 15 ⁇ 104 or more, and a viewpoint of achieving both cohesive force and adhesive force in a well-balanced manner. Therefore, it is preferably more than 30 ⁇ 10 4 .
  • the above-mentioned polymer according to some embodiments is preferably 40 ⁇ 10 4 or more (typically about 50 ⁇ 10 4 or more, for example, about 55 ⁇ 10) from the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion reliability even in a high temperature environment. It has Mw of 4 or more).
  • the upper limit of Mw of the polymer may be approximately 500 ⁇ 10 4 or less (for example, approximately 150 ⁇ 104 or less).
  • the above Mw may be approximately 75 ⁇ 104 or less.
  • Mw means a value in terms of standard polystyrene obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer formed from the water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • a typical example of the water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • Emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions typically contain a polymer of monomeric components and, optionally, additives.
  • Emulsion polymerization of monomer components is usually performed in the presence of an emulsifier.
  • the emulsifier for emulsion polymerization is not particularly limited, and known anionic emulsifiers, nonionic emulsifiers and the like can be used.
  • the emulsifier may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • anionic emulsifiers include sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, ammonium polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, and polyoxy. Examples thereof include sodium ethylenealkylphenyl ether sulfate and sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate.
  • Non-limiting examples of nonionic emulsifiers include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block polymers and the like.
  • An emulsifier having a reactive functional group may be used.
  • the reactive emulsifier include a radically polymerizable emulsifier having a structure in which a radically polymerizable functional group such as a propenyl group or an allyl ether group is introduced into the above-mentioned anionic emulsifier or nonionic emulsifier.
  • the amount of the emulsifier used in the emulsion polymerization may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, or 1.0 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It may be 5 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water, reducing the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water, or improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A), the amount of the emulsifier used is determined in some embodiments. It is suitable to be 10 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the component, preferably 5 parts by weight or less, and may be 3 parts by weight or less.
  • the emulsifier used in the emulsion polymerization here can also function as a water affinity agent for the A layer.
  • a polymerization reaction solution in the form of an emulsion in which a polymer of a monomer component is dispersed in water can be obtained.
  • the aqueous dispersion type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the A layer can be preferably produced by using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have an A layer formed from a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymerization of the monomer components and, optionally, an additive.
  • the solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents.
  • aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; 1,2- Select from halogenated alkanes such as dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butylmethyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc. Any one solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more can be used.
  • esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate
  • aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane
  • 1,2- Select from halogenated alkanes such as dichloroethane
  • lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, mono
  • a polymerization reaction solution in which the polymer of the monomer component is dissolved in the polymerization solvent can be obtained.
  • the solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the A layer can be preferably produced by using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have an A layer formed from an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • active energy ray refers to an energy ray having energy that can cause a chemical reaction such as a polymerization reaction, a cross-linking reaction, or decomposition of an initiator.
  • active energy rays include light such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays and infrared rays, and radiation such as ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, electron beams, neutron rays and X-rays.
  • a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is mentioned as a preferable example of the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition has an advantage that even a thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be easily formed. Of these, an ultraviolet curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferable.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains at least a portion of the monomer component of the composition (which may be part of the type of monomer or part of the amount). Included in the form of a polymer.
  • the polymerization method for forming the above-mentioned polymer is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods can be appropriately adopted. For example, thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization (typically performed in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator); photopolymerization performed by irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays (typically).
  • Radiation polymerization performed by irradiating radiation such as ⁇ -rays and ⁇ -rays; which is performed in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator; and the like can be appropriately adopted. Of these, photopolymerization is preferable.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a partial polymer of monomer components.
  • a partial polymer is typically a mixture of a polymer derived from a monomer component and an unreacted monomer, and preferably exhibits a syrup-like (viscous liquid) form.
  • the partial polymer having such properties may be referred to as "monomer syrup” or simply "syrup".
  • the polymerization method for partially polymerizing the monomer component is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected and used. From the viewpoint of efficiency and convenience, the photopolymerization method can be preferably adopted. According to photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate (monomer conversion) of the monomer component can be easily controlled by the polymerization conditions such as the irradiation amount of light (light amount).
  • the polymerization conversion rate of the monomer mixture in the above partial polymer is not particularly limited.
  • the polymerization conversion rate can be, for example, about 70% by weight or less, and preferably about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation and coatability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the partial polymer, the polymerization conversion rate is preferably about 50% by weight or less, and is about 40% by weight or less (for example, about 35% by weight). The following) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, but is typically about 1% by weight or more, and it is appropriate to make it about 5% by weight or more.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partial polymer of the monomer component for example, a monomer mixture containing the entire amount of the monomer component used for preparing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is partially polymerized by an appropriate polymerization method (for example, a photopolymerization method).
  • an appropriate polymerization method for example, a photopolymerization method.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partial polymer of the monomer component is a partial polymer or a complete polymer of a monomer mixture containing a part of the monomer components used in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the remaining monomer. It may be a mixture with a component or a partial polymer thereof.
  • the term "complete polymer" means that the polymerization conversion rate is more than 95% by weight.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the partial polymer may contain other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a polyfunctional monomer, a cross-linking agent, a water-affinitive agent, etc.) used as necessary.
  • the method of blending such other components is not particularly limited, and may be contained in the monomer mixture in advance or added to the partial polymer, for example.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A that can be used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) in the technique disclosed herein may contain a water-affinitive agent, if desired.
  • a water-affinitive agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A)
  • the water-affinity agent tends to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) due to having a hydrophilic region, whereby the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) is easily distributed. It is considered that the action of efficiently increasing the water affinity of the surface is exhibited, and the peeling force is effectively reduced when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) comes into contact with water.
  • water-affinitive agent one that is liquid at room temperature (about 25 ° C.) can be preferably used from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the water affinity agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • At least one compound A selected from a surfactant and a compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used.
  • a surfactant and the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton one or more of known surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used without particular limitation. Needless to say, among the above-mentioned surfactants, there are compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, and vice versa.
  • nonionic surfactants As the surfactant that can be used as the compound A, known nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants and the like can be used. Of these, nonionic surfactants are preferable.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • nonionic surfactants are polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, poly.
  • Polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers such as oxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; sorbitan fatty acid esters such as sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan monooleate; polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene Polyoxyethylene sorbitan such as sorbitan monopalmitate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan triisostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate.
  • fatty acid esters examples thereof include fatty acid esters; polyoxyethylene glyceryl ether fatty acid esters; polyoxyelene-polyoxypropylene block copolymers; and the like.
  • nonionic surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • anionic surfactants are alkylbenzene sulphates such as nonylbenzene sulfonate, dodecylbenzene sulfonate (eg sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate); lauryl sulphate (eg sodium lauryl sulphate, ammonium lauryl sulphate),.
  • Alkyl sulfate such as octadecyl sulfate; fatty acid salt; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate such as polyoxyethylene octadecyl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate (for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate), polyoxy Polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates such as ethylene lauryl phenyl ether sulfate (eg, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates, etc.), polyoxyethylene styrenated phenyl ether sulfates, etc.
  • Polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate ester salt; lauryl sulfosuccinate, polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfosuccinate (eg, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate), sulfosuccinate; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether acetate; etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the salt may be, for example, a metal salt such as a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a calcium salt or a magnesium salt (preferably a monovalent metal salt), an ammonium salt, an amine salt or the like. Can be.
  • the anionic surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • anionic surfactants having at least one of a -POH group, a -COH group and a -SOH group may be preferably used.
  • a surfactant having a —POH group is preferable.
  • a suitable example of a surfactant having a -POH group is a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester may be, for example, 6 to 20, 8 to 20, 10 to 20, 12 to 20, or 14 to 20.
  • cationic surfactant examples include polyether amines such as polyoxyethylene laurylamine and polyoxyethylene stearylamine.
  • the cationic surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton that can be used as compound A include polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polypropylene glycol (PPG); polyethers containing polyoxyethylene units, and polyoxypropylene units. Polyethers, compounds containing oxyethylene units and oxypropylene units (the sequence of these units may be random or block-like); derivatives thereof; etc. can be used. Further, among the above-mentioned surfactants, compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can also be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, it is preferable to use a compound containing a polyoxyethylene skeleton (also referred to as a polyoxyethylene segment), and PEG is more preferable.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PPG polypropylene glycol
  • the molecular weight (chemical formula amount) of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton is not particularly limited, and it is appropriate that the compound has a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, for example, less than 1000, and is about 600 or less (for example, from the viewpoint of adhesive composition preparability). 500 or less) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton is not particularly limited, and a compound having a molecular weight of about 100 or more (for example, about 200 or more, further about 300 or more) is preferably used.
  • water-affinitive agents include water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyacrylic acid.
  • the water-soluble polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the water affinity agent one kind or two or more kinds of compound A may be used, or one kind or two or more kinds of water-soluble polymers may be used, and these may be used in combination. You may.
  • the HLB of the water-affinitive agent is not particularly limited, for example, 3 or more, about 6 or more is appropriate, and 8 or more (for example, 9 or more) can be used.
  • the water affinity has an HLB of 10 or greater.
  • the HLB is more preferably 11 or more, still more preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 13 or more (for example, 14 or more).
  • a water affinity agent typically a surfactant
  • the upper limit of the HLB is 20 or less, for example, 18 or less, 16 or less, or 15 or less.
  • the HLB in the present specification is Hydrophilic-Lipophile Balance by Griffin, which is a value indicating the degree of affinity of the surfactant with water or oil, and the ratio of hydrophilicity to lipophilicity is between 0 and 20. It is expressed by the numerical value of.
  • the definition of HLB is W. C. Griffin: J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists, 1,311 (1949), Koshimin Takahashi, Yoshiro Namba, Motoo Koike, Masao Kobayashi, "Surfactant Handbook", 3rd edition, published by Engineering Books, November 25, 1972, p179- As described in 182 and the like.
  • the water-affinitive agent having the HLB can be selected based on the common general knowledge of those skilled in the art by referring to the above-mentioned references as necessary.
  • water-affinitive agent is contained in the A layer in a free form.
  • the water-affinitive agent one that is liquid at room temperature (about 25 ° C.) is preferably used from the viewpoint of the adhesive composition preparability.
  • the layer A containing the water-affinitive agent is typically formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing the water-affinitive agent.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may be any of the above-mentioned water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, hot-melt type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the like.
  • the A layer containing the water affinity agent may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable or solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. In such a layer A, the effect of adding a water affinity agent can be preferably exhibited.
  • the A layer may have photocurability.
  • the content of the water affinity agent in the A layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that the effect of using the water affinity agent is appropriately exhibited.
  • the content of the water affinity agent may be, for example, 0.001 part by weight or more per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) contained in the layer A. It is suitable that the content is 0.01 parts by weight or more, 0.03 parts by weight or more, 0.07 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more.
  • the content of the water affinity may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component, and 0.5 parts by weight or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect.
  • the amount of the water affinity agent used may be, for example, 20 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It is suitable to be 10 parts by weight or less, preferably 5 parts by weight or less, and may be 3 parts by weight or less. It is preferable that the content of the water-affinitive agent is not too large from the viewpoint of improving the peel strength A2 after immersion in water, reducing the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water, or improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A).
  • the content of the water affinity with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be less than 2 parts by weight, less than 1 part by weight, less than 0.7 parts by weight, or 0.3 parts by weight. It may be less than 0.2 parts by weight.
  • a water affinity having an HLB of 10 or more tends to exhibit good water exfoliation properties even when used in a small amount.
  • a polyfunctional monomer can be used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (and thus the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A)), if necessary.
  • the polyfunctional monomer may serve for purposes such as adjusting cohesive force.
  • the polyfunctional monomer forms a crosslinked structure having appropriate flexibility by reacting the ethylenically unsaturated group with light (for example, ultraviolet rays) irradiation at the time of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or after being attached to the adherend. obtain. Therefore, in the present specification, the "polyfunctional monomer” can be paraphrased as a cross-linking agent.
  • a polyfunctional monomer may be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups can be used.
  • the polyfunctional monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group contained in the polyfunctional monomer include, but are not limited to, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group and an allylic group.
  • Preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups from the viewpoint of photoreactivity include acryloyl group and methacryloyl group. Of these, the acryloyl group is preferable.
  • the polyfunctional monomer a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is preferable, a compound having 2 to 8 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is more preferable, and 2 to 2 to 8 in the molecule. Compounds with 6 ethylenically unsaturated groups are even more preferred.
  • the polyfunctional monomer comprises a compound having no more than 4 (specifically 2-4, eg, 2 or 3, preferably 2) ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule. Can be used.
  • polyfunctional monomer examples include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and penta.
  • trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable, and 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate is more preferable.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used varies depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc., but for example, a monomer component (typically, an acrylic polymer or the polymerization) that forms a polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer). It is appropriate that the range is about 0.01 parts by weight to 3.0 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight (monomer component of the product).
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.02 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, and the like. It may be 1.0 part by weight or more or 2.0 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, 10 parts by weight or less. It may be 5.0 parts by weight or less, or 3.0 parts by weight or less. In some embodiments, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably, for example, 1.0 part by weight or less, preferably 0.5 part by weight or less, and more preferably 0. It is 3 parts by weight or less, and may be 0.2 parts by weight or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A disclosed herein contains a cross-linking agent, if necessary, mainly for the purpose of cross-linking in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) or cross-linking between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and its adjacent surface. be able to.
  • the cross-linking agent is typically contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) in the form after the cross-linking reaction.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing a cross-linking agent typically contains a polymer cross-linked by the cross-linking agent (for example, an acrylic polymer).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) containing an acrylic polymer crosslinked by a cross-linking agent.
  • a cross-linking agent By using a cross-linking agent, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can be appropriately adjusted.
  • the type of the cross-linking agent is not particularly limited, and is selected from the conventionally known cross-linking agents so that the cross-linking agent exhibits an appropriate cross-linking function in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, for example, depending on the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. be able to.
  • cross-linking agent examples include an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, an aziridine-based cross-linking agent, a carbodiimide-based cross-linking agent, a melamine-based cross-linking agent, a urea-based cross-linking agent, a metal alkoxide-based cross-linking agent, and a metal.
  • examples thereof include a chelate-based cross-linking agent, a metal salt-based cross-linking agent, a hydrazine-based cross-linking agent, and an amine-based cross-linking agent. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a cross-linking agent that can be dissolved or dispersed in water.
  • the content of the cross-linking agent (when two or more kinds of cross-linking agents are contained, the total amount thereof) is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the cross-linking agent is a monomer component (for example, acrylic) that forms a polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer). It is appropriate that the amount is about 5 parts by weight or less, preferably about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight, and about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the system polymer or the monomer component of the polymer. It is more preferably 4 parts by weight, and further preferably about 0.001 to 3 parts by weight.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing no cross-linking agent as described above may be used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be substantially free of a cross-linking agent such as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent.
  • a cross-linking agent such as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent
  • the fact that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition does not substantially contain a cross-linking agent means that the amount of the cross-linking agent with respect to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer component is less than 0.05 parts by weight (for example, 0. It means that it is less than 01 parts by weight).
  • a cross-linking catalyst may be used to allow the cross-linking reaction to proceed more effectively.
  • the cross-linking catalyst include metal-based cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, ferric nasem, butyl tin oxide, and dioctyl tin dilaurate. Of these, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferable.
  • the amount of the cross-linking catalyst used is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the cross-linking catalyst used is, for example, about 0.0001 parts by weight or more and about 0.001 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. , About 0.005 parts by weight or more, about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, about 0.05 parts by weight or less, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can optionally contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization as a cross-linking retarder.
  • a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization can be preferably used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent or the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A that can be used by blending an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent.
  • a compound that causes keto-enol telecommunication can be preferably used. Thereby, the effect of extending the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be exhibited.
  • the compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound that causes keto-enol remutability is 100 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the acrylic polymer or the monomer component of the polymer) forming the polymer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer).
  • the monomer component for example, the acrylic polymer or the monomer component of the polymer
  • it may be 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, 0.5 parts by weight or more and 15 parts by weight or less is appropriate, and for example, 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less can be used. It may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed herein may contain an acrylic oligomer from the viewpoint of improving cohesive force, improving adhesion to an intermediate layer, and improving adhesion to an adherend. can.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) containing the acrylic oligomer can be formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing the acrylic oligomer.
  • the acrylic oligomer those having a higher Tg than the Tg of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) can be preferably adopted.
  • the Tg of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 20 ° C. or higher and 300 ° C. or lower.
  • the Tg may be, for example, about 30 ° C. or higher, about 40 ° C. or higher, about 60 ° C. or higher, about 80 ° C. or higher, or about 100 ° C. or higher.
  • the Tg of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, about 250 ° C. or lower, about 200 ° C. or lower, about 180 ° C. or lower, or about 150 ° C. or lower. But it may be.
  • the Tg of the acrylic oligomer is a value calculated based on the Fox formula, like the Tg of the acrylic polymer described above.
  • the Mw of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 1000 or more, appropriately about 1500 or more, about 2000 or more, or about 3000 or more. Further, the Mw of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, about 30,000 or less, and it is appropriate that it is about 10,000 or less, and it may be about 7,000 or less, or about 5,000 or less. When Mw is within the above range, the cohesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) and the effect of improving the adhesiveness are likely to be suitably exhibited.
  • the Mw of the acrylic oligomer can be measured by GPC and obtained as a standard polystyrene-equivalent value.
  • TSKgelGMH-H (20) ⁇ 2 as a column on HPLC8020 manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd. under the condition of a flow rate of about 0.5 mL / min in a tetrahydrofuran solvent.
  • the monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer include the above-mentioned various (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl esters; the above-mentioned various alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylates; and the above-mentioned various aromatic hydrocarbons.
  • Hydrocarbon-containing (meth) acrylates; (meth) acrylates obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols; and other (meth) acrylate monomers can be mentioned. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the acrylic oligomer is an alkyl (meth) acrylate in which an alkyl group has a branched structure such as isobutyl (meth) acrylate and t-butyl (meth) acrylate; an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate and an aromatic hydrocarbon.
  • an acrylic monomer having a relatively bulky structure such as a group-containing (meth) acrylate;
  • a monomer having a saturated hydrocarbon group at the ester terminal is less likely to cause polymerization inhibition.
  • an alkyl (meth) acrylate in which the alkyl group has a branched structure or a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate can be preferably used.
  • the ratio of the (meth) acrylate monomer to all the monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer is typically more than 50% by weight, preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more (for example, 80% by weight). And more, 90% by weight or more).
  • the acrylic oligomer has a monomer composition consisting substantially only of one or more (meth) acrylate monomers.
  • the monomer component contains an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate and a (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester, their weight ratios are not particularly limited.
  • the weight ratio of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester is, for example, 10/90 or higher, 20/80 or higher, or 30/70 or higher. It can also be 90/10 or less, 80/20 or less, or 70/30 or less.
  • a functional group-containing monomer can be used, if necessary, in addition to the above (meth) acrylate monomer.
  • a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-acryloylmorpholin; an amino group-containing monomer such as N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate; N, Examples thereof include an amide group-containing monomer such as N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide; a carboxy group-containing monomer such as AA and MAA; and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • these functional group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ratio of the functional group-containing monomer to all the monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer can be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 2% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more, and also. For example, it can be 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 7% by weight or less.
  • the acrylic oligomer may be one in which a functional group-containing monomer is not used.
  • Suitable acrylic oligomers include, for example, dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (DCPMA), cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), isobornyl methacrylate (IBXMA), isobornyl acrylate (IBXA), dicyclopentanyl acrylate (DCPA), and the like.
  • DCPMA dicyclopentanyl methacrylate
  • CHMA cyclohexyl methacrylate
  • IBXMA isobornyl methacrylate
  • IBXA isobornyl acrylate
  • DCPA dicyclopentanyl acrylate
  • ADAM 1-adamantyl methacrylate
  • ADA 1-adamantyl acrylate
  • MMA methylmethacrylate
  • a polymer of CHMA and isobutyl methacrylate IBMA
  • a polymer of CHMA and IBXMA a polymer of CHMA and acryloylmorpholin (ACMO)
  • a polymer of CHMA and diethylacrylamide DEA
  • Examples thereof include a copolymer of CHMA and AA.
  • Acrylic oligomers can be formed by polymerizing their constituent monomer components.
  • the polymerization method and the polymerization mode are not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods (for example, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, photopolymerization, radiation polymerization and the like) can be adopted as appropriate.
  • the types of polymerization initiators for example, azo-based polymerization initiators
  • the types of polymerization initiators that can be used as needed are generally as exemplified with respect to the synthesis of acrylic polymers, and the amount of the polymerization initiator and the chain transfer agent arbitrarily used. Since the amount of (for example, mercaptans) is appropriately set based on common general knowledge so as to have a desired molecular weight, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the content thereof is the monomer of the polymer (typically the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A).
  • the content of the acrylic oligomer with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is less than 50 parts by weight. It is preferably less than 30 parts by weight, more preferably 25 parts by weight or less, and may be, for example, 10 parts by weight or less, 5 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) may contain a pressure-sensitive adhesive resin.
  • the tackifying resin include petroleum-based tackifier resins, terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, and the like, which include rosin-based tackifier resins and rosin derivative tackifier resins. .. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • tackifier resin one or more selected from a rosin-based tackifier resin, a rosin derivative tackifier resin, and a terpene phenol resin can be preferably used.
  • a rosin derivative tackifier resin is preferable, and preferred examples thereof include rosin esters such as stabilized rosin ester and polymerized rosin ester.
  • the above-mentioned tackifier resin is preferably used, for example, as a solvent-type or water-dispersible type pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the softening point of the tackifying resin is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A), a pressure-sensitive adhesive resin having a softening point of 80 ° C. or higher can be preferably used.
  • the softening point of the tackifier resin may be 90 ° C. or higher, 100 ° C. or higher, 110 ° C. or higher, or 120 ° C. or higher.
  • a tackifier resin having a softening point of 130 ° C. or higher or 140 ° C. or higher may be used.
  • a tackifier resin having a softening point of 200 ° C. or lower or 180 ° C. or lower can be preferably used.
  • a nominal value described in a document, a catalog, or the like can be adopted.
  • the softening point of the tackifier resin can be measured based on the softening point test method (ring ball method) specified in JIS K5902 or JIS K2207.
  • the amount of the tackifier resin used may be 1 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) from the viewpoint of appropriately exerting the effect of use. It is suitable, and may be 5 parts by weight or more, 10 parts by weight or more, 15 parts by weight or more, 20 parts by weight or more, or 25 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of achieving both adhesion and cohesiveness to the intermediate layer and the adherend in a well-balanced manner, the amount of the tackifier resin used for 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 70 parts by weight or less, and 50 parts by weight. It may be less than or equal to 40 parts by weight or less.
  • the content of the tackifier resin in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can be, for example, less than 10 parts by weight, or even less than 5 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
  • the content of the tackifier resin may be less than 1 part by weight (for example, less than 0.5 parts by weight) or less than 0.1 parts by weight (0 parts by weight or more and less than 0.1 parts by weight).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) may be the layer A that does not substantially contain the tackifier resin.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent According to the layer A containing a silane coupling agent, a structure having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in peeling force after water immersion can be preferably realized.
  • the silane coupling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • silane coupling agent examples include silicon compounds having an epoxy structure such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane; Amino group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; 3-chloro Propyltrimethoxysilane; (meth) acrylic group-containing silane coupling agents such as acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; 3-isocyanoxide propyltriethoxysilane Examples thereof
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent used can be set so as to obtain the desired effect of use, and is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 0.001 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the A layer, which has a higher effect. From the viewpoint of obtaining, it may be 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, or 0.015 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the intermediate layer, in some embodiments, the amount of the silane coupling agent used is, for example, 3 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the A layer.
  • the technique disclosed herein can be carried out in an embodiment using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A which does not substantially contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent By limiting the use of the silane coupling agent or not using the silane coupling agent, it is possible to suppress an increase in the adhesive strength with time, and it is easy to obtain good water peelability.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed herein are subjected to a photopolymerization initiator (also referred to as a photoreaction catalyst), if necessary, for the purpose of improving or imparting photocurability. .) Can be contained.
  • a photopolymerization initiator also referred to as a photoreaction catalyst
  • the photopolymerization initiator include a ketal-based photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, and a benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiator, as in the case of the photopolymerization initiator exemplified as those that can be used for synthesizing acrylic polymers.
  • Acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator ⁇ -ketol-based photopolymerization initiator, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiator, photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiator, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiator , Benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiator, and the like can be used.
  • the photopolymerization initiator one type may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination as appropriate.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to appropriately exert the desired effect.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is, for example, approximately 0.005 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer (typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It can be as above, 0.01 parts by weight or more is appropriate, 0.05 parts by weight or more is preferable, 0.10 parts by weight or more may be used, and 0.15 parts by weight or more may be used. It may be 0.20 part by weight or more.
  • the photocurability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) is improved.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably 5 parts by weight or less, preferably 2 parts by weight or less, and may be 1 part by weight or less. It may be 7 parts by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or less. Not too much content of the photopolymerization initiator can be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability (for example, stability against photodegradation) of the structure (for example, double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) containing the photopolymerization initiator can be typically formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (for example, a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) containing the photopolymerization initiator. ..
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the photopolymerization initiator can be prepared, for example, by mixing other components used in the composition with the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a polymer typically an acrylic polymer
  • the residue (unreacted product) of the photopolymerization initiator used in the above may be used as a part or all of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed here is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared by newly adding the above-mentioned amount of the photopolymerization initiator to other constituent components. Can be preferably formed using.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) may contain an acid or a base (ammonia water or the like) used for the purpose of pH adjustment or the like, if necessary.
  • Other optional components that may be contained in the composition include viscosity modifiers (eg, thickeners), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, anti-aging agents.
  • viscosity modifiers eg, thickeners
  • leveling agents eg, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, anti-aging agents.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer disclosed here (including the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer; the same shall apply hereinafter unless otherwise specified) is the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on at least the intermediate layer side.
  • the B layer arranged on the back surface side of the A layer may be further included.
  • the bulk property for example, water resistance, cohesiveness, heat resistance
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is imparted to the A layer by the B layer while giving good water peelability to the A layer. Etc.) can be adjusted.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the structure including the A layer and the B layer it is easy to obtain a structure having good water peelability and excellent water resistance and reliability.
  • a structure having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in water peeling force can be preferably realized.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having both strong adhesiveness and good water peelability at a high level can be preferably realized.
  • the B layer may be arranged in direct contact with the back surface of the A layer, or may be arranged via another layer between the B layer and the back surface of the A layer.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a structure in which the A layer and the B layer are directly in contact with each other (that is, without interposing another layer) may be preferably adopted.
  • the B layer is known as, for example, an acrylic adhesive, a rubber adhesive, a silicone adhesive, a polyester adhesive, a urethane adhesive, a polyether adhesive, a polyamide adhesive, a fluorine adhesive and the like. It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of one type or two or more types of pressure-sensitive adhesives selected from various pressure-sensitive adhesives. From the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, and the like, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be preferably used as the constituent material of the B layer in some embodiments.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the B layer can be selected from those exemplified as the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that can be used for the A layer, for example, so as to exhibit desired characteristics in combination with the A layer.
  • layer B may be substantially free of water-affinitives.
  • the fact that the B layer does not substantially contain the water affinity means that the amount of the water affinity with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer contained in the B layer is less than 0.1 parts by weight (for example, 0.05 parts by weight). Less than, and even less than 0.01 parts by weight).
  • the B layer may have a single-layer structure composed of one layer, or may have a multi-layer structure including two or more layers having different compositions.
  • the monomer component constituting the polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the B layer is an alkyl C 1-20 (meth) acrylate in a proportion of 40% by weight or more of the total amount of the monomer component. May contain esters.
  • the ratio of the C 1-20 (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester to the entire monomer component of the B layer may be, for example, 98% by weight or less, and even if it is 95% by weight or less from the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the B layer. It may be 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, or 60% by weight or less.
  • the monomer component constituting the B layer may contain a copolymerizable monomer together with the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the copolymerizable monomer can be appropriately selected from those exemplified as the copolymerizable monomer that can be used for the A layer.
  • the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more of all the monomer components constituting the B layer.
  • the ratio of the carboxy group-containing monomer to the monomer components constituting the B layer may be, for example, 2% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less. It is not necessary to substantially use the carboxy group-containing monomer as the monomer component constituting the B layer.
  • the fact that the carboxy group-containing monomer is not substantially used means that the carboxy group-containing monomer is not used at least intentionally.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a B layer having such a composition is preferable because it tends to have high water resistance and reliability.
  • the gel fraction of the B layer is higher than the gel fraction of the A layer, and the swelling degree of the B layer is lower than the swelling degree of the A layer.
  • examples include a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that satisfies one or both. According to such a configuration, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in peeling force.
  • the layer B may be a layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. According to the B layer formed from such a composition, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having high water resistance and reliability. For example, a combination of an A layer formed from a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and a B layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, or an A layer formed from a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and a solvent. In combination with the B layer formed from the mold pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in peeling force after water can be preferably realized. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of improving water resistance, the B layer which does not substantially contain a water affinity agent can be preferably adopted.
  • the structure disclosed here may have another adhesive layer in addition to the above-mentioned A layer and B layer.
  • the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (two or more layers).
  • each layer may correspond to the above-mentioned other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the other adhesive layers are, for example, acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives, polyester adhesives, urethane adhesives, polyether adhesives, polyamide adhesives, and fluoroadhesives. It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of one kind or two or more kinds of pressure-sensitive adhesives selected from various known pressure-sensitive adhesives such as. From the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, and the like, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be preferably adopted as a constituent material of the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in some embodiments.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has characteristics desired as another pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from those exemplified as the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that can be used for the A layer, for example. Can be selected so that For example, the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be substantially free of water-affinitives.
  • the fact that the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not substantially contain the water-affinitive agent means that the amount of the water-affinitive agent with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer contained in the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is less than 0.1 part by weight ( For example, less than 0.05 parts by weight, and even less than 0.01 parts by weight).
  • the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a water-affinitive agent
  • its content C2 is preferably less than the content C1 of the water-affinitive agent in the A layer
  • the ratio (C2 / C1) is, for example, less than 1. , 0.5 or less, or 0.1 or less (for example, 0.01 or less).
  • the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure composed of one layer, or may have a multi-layer structure including two or more layers having different compositions.
  • the same structure as the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adopted, or an appropriate structure can be adopted according to the application and purpose based on known or commonly used techniques and common general technical knowledge. Since it can be adopted, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a cured layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying (for example, applying) the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to an appropriate surface and then appropriately applying a curing treatment. When performing two or more types of curing treatments (drying, crosslinking, polymerization, etc.), these can be performed simultaneously or in multiple stages.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a partial polymer (acrylic polymer syrup) of a monomer component a final copolymerization reaction is typically performed as the above-mentioned curing treatment. That is, the partial polymer is subjected to a further copolymerization reaction to form a complete polymer.
  • a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition For example, in the case of a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, light irradiation is performed. If necessary, curing treatment such as crosslinking and drying may be carried out. For example, when it is necessary to dry with a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to perform photo-curing after drying. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a complete polymer, typically, as the above-mentioned curing treatment, treatments such as drying (heat drying) and cross-linking are carried out as necessary.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a multi-layer structure of two or more layers can be produced by laminating the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers formed in advance. Alternatively, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed in advance, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be cured to form the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be applied using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, or a spray coater.
  • a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, or a spray coater.
  • a direct method of directly applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to the intermediate layer to form the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be used, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed on the peeling surface may be used. You may use a transfer method of transferring to an intermediate layer.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (for example, each pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 3 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m. From the viewpoint of making the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer adhere to the intermediate layer or the adherend to enhance water resistance reliability, in some embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, or 20 ⁇ m. It may be 30 ⁇ m or more, 50 ⁇ m or more, 50 ⁇ m or more, 70 ⁇ m or more, 100 ⁇ m or more, or 120 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 500 ⁇ m or less, 300 ⁇ m or less, or 200 ⁇ m or less in some embodiments. , 170 ⁇ m or less may be used. In some other preferred embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 130 ⁇ m or less, 90 ⁇ m or less, 60 ⁇ m or less, or 40 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thicknesses of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged on each surface of the intermediate layer may be the same or different.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is composed of an A layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure of only the A layer, which does not include the B layer.
  • excellent water exfoliation property is realized by forming a hydrophilic surface on the intermediate layer, so that the purpose is to achieve both water exfoliation property and other properties (for example, water resistance reliability). It is not necessary to make the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer a multi-layer structure. That is, the desired characteristics can be realized without relying on the B layer. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of the production efficiency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer means the thickness of the A layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer As the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer becomes thicker, it tends to be difficult to achieve both water peelability and water resistance reliability in general. From this point of view, in an embodiment in which the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is, for example, more than 50 ⁇ m, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is the A layer and the B layer. A configuration including and can be preferably adopted. According to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having such a structure, even if the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is thickened, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having both water peelability and water resistance reliability at a high level.
  • the thickness of the A layer may be, for example, 1 ⁇ m or more, 2 ⁇ m or more, 4 ⁇ m or more, 5 ⁇ m or more, or 10 ⁇ m or more. It may be 15 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the layer A may be, for example, 50 ⁇ m or less, 45 ⁇ m or less, 35 ⁇ m or less, or 25 ⁇ m or less.
  • the fact that the thickness of the A layer is not too large indicates that the water resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is reliable. Is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the B layer may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more, or 10 ⁇ m or more. From the viewpoint of better exerting the effect of providing the B layer on the back side of the A layer, the thickness of the B layer may be, for example, 20 ⁇ m or more, 30 ⁇ m or more, or 50 ⁇ m or more in some embodiments. It may be 70 ⁇ m or more, or 100 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the A layer in the total thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be 90% or less, preferably 70% or less, 50% or less, 30% or less, 20% or less, and 15% or less.
  • the thickness of the A layer may be, for example, 3% or more, 5% or more, 7% or more, or 10% or more.
  • adherends that are the objects of adhesion of the structures disclosed herein (eg, double-sided adhesive sheets) or that can be components of structures (eg, joints). Unless otherwise specified, the same applies hereinafter.)
  • the types are not particularly limited, and for example, in various portable devices (portable devices), automobiles, home appliances, etc., fixing, joining, molding, decoration, protection, support, etc. with an adhesive, etc. Examples include various components and articles to be used.
  • the adherend may be a member or article that needs to be recycled, repaired or replaced.
  • the material of the adherend is glass such as an alkaline glass plate or non-alkali glass; a metal material such as a resin film, stainless steel (SUS) or aluminum; acrylic. It may be a resin material such as a resin, an ABS resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polystyrene resin, a transparent polyimide resin, or the like.
  • the adherend may be a painted surface with a paint such as acrylic, polyester, alkyd, melamine, urethane, acid-epoxy crosslinked, or a composite of these (for example, acrylic melamine or alkyd melamine), or zinc. It may have a plated surface such as a plated steel plate.
  • the adherend according to some aspects is, for example, an optical member.
  • the optical member is a member having optical characteristics (for example, polarization property, light refraction property, light scattering property, light reflection property, light transmission property, light absorption property, light diffusivity property, turning property, visibility, etc.).
  • the optical member is not particularly limited as long as it has optical characteristics, but is used, for example, as a member constituting a device (optical device) such as a display device (image display device) or an input device, or a member thereof.
  • Examples thereof include polarizing plates, wavelength plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness improving films, light guide plates, reflective films, antireflection films, hard coat (HC) films, shock absorbing films, antifouling films, and the like.
  • plate and film shall include a plate-like, a film-like, a sheet-like form, respectively, and for example, the "polarizing film” shall include a “polarizing plate”, a “polarizing sheet” and the like.
  • Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), electronic paper, and the like, and in particular, an expensive display device such as a foldable display device and an in-vehicle display device.
  • the techniques disclosed herein are preferably applied when the components are included.
  • examples of the input device include a touch panel and the like.
  • the optical member is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a member made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, a metal thin film, or the like (for example, a sheet-shaped, film-shaped, or plate-shaped member).
  • the "optical member” in this specification also includes a member (design film, decorative film, surface protective film, etc.) that plays a role of decoration and protection while maintaining the visibility of the display device and the input device.
  • the adherend is a polarizing film (polarizing film layer).
  • the polarizing film may include a polarizing element and a transparent protective film arranged on at least one surface (preferably both sides) of the polarizing element.
  • the polarizing element is not particularly limited, and for example, a hydrophilic polymer film on which a dichroic substance such as iodine or a dichroic dye is adsorbed and uniaxially stretched is used.
  • the hydrophilic polymer film include a PVA-based film, a partially formalized PVA-based film, and an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer-based partially saponified film.
  • polarizing element a polyene-based oriented film such as a dehydrated product of PVA or a dehydrochlorinated product of polyvinyl chloride can also be used.
  • a PVA-based film and a polarizing element made of a dichroic substance such as iodine are preferable.
  • thermoplastic resin having excellent transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, moisture barrier property, isotropic property, etc.
  • thermoplastic resins include cellulose resins such as TAC, polyester resins, polyether sulfone resins, polysulfone resins, polycarbonate resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyolefin resins, (meth) acrylic resins, and cycloolefin resins.
  • resins typically norbornene-based resins
  • polyarylate resins polystyrene resins
  • PVA resins and mixtures of two or more of these.
  • the polarizing film has, for example, a configuration in which the polarizing film is sandwiched between two triacetyl cellulose (TAC) films.
  • TAC triacetyl cellulose
  • a transparent protective film made of a thermoplastic resin such as TAC is placed on one surface of the polarizing element, and a cycloolefin resin (typically a norbornene resin) is placed on the other surface.
  • a configuration in which a transparent protective film made of (meth) acrylic resin is arranged can be adopted.
  • a transparent protective film made of a thermoplastic resin such as TAC is placed on one surface of the polarizing element, and the transparent protective film is prepared as a (meth) acrylic or urethane-based film on the other surface.
  • Thermosetting resins such as acrylic urethane, epoxy, and silicone, or ultraviolet curable resins can be used.
  • These transparent protective films can be laminated on the polarizing element via an adhesive such as PVA.
  • the transparent protective film may contain one or more of any suitable additives, depending on the intended purpose.
  • a surface treatment layer may be provided on the back surface of the polarizing film.
  • the surface treatment layer can be provided on the above-mentioned transparent protective film used for the polarizing film, or can be separately provided on the polarizing film as a separate body from the transparent protective film.
  • a preferred example of the surface treatment layer is a hard coat layer.
  • a thermoplastic resin or a material that is cured by heat or radiation can be used as the material for forming the hard coat layer.
  • the material used include thermosetting resins, ultraviolet curable resins, and radiation curable resins such as electron beam curable resins. Among them, the ultraviolet curable resin is preferable.
  • the ultraviolet curable resin is excellent in processability because the cured resin layer can be efficiently formed by the curing treatment by ultraviolet irradiation.
  • the curable resin one or more of polyester-based, acrylic-based, urethane-based, amide-based, silicone-based, epoxy-based, melamine-based and the like can be used, and these may be monomers, oligomers, polymers and the like. It can be in the form of inclusion.
  • a radiation-curable resin typically an ultraviolet-curable resin is particularly preferable because it does not require heat (which can cause damage to the base material) and is excellent in processing speed.
  • the surface treatment layer include an antiglare treatment layer and an antireflection layer for the purpose of improving visibility.
  • An antiglare treatment layer or an antireflection layer may be provided on the hard coat layer.
  • the antireflection layer may have a multi-layer structure including a plurality of layers.
  • Other examples of the surface treatment layer include a sticking prevention layer and the like.
  • the thickness of the polarizing film is not particularly limited, and is, for example, about 1 ⁇ m or more, and about 10 ⁇ m or more. Alternatively, about 20 ⁇ m or more is appropriate.
  • the thickness of the polarizing film is preferably about 30 ⁇ m or more, more preferably about 50 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably about 70 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of protection and the like.
  • the upper limit of the polarizing film is not particularly limited, and is, for example, about 1 mm or less, and about 500 ⁇ m or less or about 300 ⁇ m or less is appropriate. From the viewpoint of optical characteristics and thinning, the thickness is preferably about 150 ⁇ m or less, more preferably about 120 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably about 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the adherend is a member constituting an electronic device.
  • Electronic device components are often separated from the main body of the electronic device, which is the adherend, for repair, replacement, product inspection, etc., and the advantage of using the structure disclosed here (for example, double-sided adhesive sheet) is used.
  • the structure disclosed herein includes a structure (for example, double-sided adhesive) for fixing a battery (including a primary battery and a secondary battery, for example, a polymer battery) to an electronic device (main body). It is particularly preferably used as a sheet). Batteries are usually placed in places that need to be removed when repairing, replacing, or inspecting components (including batteries) of electronic devices.
  • the adhesive for fixing the battery often needs to be removed.
  • the structure disclosed here for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet
  • the function of fixing the battery well is exhibited, and when removing the battery after the usage period, the battery is removed.
  • the main body of the electronic device and the battery can be separated by using water peeling, and the battery can be easily removed.
  • the battery can be separated from the adherend (typically, the main body of the electronic device) to which the battery is joined while suppressing the deformation of the battery as the adherend.
  • one of the first and second adherends is the main body of the electronic device (for example, the housing of the electronic device), and the other adherend is a member constituting the electronic device.
  • one of the first adherend and the second adherend is an electronic device main body (for example, a housing of an electronic device), and the other adherend is a battery.
  • the structure (joint) in such an embodiment may be an electronic device in which a member (for example, a battery) is fixed by, for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet.
  • the surface (coverage) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is attached may be a hydrophilic surface or a non-hydrophilic surface (eg, a hydrophobic surface).
  • the water contact angle of the adherend surface (adhesive surface) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, more than 30 degrees. In some preferred embodiments, the adhered surface is a hydrophobic surface with a water contact angle of 40 degrees or greater.
  • Such a hydrophobic adherend (an adherend having a hydrophobic surface having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more) is usually difficult to peel off and remove the pressure-sensitive adhesive by water peeling, but the techniques disclosed herein. According to the above, it is possible to separate the hydrophobic adherend, which has been difficult in the past, by utilizing water peeling.
  • the water contact angle of the hydrophobic surface may be 50 degrees or more (for example, more than 50 degrees) or 60 degrees or more (for example, 65 degrees or more).
  • the upper limit of the water contact angle of the adherend surface (adhesion surface) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 115 degrees, may be less than 105 degrees, or may be less than 95 degrees.
  • both the adhered surface of the first adherend and the adhered surface of the second adherend are hydrophobic surfaces having a water contact angle in the range described above.
  • the water contact angles of the adhered surface of the first adherend and the adhered surface of the second adherend may be the same or different.
  • the thickness of the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, but not a release liner).
  • the size is not particularly limited, and may be 3 ⁇ m or more, may be 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more is appropriate, and is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of adhesion to the adherend such as step followability. It is preferably 30 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be 50 ⁇ m or more, 50 ⁇ m or more, 70 ⁇ m or more, 100 ⁇ m or more, or 120 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit of the thickness of the double-sided adhesive sheet is, for example, 5 mm or less, may be 3 mm or less, or may be 1 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably 500 ⁇ m or less, preferably 300 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 200 ⁇ m or less (for example, 150 ⁇ m or less), and 120 ⁇ m or less (for example, 80 ⁇ m or less). ) May be. Reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet is also advantageous in terms of thinning, miniaturization, weight reduction, resource saving, and the like.
  • the release liner used for the structure (typically a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and for example, a release liner in which the surface of a liner base material such as a resin film or paper is peeled off, or a release liner.
  • a release liner made of a low-adhesive material such as a fluoropolymer (polytetrafluoroethylene or the like) or a polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) can be used.
  • a silicone-based or long-chain alkyl-based peeling treatment agent may be used.
  • the peeled resin film can be preferably used as the peeling liner.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets provided herein include the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets used in the structures disclosed herein. Such an adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the first aspect includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and is preferably used as the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in a set described later. It can also be used as the second adhesive sheet of the above set.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the first aspect includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. This pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer and a B layer, or a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the A layer. good.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably has an A layer. Since the details of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers are as described above, overlapping description will be omitted here. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may optionally have a base material layer having a hydrophilic surface or a base material layer having no hydrophilic surface. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer and a base material layer having a hydrophilic surface, it is preferable that the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface. For example, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is used as the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the set, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprises a base material layer and an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer, and the base material layer is provided. At least one of the surfaces is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the base material layer.
  • the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted.
  • the configuration described as another layer (for example, the main layer) of the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted.
  • the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet the structure of the release liner used for the structure can be adopted.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet provided by the present specification includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the second aspect, which comprises a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer. Such an adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably used as the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in the set described later.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a layer A and a layer B, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the layer A. It may be an adhesive layer. In some embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not have an A layer.
  • At least one surface of the base material layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the base material layer having a hydrophilic surface the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted.
  • the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface.
  • the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet the structure of the release liner used for the structure can be adopted.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet provided with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A-layer is formed on a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method as an adherend and having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water. After 1 day at room temperature after pasting the layer side, 20 ⁇ L of distilled water was dropped onto the adherend, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, and then JIS Z0237: 2009.
  • Method 1 Water peeling measured at a test temperature of 23 ° C, with a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 °, according to the 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate.
  • the A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as an adherend with a force B1 [N / 10 mm] and a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the room temperature is 1
  • the water separation reduction rate calculated by the following formula: (1- (B1 / B0)) ⁇ 100; is typically 40% or more, 70%. It is appropriate that the above is the case.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet satisfying this characteristic can be subjected to water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water on the surface of the A layer.
  • the rate of decrease in water peeling power may be, for example, 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more.
  • the rate of decrease in water peeling force is 100% or less in principle, and typically less than 100%.
  • the peel strength B0 for the adherend is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.0 N / 10 mm or more.
  • the peel strength B0 is a tensile strength at a temperature of 23 ° C. using an alkaline glass plate (an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method having a surface having a contact angle with distilled water of 5 to 10 degrees) as an adherend.
  • the peel strength (normal peel strength) measured under the conditions of a speed of 300 mm / min and a peel angle of 180 degrees. It can also be said that the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the peel strength B0 is adhered to the adherend with a peel strength B0 of a predetermined value or more.
  • the peel strength B0 may be, for example, 2.5N / 10mm or more, may be 3.0N / 10mm or more, or may be 3.5N / 10mm or more, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness to the adherend. It may be 4.0 N / 10 mm or more, 4.5 N / 10 mm or more, or 5.0 N / 10 mm or more. In some other embodiments, the peel strength B0 may be, for example, 6.0 N / 10 mm or more, 7.0 N / 10 mm or more, 8.0 N / 10 mm or more, 9.0 N / 10 mm or more.
  • the peel strength B0 may be 10.0 N / 10 mm or more, or 11.0 N / 10 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the peel strength B0 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N / 10 mm or less.
  • the peel strength B0 may be 20 N / 10 mm or less, or 15 N / 10 mm or less (for example, 12 N / 10 mm or less). In some embodiments, the peel strength B0 may be less than 10N / 10mm or less than 8N / 10mm.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein uses an alkaline glass plate (an alkaline glass plate manufactured by a float method having a surface having a contact angle with distilled water of 5 to 10 degrees) as an adherend. 20 ⁇ L of distilled water is supplied between the adhesive layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the distilled water is allowed to enter one end of the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the adherend, and then 10.4.1 of JIS Z0237: 2009.
  • Method 1 Water peeling force measured according to the 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate, specifically, at a test temperature of 23 ° C, using a tensile tester at a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 °.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be easily peeled off by water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water.
  • the water peeling force B1 may be, for example, 3.5 N / 10 mm or less, 2.5 N / 10 mm or less, 1.6 N / 10 mm or less, or 1.2 N / 10 mm. It may be less than or equal to, and may be 1.0 N / 10 mm or less. According to the adhesive sheet having a low water peeling force B1, the load applied to the adherend at the time of water peeling can be reduced.
  • the water peeling force B1 can also be preferably carried out in an embodiment of, for example, 0.75 N / 10 mm or less, 0.50 N / 10 mm or less, 0.25 N / 10 mm or less, or 0.15 N / 10 mm or less.
  • the lower limit of the water peeling force B1 is not particularly limited, and may be substantially 0N / 10mm or more than 0N / 10mm.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be peeled off from the adherend without leaving the pressure-sensitive adhesive on the adherend in the measurement of the water peeling force B1. That is, it is preferable that the adhesive layer is excellent in non-glue residue property in peeling from the adherend. The presence or absence of the adhesive remaining on the adherend can be grasped, for example, by visually observing the adherend after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be easily peeled off using an aqueous liquid such as water as described above, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is immersed in water for 30 minutes and then pulled out of the water to wipe off the adhered water.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive satisfying the above-mentioned rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water (30% or less) is excellent in water resistance and reliability. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher water resistance reliability, the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is preferably, for example, 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and may be 7% or less. The lower limit of the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is typically 0% or more.
  • the difference between the water peeling power reduction rate [%] and the water peeling power reduction rate [%] is, for example, 45% or more, 55% or more, 70% or more, or 80% or more, or It can be preferably carried out in an embodiment of 90% or more.
  • the peeling strength B0, the water peeling force B1 and the peeling strength B2 after immersion in water are float methods having a surface having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water instead of an intermediate layer as an adherend to be peeled off.
  • the measurement is carried out basically in the same manner as the method for measuring the peel strength A0, the water peeling force A1 and the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water described in Examples described later.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) of the test piece is placed on the alkaline glass plate as an adherend in an amount of 2 kg.
  • the rubber roller is reciprocated once and crimped. This is autoclaved (50 ° C, 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). Then, the peel strength B0, the water peeling force B1, and the peeling strength B2 after immersion in water are measured by the same method as the measurement of the peel strength A0, the water peeling force A1, and the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water.
  • an alkaline glass plate produced by the float method and having a contact angle with distilled water of 5 to 10 degrees on the surface to which the test pieces are bonded is used as the adherend.
  • an alkaline glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Ind. Co., Ltd. can be used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and an equivalent product of the alkaline glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Ind. Co., Ltd. or other alkaline glass. It is also possible to use a board.
  • the contact angle of the alkaline glass plate is measured by the following method. That is, in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Surface Science Co., Ltd., trade name "DMo-501 type", control box “DMC-2", control / analysis software "FAMAS (version)” 5.0.30) ”) is used to measure by the sessile drop method. The amount of distilled water dropped is 2 ⁇ L, and the contact angle is calculated by the ⁇ / 2 method from the image 5 seconds after dropping (implemented at N5).
  • the structure provided herein includes the structure according to the first aspect, which has an adherend and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a layer A and a layer B, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the layer A. It may be a layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably has an A layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is typically attached to one surface of the adherend. Since the details of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers are as described above, overlapping description will be omitted here.
  • the adherend in the above-mentioned structure the configuration described in the above-mentioned adherend can be preferably adopted.
  • the structure may optionally have a layer having a hydrophilic surface and a layer having no hydrophilic surface.
  • the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface.
  • the second structure is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of a layer having a hydrophilic surface and a layer having the hydrophilic surface. And prepare. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface.
  • the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted.
  • the configuration described as another layer (for example, the main layer) of the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted.
  • the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) of the structure the above-mentioned release liner configuration can be adopted.
  • the structure provided by the present specification includes the structure according to the second aspect, which has an adherend, an adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface in this order.
  • at least one surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface is a hydrophilic surface.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a layer A and a layer B, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the layer A. It may be. Since the details of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers are as described above, overlapping description will be omitted here.
  • the layer having a hydrophilic surface the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted.
  • the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface.
  • the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) of the structure, the above-mentioned release liner configuration can be adopted.
  • the structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer typically has a water exfoliation reduction rate of 40% or more calculated by the above formula: (1- (B1 / B0)) ⁇ 100 ;. It is appropriate that it is 70% or more.
  • a structure satisfying this property can be subjected to water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water on the surface of the layer A.
  • the rate of decrease in water peeling power may be, for example, 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more.
  • the rate of decrease in water peeling force is 100% or less in principle, and typically less than 100%.
  • the structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer has a peel strength B0, a water peeling force B1 and a water peeling force B1 in the same range as the peeling strength B0, the water peeling force B1 and the rate of decrease in the peeling force after immersion in water. It may have a rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion.
  • the peel strength B0, water peeling force B1 and the rate of decrease in the peeling force after immersion in the structure are the same as the peeling strength B0, the water peeling force B1 and the rate of decrease in the peeling force after immersion in the adhesive sheet, except that the structure is used as a test piece. It is obtained by the same method.
  • the set provided herein includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set comprising a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used as the above-mentioned set typically, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set
  • the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be adopted.
  • the above set can be preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated.
  • the above set can be preferably used in the method for separating the adherend and the method for separating and joining the adherend disclosed here.
  • the set provided by the present specification includes a structure set including a first structure and a second structure.
  • the first structure and the second structure used as the above set typically, the structure set
  • the above-mentioned structure can be adopted.
  • the structure of the structure disclosed herein can be obtained.
  • the set can be a component of the junction of two adherends that are scheduled to be separated.
  • the above set can be preferably used in the method for separating the adherend and the method for separating and joining the adherend disclosed here.
  • the techniques disclosed herein also include a method of separating two joined adherends (first adherend and second adherend).
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend.
  • at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  • at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. Then, this method includes a step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer.
  • the water-based liquid follows the movement of the peeling front.
  • the present invention comprises a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the entry into the interface. According to the water peeling step, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be peeled from the intermediate layer by effectively utilizing the aqueous liquid, and the two bonded bodies can be separated.
  • aqueous liquid water or a mixed solvent containing water as a main component and containing a small amount of additives as necessary can be used.
  • a lower alcohol for example, ethyl alcohol
  • a lower ketone for example, acetone
  • a known surfactant or the like can be used.
  • an aqueous liquid containing substantially no additive may be preferably used in some embodiments.
  • the water is not particularly limited, and for example, distilled water, ion-exchanged water, tap water, or the like can be used in consideration of purity, availability, and the like required according to the intended use.
  • the peeling method supplies an aqueous liquid onto the intermediate layer near the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer attached to the intermediate layer, as in the case of measuring the water peeling force A1, for example, and the aqueous liquid thereof. From the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer, without supplying new water (that is, only the aqueous liquid supplied onto the intermediate layer before the start of peeling). It can be preferably carried out in an embodiment in which the peeling of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is promoted.
  • the water that follows the movement of the peeling front and enters the interface between the adhesive layer and the intermediate layer is depleted in the middle of the water peeling step, it may be intermittent or intermittent after the start of the water peeling step. Additional water may be continuously supplied.
  • the intermediate layer has water absorption, or when the aqueous liquid tends to remain on the surface or adhesive surface of the intermediate layer after peeling
  • an embodiment in which water is additionally supplied after the start of the water peeling step can be preferably adopted.
  • the amount of the aqueous liquid supplied before the start of peeling is not particularly limited as long as the amount of the aqueous liquid can be introduced into the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer from outside the sticking range of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 5 ⁇ L or more, 10 ⁇ L or more is appropriate, and 20 ⁇ L or more may be used. Further, there is no particular limitation on the upper limit of the amount of the aqueous liquid. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of improving workability, the amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 10 mL or less, 5 mL or less, 1 mL or less, 0.5 mL or less, 0.1 mL or less.
  • it may be 0.05 mL or less.
  • the operation of allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer from the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at the start of peeling is, for example, an operation of using a jig such as a cutter knife or a needle at the interface on the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Insert the tip, scratch the outer edge of the adhesive layer with a hook or claw to lift it, attach a strong adhesive tape or sucker to the back surface near the outer edge of the structure, and lift the edge of the adhesive layer. And so on.
  • the adhesive tape for example, it is preferable to use a pickup tape as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8.
  • the aqueous liquid wets and spreads on the hydrophilic surface, so that the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer is formed.
  • the aqueous liquid can be easily and efficiently entered into the water.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be peeled off by the above-mentioned peeling method is preferably, for example, any of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers disclosed herein.
  • the peeling method is suitable as a peeling method for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer in any of the structures disclosed herein.
  • the water peeling step according to some aspects can be preferably carried out in a mode in which the peeling front is moved at a speed of 10 mm / min or more.
  • Moving the peeling front at a speed of 10 mm / min or more corresponds to peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at a tensile speed of 20 mm / min or more, for example, under the condition of a peeling angle of 180 degrees.
  • the speed at which the peeling front is moved may be, for example, 50 mm / min or more, 150 mm / min or more, 300 mm / min or more, or 500 mm / min or more.
  • the peeling speed is good even at such a relatively high speed.
  • the upper limit of the speed at which the peeling front is moved is not particularly limited.
  • the speed at which the peel front is moved can be, for example, 1000 mm / min or less.
  • Such water peeling can be smoothly carried out, for example, by using a pickup tape as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 or by arranging an adhesive sheet extending portion as shown in FIG.
  • the peeling method disclosed herein is carried out, for example, in such a manner that the peeling area of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer per 10 ⁇ L of the volume of the aqueous liquid (for example, water) used in the method is, for example, 50 cm 2 or more, preferably 100 cm 2 or more. can do.
  • the aqueous liquid for example, water
  • the technique disclosed herein includes a method of separating the joined first adherend and the second adherend and joining the third adherend to the second adherend.
  • the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend.
  • at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  • at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer to separate the first adherend and the second adherend, and the third adherend is seconded by the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • a step of joining to the adherend a third adherend different from the first adherend can be joined to the second adherend by using an adhesive sheet at the place where the first adherend was present. 2
  • the first adherend and the third adherend can be exchanged or replaced.
  • the step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer is as described in the above separation method.
  • the step of joining the third adherend with the adhesive sheet can be carried out by a known or conventional method using an appropriate sticking means such as a roller.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for attaching the third adherend a known or conventional pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be used, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be used.
  • the intermediate layer may remain in the second adherend.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer for example, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having no A layer and the intermediate layer may remain in a laminated state.
  • the third adherend is attached to the surface of the intermediate layer using an adhesive sheet. In this way, the third adherend different from the first adherend can be joined to the second adherend by using the adhesive sheet at the place where the first adherend was.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for joining the third adherend to the second adherend preferably contains an adhesive layer having an A layer.
  • the above-mentioned structure of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is preferably adopted.
  • the third adherend is bonded to the second adherend, and then the third adherend is bonded at an appropriate timing. Water separation can be performed between the A layer of the agent layer and the intermediate layer to separate the third adherend and the second adherend. Further, it is possible to join the fourth adherend, which is different from the third adherend, to the second adherend by using the adhesive sheet at the place where the third adherend was.
  • the adherends bonded to the second adherend are repeatedly separated and joined. can do.
  • Such an adherend (specifically, a first adherend, a third adherend, a fourth adherend, etc.) may be different parts or articles of the same type, or the same part. Or it may be an article.
  • a combination of such adherends for example, a combination in which the first adherend is a used product (for example, a used battery) and the third adherend is a new product (for example, a battery), or a first cover. Examples thereof include a combination in which the body is a part before repair and the third adherend is the same part after repair. The above method is suitable for replacing the battery.
  • the structure disclosed herein can separate two adherends by water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water, parts and articles that are adherents can be recycled, repaired, or replaced. Taking advantage of these features, it is suitable for applications such as various portable devices (portable devices), automobiles, home appliances, etc., which may require recycling, repair, or replacement.
  • the structure disclosed herein also includes, for example, a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), a display device (image display device) such as electronic paper, and an input device such as a touch panel.
  • Etc. optical equipment
  • These applications often include expensive components, and the advantages of applying the techniques disclosed herein are great.
  • the structures disclosed herein are, for example, mobile phones, smartphones, tablet computers, laptop computers, various wearable devices (eg, wristwear-type, clips that are worn on the wrist, such as watches.
  • Modular type that is attached to a part of the body with a strap, eyewear type including glasses type (monocular type, binocular type, including head mount type), shirts, socks, hats, etc., for example in the form of accessories
  • fixing antenna modules fixing rim sheets, fixing decoration panels, fixing batteries, and fixing various other members (circuit boards, various panel members, buttons, lighting equipment members, internal camera members, heat dissipation materials, graphite sheets), It can be preferably applied to applications such as fixing logos (design characters) and display objects (including various marks) such as various designs.
  • "portable” means that it is not enough to be portable, but to have a level of portability that an individual (standard adult) can carry relatively easily. It shall mean.
  • the structure disclosed herein is suitable for use in an electronic device (typically a portable electronic device) for fixing a battery (including a primary battery and a secondary battery, for example, a polymer battery). Batteries are usually placed in places that need to be removed when repairing, replacing, or inspecting components (including batteries) of electronic devices. Therefore, the structure for fixing the battery (typically an adhesive sheet) often needs to be removed.
  • the separation method by water peeling using tension is used. The removal can be done easily.
  • peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer under the condition of peeling angle of 180 degrees (however, the peel strength until the transition to the water peeling force measurement described below, that is, until the distilled water is supplied to the peeling interface. ) Is measured.
  • the peel strength measurement is carried out on the adhesive surface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. The measurement is performed three times, and the value obtained by converting the average value into a value per 10 mm width (unit: N / 10 mm) is defined as a peel strength A0 [N / 10 mm].
  • the peel strength A0 is also usually referred to as a peel strength.
  • the peel strength is measured so that the peeling of the test piece attached to the adherend proceeds from the bottom to the top.
  • the tensile tester an equivalent product of the universal tensile compression tester may be used.
  • an appropriate backing material can be attached to the opposite surface (the surface opposite to the surface of the A layer) of the structure (for example, the double-sided adhesive sheet) to reinforce the test piece.
  • the backing material for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m can be used.
  • the test piece taken out from the autoclave is irradiated with light in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, and then the peeling strength is increased.
  • the light irradiation conditions are appropriately set according to the composition, thickness, and the like of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an integrated light amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp (300 mW / cm 2 ).
  • the measurement is performed for each peeling strength measurement (that is, three times), and the average value thereof is converted into a value per 10 mm width (unit: N / 10 mm) and used as the water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm]. ..
  • the measurement conditions for the peel strength after the supply of distilled water shall be in accordance with JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling adhesive strength to the test plate. Specifically, the test temperature is 23 ° C., a tensile tester is used, and the tensile speed is 300 mm / min and the peeling angle is 180 degrees.
  • the peel strength and the water peeling force are measured continuously for each test piece, but the peeling strength and the water peeling force are measured by different test pieces.
  • a test piece is prepared by cutting the structure into a rectangular shape having a width of 10 mm and a length of 120 mm. This test piece is put into an autoclave and treated for 15 minutes under the conditions of a pressure of 5 atm and a temperature of 50 ° C. The evaluation sample taken out from the autoclave is kept in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 1 day, and then immersed in water at room temperature (23 ° C. to 25 ° C.) for 30 minutes. Ion-exchanged water or distilled water is used as the water. In water, the test piece is held horizontally with the adhesive layer side facing up.
  • the distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the test piece to the water surface is 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm).
  • the test piece is pulled up from the water, the water adhering to the test piece is gently wiped off, and then a cutter knife is inserted into the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer to insert one end of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the longitudinal direction. Peel off, in an environment of 23 ° C and 50% RH, according to JIS Z0237: 2009 "10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate", specifically, at a test temperature of 23 ° C.
  • the peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer is measured using a tensile tester under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees.
  • the peel strength measurement is carried out on the adhesive surface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
  • the measured value is the peel strength A2 [N / 10 mm] after immersion in water. The time from pulling up the test piece from water to measuring the peel strength shall be within 10 minutes.
  • the measurement conditions for the peel strength after immersion in water are the same as the measurement conditions for the peel strength A0 except for the immersion in water.
  • a universal tensile compression tester device name "tensile compression tester, TCM-1kNB” manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.
  • the peel strength is measured so that the peeling of the test piece attached to the adherend proceeds from the bottom to the top.
  • an appropriate backing material can be attached to the opposite surface (the surface opposite to the surface of the A layer) of the structure (for example, the double-sided adhesive sheet) to reinforce the test piece.
  • the backing material for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m can be used.
  • the film thickness of silicon oxide is measured by the X-ray reflectivity method, and the X-ray reflectivity is measured with a powder X-ray diffractometer (manufactured by Rigaku Co., Ltd., device name "RINT-2000") under the following measurement conditions. , Calculated by analyzing the acquired measurement data with analysis software ("GXRR3" manufactured by Rigaku Corporation).
  • the analysis conditions were as follows, and a two-layer model of a polymer film substrate and a silicon oxide film with a density of 2.3 g / cm 3 was adopted, and the film thickness and surface roughness of the silicon oxide film and the surface roughness of the substrate film were adopted.
  • the water contact angle on the surface of the intermediate layer material is measured as follows. That is, in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Surface Science Co., Ltd., trade name "DMo-501 type", control box “DMC-2", control / analysis software "FAMAS (version)” 5.0.30) ”) is used to measure by the sessile drop method. The amount of distilled water dropped is 2 ⁇ L, and the contact angle is calculated by the ⁇ / 2 method from the image 5 seconds after dropping (implemented at N5). The water contact angle on the surface of the adherend is also measured by the same method.
  • Example 1> (Preparation of intermediate layer material) A silicon oxide film is formed from a Si metal target manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Co., Ltd. on a PET film (PET-A; manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "LC-N50JBN", thickness 50 ⁇ m) by RF (Radio-Frequency) magnetron sputtering. A film was formed. Argon and oxygen were used as the sputter gas, and the oxygen / argon ratio was 5.3 vol%. By adjusting the film formation time under the above conditions, a silicon oxide film (hydrophilic layer) having a thickness of 2 nm was formed on the PET film (main layer) to obtain an intermediate layer material A1 having a hydrophilic surface. When the water contact angle of this intermediate layer material A1 was measured, the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface was 20 degrees, and the water contact angle of the non-hydrophilic surface (hydrophobic surface) on the opposite surface was 67 degrees. there were.
  • a monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the above-mentioned monomer mixture was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays until the temperature (5 rotors, 10 rpm, measurement temperature: 30 ° C. ° C.) reached about 15 Pa ⁇ s and photopolymerizing.
  • this monomer syrup 9 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) and 8 parts of 4HBA, 0.1 part of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA) as a polyfunctional monomer, and a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan mono).
  • Laurate, HLB16.7, trade name: Leodor TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd.) 0.3 part was added and mixed uniformly to prepare an ultraviolet curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained above is applied to a release film R1 (MRF # 38, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation) having a thickness of 38 ⁇ m in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface, and one side of the polyester film is used as the release surface.
  • a 25 ⁇ m-thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was formed by covering with a 38 ⁇ m-thick release film R2 (MRE # 38 manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Co., Ltd.) to block air and irradiating with ultraviolet rays to cure the film.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was formed in the same manner as in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 except that a nonionic surfactant was not used.
  • a PET film manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., trade name "Lumirror S10", thickness 50 ⁇ m, width 20 mm, length 150 mm
  • an acrylic plate manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Infratec
  • Product name "Acrylite L" thickness 2 mm
  • the water contact angle of the first adherend surface (adhesion surface) and the water contact angle of the second adherend surface (adhesion surface) were both 67 degrees.
  • the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner) obtained above is cut to a width of 20 mm and a length of 50 mm, the release liner covering the adhesive layer B1 is peeled off, and the exposed adhesive surface is the first adherend (PET film). I pasted it on. At the time of bonding, the ends of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) and the first adherend in the length direction were aligned. Next, the release liner covering the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 was peeled off, and the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive surface was attached to the second adherend (acrylic plate). A 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated twice and pressure-bonded to the obtained laminate of the adherend and the adhesive sheet. In this way, a structure (bonded body) having a structure of a first adherend / adhesive layer B1 / intermediate layer A1 / adhesive layer B2 / second adherend was obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 was used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1.
  • a structure (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner) having a structure of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 / intermediate layer A1 / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 whose both sides were covered with a release liner was obtained.
  • the configuration of the first adherend / adhesive layer B2 / intermediate layer A1 / adhesive layer B2 / second adherend is configured in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner is used.
  • a structure (bonded body) having was obtained.
  • the intermediate layer material A2 PET film; manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., trade name "Lumirror S10", thickness 50 ⁇ m
  • the intermediate layer material A1 PET film; manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., trade name "Lumirror S10", thickness 50 ⁇ m
  • a structure (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner) having a structure of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 / intermediate layer A2 / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 whose both sides were covered with a release liner was obtained.
  • first adherend / adhesive layer B1 / intermediate layer A2 / adhesive layer B2 / second adherend is configured in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner is used. A structure (bonded body) having was obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 produced by the same method as in Example 1 was used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was cut into a width of 20 mm and a length of 50 mm, the release liner covering one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was peeled off, and the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive surface was attached to the first adherend (PET film).
  • PET film first adherend
  • the ends of the adhesive sheet and the first adherend in the length direction were aligned.
  • the release liner covering the other surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was peeled off, and the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive surface was attached to the second adherend (acrylic plate).
  • a 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated twice and pressure-bonded to the obtained laminate of the adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In this way, a structure having a structure of a first adherend / adhesive layer B1 / second adherend was obtained.
  • the first adherend and the second adherend those of the same type as those used in Example 1 were used.
  • Table 1 also shows an outline of each example.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a structure wherein two adherends are able to be separated by means of water peeling that utilizes an aqueous liquid such as water even in cases where the surfaces of the two adherends to be bonded with each other are hydrophobic. The present invention provides a structure which sequentially comprises a first adhesive layer, an intermediate layer and a second adhesive layer in this order. With respect to this structure, at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. In addition, at least one of the first adhesive layer and the second adhesive layer has a layer A that is arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. With respect to this structure, the water peel strength decrease rate, which is calculated from the water peel strength A1 (N/10 mm) of the adhesive layer that has the layer A with respect to the intermediate layer and the peel strength A0 (N/10 mm) of the adhesive layer that has the layer A with respect to the intermediate layer by formula (1 – (A1/A0)) × 100, is 70% or more.

Description

構造体、粘着シート、セットおよび方法Structures, adhesive sheets, sets and methods
 本発明は、構造体、粘着シート、セットおよび方法に関する。
 本出願は、2020年12月25日に出願された日本国特許出願第2020-217630号に基づく優先権を主張しており、その出願の全内容は本明細書中に参照として組み入れられている。
The present invention relates to structures, adhesive sheets, sets and methods.
This application claims priority under Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-217630 filed on December 25, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. ..
 一般に、粘着剤(感圧接着剤ともいう。以下同じ。)は、室温付近の温度域において柔らかい固体(粘弾性体)の状態を呈し、圧力により簡単に被着体に接着する性質を有する。このような性質を活かして、粘着剤は、支持体上に粘着剤層を有する支持体付き粘着シートの形態で、あるいは支持体を有しない支持体レス粘着シートの形態で、様々な分野において広く利用されている。粘着シートに関する技術文献として、特許文献1が挙げられる。 Generally, a pressure-sensitive adhesive (also referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive; the same applies hereinafter) exhibits a soft solid state (viscous elastic body) in a temperature range near room temperature, and has a property of easily adhering to an adherend by pressure. Taking advantage of these properties, the pressure-sensitive adhesive is widely used in various fields in the form of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a support having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the support or in the form of a support-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having no support. It's being used. Patent Document 1 is mentioned as a technical document relating to the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
日本国特許出願公開第2020-23656号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-23656
 粘着剤には用途に応じて様々な特性が求められる。それらの特性のなかには、一方の特性を改善しようとすると他方の特性が低下する傾向にある等、高レベルで両立させることが困難なものがある。このように両立が難しい関係にある特性の一例として、被着体に対する接着力と剥離除去性とが挙げられる。例えば、粘着シートを用いて被着体を固定した後、当該被着体から粘着シートを剥離除去する際には、被着体の損傷や変形を防ぐため、上記固定時とは逆に、被着体からの粘着シートの剥離力(すなわち、被着体に対する接着力)を低く抑えることが求められ得る。例えば、被着体が脆い場合や薄い場合には、良好な剥離除去性と高い接着力とを兼ね備えた粘着シートを実現することは容易ではない。 Adhesives are required to have various properties depending on the application. Some of these characteristics are difficult to achieve at a high level, for example, when trying to improve one characteristic, the other characteristic tends to decrease. As an example of such properties that are difficult to achieve at the same time, there is an adhesive force to the adherend and a peeling / removing property. For example, after fixing the adherend using the adhesive sheet, when the adhesive sheet is peeled off and removed from the adherend, the adherend is covered in order to prevent damage or deformation of the adherend, as opposed to the above-mentioned fixing. It may be required to keep the peeling force of the adhesive sheet from the adherend (that is, the adhesive force to the adherend) low. For example, when the adherend is brittle or thin, it is not easy to realize an adhesive sheet having good peeling and removing properties and high adhesive strength.
 上記のような課題に対して、本発明者らは、特許文献1において、水等の水性液体を利用して容易に剥離することができ、かつ接合時における耐水信頼性が改善された新規な粘着シート(水剥離性粘着シート)を提案した。かかる水剥離性粘着シートによると、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離により、剥離対象物である被着体にダメージを与えることなく、あるいは物理的な負荷少なく、粘着シートを被着体から除去できるので、例えば、被着体のリサイクルやリペアを好適に実現することができる。ここでリサイクルとは、粘着シートから剥がした被着体を再利用可能な状態にすることをいい、ここではリユースを包含する。粘着シートを用いて部品等が固定された製品が、ユーザーの手に渡り、製品寿命を終えた後に、各部品を、当該部品が破損することなく、また粘着シートが残存することなく解体して再利用することができれば、資源の有効利用や環境負荷低減等の観点から有意義である。また、リペアとは、製品使用時に、部品の故障等の不具合が生じた際に、当該部品を交換や補修、検査することをいい、粘着シートによって固定された部品を剥離除去して、当該部品を交換や補修、検査できれば、製品使用者のコスト低減や、環境負荷低減に通じ、有益である。上記リサイクルやリペアには、バッテリー等の取外しや交換が含まれ得る。 In response to the above problems, the present inventors have described in Patent Document 1 a novel method that can be easily peeled off by using an aqueous liquid such as water and has improved water resistance reliability at the time of joining. An adhesive sheet (water-removable adhesive sheet) was proposed. According to the water-removable adhesive sheet, the adhesive sheet can be removed from the adherend without damaging the adherend, which is the object to be peeled off, or with less physical load, by water-peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. Since it can be removed, for example, recycling or repair of the adherend can be suitably realized. Here, recycling means making the adherend peeled off from the adhesive sheet into a reusable state, and here includes reuse. After the product to which the parts etc. are fixed using the adhesive sheet reaches the user's hand and the product life is over, each part is disassembled without damaging the part and without leaving the adhesive sheet. If it can be reused, it is meaningful from the viewpoint of effective use of resources and reduction of environmental load. In addition, repair means to replace, repair, or inspect the part when a defect such as a failure occurs during use of the product, and the part fixed by the adhesive sheet is peeled off and removed to remove the part. If it can be replaced, repaired, and inspected, it will lead to cost reduction for product users and reduction of environmental load, which is beneficial. The above recycling and repair may include removal or replacement of a battery or the like.
 上記水剥離性粘着シートによる水剥離性を良好に発現させるためには、被着体表面がある程度の親水性を有する必要がある。例えば、2つの被着体を水剥離性粘着シートで接合した構造体を水剥離によって分離するには、上記2つの被着体の少なくとも一方が親水性表面を有する必要がある。親水性表面は、親水性材料の使用や、疎水性表面に対する親水化処理によって得ることができるが、被着体に対する親水化処理は追加工程となるため、必ずしも効率的な手法とはいえない。また、被着体によっては親水化処理ができない、あるいは望ましくないことがあり、そのような被着体に対して、水剥離性粘着シートによる接合後に水剥離を実施しても、意図した水剥離性が発現せず、被着体をスムーズに分離できない場合がある。 The surface of the adherend needs to have a certain degree of hydrophilicity in order to satisfactorily exhibit the water releasability of the water releasable adhesive sheet. For example, in order to separate a structure obtained by joining two adherends with a water-removable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet by water-separation, at least one of the two adherends needs to have a hydrophilic surface. The hydrophilic surface can be obtained by using a hydrophilic material or by hydrophilizing the hydrophobic surface, but the hydrophilic treatment of the adherend is an additional step, so that it is not always an efficient method. Further, depending on the adherend, hydrophilization treatment may not be possible or desirable, and even if water exfoliation is performed on such an adherend after joining with a water-removable adhesive sheet, the intended water exfoliation is performed. In some cases, the sex does not develop and the adherend cannot be separated smoothly.
 本発明は、上記の事情に鑑みて創出されたものであり、粘着剤層を用いて接合される2つの被着体の被接着面が疎水性の場合であっても、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離によって当該2つの被着体を分離することができる構造体および方法を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、上記構造体または方法に用いられるセット、粘着シートおよび構造体を提供することをもう一つの他の目的とする。 The present invention has been created in view of the above circumstances, and is an aqueous liquid such as water even when the adhered surfaces of the two adherends bonded by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are hydrophobic. It is an object of the present invention to provide a structure and a method capable of separating the two adherends by water separation using the above. Another object of the present invention is to provide a set, an adhesive sheet and a structure used in the above structure or method.
 この明細書によると、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とをこの順で含む構造体が提供される。この構造体において、前記中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。また、前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、前記中間層の前記親水性表面に配置されたA層を有する。そして、上記構造体は、前記中間層と、前記A層とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該A層と該中間層との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力A1[N/10mm]と、前記A層を有する粘着剤層の前記中間層に対する剥離強度A0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(A1/A0))×100;により算出される水剥離力低下率が70%以上である。
 上記の構成によると、接合される2つの被着体の被接着面が疎水性の場合であっても、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離によって当該2つの被着体を分離することができる。
According to this specification, a structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is provided in this order. In this structure, at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Further, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. Then, in the structure, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the intermediate layer and the A layer, and the distilled water is allowed to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the intermediate layer, and then JIS. Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: Measured according to the 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate at a test temperature of 23 ° C. using a tensile tester under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees. From the water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm] and the peeling strength A0 [N / 10 mm] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer with respect to the intermediate layer, the following formula: (1- (A1 / A0)) × 100 The rate of decrease in water peeling force calculated by; is 70% or more.
According to the above configuration, even if the adhered surface of the two adherends to be joined is hydrophobic, the two adherends can be separated by water separation using an aqueous liquid such as water. can.
 ここに開示される技術(構造体、両面粘着シート、被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法、粘着シートセット、構造体セット、当該セットに用いられる粘着シート、構造体を包含する。以下同じ。)のいくつかの好ましい態様において、前記中間層の前記親水性表面の水接触角は30度以下である。このように構成することで、上記親水性表面において水剥離性がよりよく発現し、被着体をよりスムーズに分離することができる。 The techniques disclosed herein (structure, double-sided adhesive sheet, method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends, adhesive sheet set, structure set, adhesive sheet used for the set, and structure are included. In some preferred embodiments of), the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer is 30 degrees or less. With such a configuration, the water releasability is better developed on the hydrophilic surface, and the adherend can be separated more smoothly.
 ここに開示される技術のいくつかの好ましい態様では、前記中間層の前記親水性表面は、粘着剤層が設けられていない粘着剤層非存在領域を前記中間層の端部に有する。上記のように中間層の親水性表面に粘着剤層非存在領域を設けておくことで、中間層の親水性表面から粘着剤層を水剥離する際に、端部の粘着剤層非存在領域に水性液体を付与して水剥離を開始し、進行させることができる。要するに、上記中間層の親水性表面の粘着剤層非存在領域は、水剥離の始点となり得る。 In some preferred embodiments of the techniques disclosed herein, the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer has a non-existent region of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at the end of the intermediate layer. By providing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existing region on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer as described above, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is water-peeled from the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existing region at the end is provided. Aqueous liquid can be applied to the water to start and proceed with water separation. In short, the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer can be a starting point for water exfoliation.
 ここに開示される技術のいくつかの態様では、前記中間層は、前記親水性表面を構成する親水層を有する。中間層に親水層を設けるか、中間層自体を親水層とすることで、水剥離に適した親水性表面が好ましく得られる。親水層としては、無機材料を含む親水層であってもよく、有機材料を含む親水層であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、親水層は無機酸化物含有層である。中間層の粘着剤層側表面の親水層材料として無機酸化物を用いることにより、当該表面の水接触角が効果的に低下し、優れた水剥離性が得られやすい。特に好ましい無機酸化物として酸化ケイ素が用いられる。 In some aspects of the technique disclosed herein, the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic layer constituting the hydrophilic surface. By providing a hydrophilic layer in the intermediate layer or using the intermediate layer itself as a hydrophilic layer, a hydrophilic surface suitable for water exfoliation can be preferably obtained. The hydrophilic layer may be a hydrophilic layer containing an inorganic material or may be a hydrophilic layer containing an organic material. In some preferred embodiments, the hydrophilic layer is an inorganic oxide-containing layer. By using an inorganic oxide as the hydrophilic layer material on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the intermediate layer, the water contact angle of the surface is effectively lowered, and excellent water peelability can be easily obtained. Silicon oxide is used as a particularly preferable inorganic oxide.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、前記A層は、光硬化型または溶剤型の粘着剤組成物から形成された層である。光硬化型または溶剤型の粘着剤組成物から形成されたA層を備える構成において、ここに開示される技術による効果は好ましく発揮される。 In some preferred embodiments, the A layer is a layer formed from a photocurable or solvent type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. In the configuration including the A layer formed from the photocurable or solvent type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the effects of the techniques disclosed herein are preferably exhibited.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、前記A層は水親和剤を含む。水親和剤を含むA層によると、通常状態(常態)の剥離強度と水剥離性とを好適に両立する粘着剤が得られやすく、さらに水浸漬後剥離力低下率が抑制された粘着剤が得られやすい。 In some preferred embodiments, the A layer contains a water affinity. According to the layer A containing a water-affinitive agent, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive that preferably has both peeling strength in a normal state (normal state) and water-peeling property, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive in which the rate of decrease in peeling power after immersion in water is suppressed is obtained. Easy to obtain.
 ここに開示される技術のいくつかの態様では、構造体(典型的には両面粘着シート)は、水接触角が40度以上である表面(被着体表面)に貼り付けて用いられる。例えば、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層のうちA層を有する粘着剤層は、水接触角が40度以上である被着体表面に貼り付けられる。このような疎水性表面を有する被着体に貼り付けられる態様であっても、ここに開示される技術によると、水剥離を利用して2つの被着体を分離することができる。特に限定されるものではないが、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層が貼り付けられる被着体表面は、いずれも水接触角が40度以上である表面であってもよく、一方のみが水接触角が40度以上である表面でもよいが、ここに開示される構造体(典型的には両面粘着シート)は、2つの被着体の各被接着面がいずれも水接触角が40度以上である使用態様に特に好適である。このような疎水性被着体は、通常、水剥離による粘着剤の剥離除去が困難であるが、ここに開示される技術を適用することにより、水剥離を利用して上記疎水性被着体を分離することができる。 In some aspects of the technique disclosed herein, the structure (typically a double-sided adhesive sheet) is used by being attached to a surface (adhesive surface) having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more. For example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer among the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is attached to the surface of an adherend having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more. Even in the embodiment of being attached to an adherend having such a hydrophobic surface, according to the technique disclosed herein, two adherends can be separated by utilizing water separation. Although not particularly limited, the surface of the adherend to which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are attached may be a surface having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more, and only one of them may be attached. Although the surface may have a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more, the structure disclosed here (typically, a double-sided adhesive sheet) has a water contact angle on each of the adhered surfaces of the two adherends. It is particularly suitable for usage modes of 40 degrees or higher. In such a hydrophobic adherend, it is usually difficult to exfoliate and remove the pressure-sensitive adhesive by water exfoliation, but by applying the technique disclosed herein, the hydrophobic adherend can be utilized by water exfoliation. Can be separated.
 ここに開示される構造体(典型的には両面粘着シート)は、使用前においては、その粘着面が剥離ライナーによって保護された剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シートの形態であり得る。そのような剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シートは、ここに開示されるいずれかの構造体(典型的には両面粘着シート)と、前記第1粘着剤層の粘着面および前記第2粘着剤層の粘着面を保護する少なくとも1つの剥離ライナーと、を備える。このような剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シートは、シート状の形態であってよく、ロール体(剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シートロール)であってもよい。 The structure disclosed herein (typically a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) may be in the form of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner whose adhesive surface is protected by a release liner before use. Such a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner can be obtained by adhering one of the structures disclosed herein (typically, a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It comprises at least one release liner that protects the surface. Such a double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner may be in the form of a sheet, or may be a roll body (double-sided adhesive sheet roll with a release liner).
 いくつかの態様では、上記構造体は、前記第1粘着剤層と接着する第1被着体と、前記第2粘着剤層と接着する第2被着体と、をさらに備える。このような構成の構造体に対して、中間層の親水性表面にて水剥離させることにより、第1被着体と第2被着体とを分離することができる。上記構造体は、第1被着体と第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層と第2被着体とをこの順で含む構成を有する。 In some embodiments, the structure further comprises a first adherend that adheres to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a second adherend that adheres to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The first adherend and the second adherend can be separated from each other by water-separating the structure having such a structure on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. The structure has a structure including a first adherend, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a second adherend in this order.
 いくつかの態様では、前記第1被着体および前記第2被着体のうち、前記A層を有する前記粘着剤層と接着する被着体は、該粘着剤層が接着する面の水接触角が40度以上である。このような疎水性表面を有する被着体が粘着剤層に接着した構造体に対して、水剥離を利用した分離操作を実施することで、接合された2つの被着体を分離することができる。特に限定されるものではないが、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層が貼り付けられる第1被着体,第2被着体の表面は、いずれも水接触角が40度以上である表面であってもよく、一方のみが水接触角が40度以上である表面でもよいが、第1被着体の被接着面および第2被着体の被接着面の水接触角がいずれも40度以上である使用態様に特に好適である。このような疎水性被着体は、通常、水剥離による粘着剤の剥離除去が困難であるが、ここに開示される技術を適用することにより、水剥離を利用して、接合された疎水性被着体を分離することができる。 In some embodiments, of the first adherend and the second adherend, the adherend that adheres to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is in water contact with the surface to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer adheres. The angle is 40 degrees or more. It is possible to separate the two bonded adherends by performing a separation operation using water peeling on the structure in which the adherend having such a hydrophobic surface is adhered to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. can. Although not particularly limited, the surfaces of the first adherend and the second adherend to which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are attached have a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more. It may be a surface, or only one surface may have a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more, but the water contact angle of the adhered surface of the first adherend and the adhered surface of the second adherend are both. It is particularly suitable for usage modes of 40 degrees or higher. Such a hydrophobic adherend is usually difficult to peel off and remove the adhesive by water peeling, but by applying the technique disclosed herein, the hydrophobicity bonded by utilizing water peeling is used. The adherend can be separated.
 ここに開示される構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)は、該構造体の各粘着面に貼り付けられる2つの被着体を分離することができるので、この特長を利用して、上記構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)によって固定された部品のリサイクル、リペア用途に好ましく用いられる。例えば、電子機器を構成する部材の固定用途に好適である。また、ここに開示される構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)は、電子機器を構成する部材の修理や交換、製品検査等の際に除去される機会の多いバッテリーを電子機器(本体)に固定する用途の構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)として特に好ましく使用される。いくつかの好ましい態様では、前記第1被着体および前記第2被着体のうちの一方の被着体は電子機器本体(例えば電子機器の筐体)であり、他方の被着体はバッテリーである。また、本明細書によると、構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)によって部材(例えばバッテリー)が固定された電子機器が提供される。 Since the structure disclosed here (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet) can separate two adherends attached to each adhesive surface of the structure, the above-mentioned structure (for example, the above-mentioned structure (for example) can be utilized by utilizing this feature. For example, it is preferably used for recycling and repairing parts fixed by a double-sided adhesive sheet). For example, it is suitable for fixing members constituting electronic devices. Further, the structure disclosed here (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet) fixes a battery, which is often removed during repair or replacement of a member constituting an electronic device, product inspection, etc., to the electronic device (main body). It is particularly preferably used as a structure of use (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet). In some preferred embodiments, one of the first and second adherends is an electronic device body (eg, a housing of an electronic device) and the other adherend is a battery. Is. Further, according to the present specification, there is provided an electronic device in which a member (for example, a battery) is fixed by a structure (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet).
 また、この明細書によると、接合された第1被着体および第2被着体を分離する方法が提供される。この方法において、前記接合された前記第1被着体および前記第2被着体のあいだには、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置されている。また、前記中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。さらに、前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、前記中間層の前記親水性表面に配置されたA層を有する。そして、前記方法は、前記A層を有する粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離する工程を含む。前記粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離する工程は、前記中間層からの前記粘着剤層の剥離前線において前記中間層と前記粘着剤層との界面に水性液体が存在する状態で、前記剥離前線の移動に追随して前記水性液体の前記界面への進入を進行させつつ前記中間層から前記粘着剤層を剥離する水剥離工程である。ここで剥離前線とは、中間層からの粘着剤層の剥離を進行させる際に、上記中間層から上記粘着剤層が離れ始める箇所を指す。
 上記水剥離工程によると、中間層の粘着剤層A層側表面が親水性表面となっているので、上記水性液体を有効に利用して中間層から粘着剤層を剥離し、第1被着体と第2被着体とを分離することができる。なお、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置された構成は、被着体の接合前においては粘着シートであり得る。
Further, according to this specification, a method for separating the joined first adherend and the second adherend is provided. In this method, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend. Further, at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Further, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. The method includes a step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer. In the step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer, the peeling front is in a state where an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the peeling front of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer. This is a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the invasion of the aqueous liquid into the interface following the movement of the water-based liquid. Here, the peeling front refers to a place where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer begins to separate from the middle layer when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer.
According to the water peeling step, the surface on the side of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface, so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer by effectively using the aqueous liquid, and the first adhesion is performed. The body and the second adherend can be separated. The configuration in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet before joining the adherend.
 また、この明細書によると、接合された第1被着体および第2被着体を分離し、第2被着体に第3被着体を接合する方法が提供される。この方法において、前記接合された前記第1被着体および前記第2被着体のあいだには、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置されている。また、前記中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。さらに、前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、前記中間層の前記親水性表面に配置されたA層を有する。そして、前記方法は:前記A層を有する粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離して、前記第1被着体と前記第2被着体とを分離する工程と;前記第3被着体を粘着シートによって前記第2被着体に接合する工程と;を含む。ここで、前記粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離する工程は、前記中間層からの前記粘着剤層の剥離前線において前記中間層と前記粘着剤層との界面に水性液体が存在する状態で、前記剥離前線の移動に追随して前記水性液体の前記界面への進入を進行させつつ前記中間層から前記粘着剤層を剥離する水剥離工程である。
 上記水剥離工程によると、中間層の粘着剤層A層側表面が親水性表面となっているので、上記水性液体を有効に利用して中間層から粘着剤層を剥離し、第1被着体と第2被着体とを分離することができる。そして例えば、第1被着体があった箇所に、第1被着体とは異なる第3被着体を、粘着シートを用いて第2被着体に接合することができるので、第2被着体において、第1被着体と第3被着体との交換や貼替えを行うことができる。なお、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置された構成は、被着体の接合前においては粘着シートであり得る。
Further, according to this specification, there is provided a method of separating the joined first adherend and the second adherend and joining the third adherend to the second adherend. In this method, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend. Further, at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Further, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. Then, the method is: a step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer to separate the first adherend and the second adherend; the third adherend. A step of joining to the second adherend by an adhesive sheet; Here, in the step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer, an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the peeling front of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer. This is a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the invasion of the aqueous liquid into the interface following the movement of the peeling front.
According to the water peeling step, the surface on the side of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer A of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface, so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer by effectively using the aqueous liquid, and the first adhesion is performed. The body and the second adherend can be separated. Then, for example, a third adherend different from the first adherend can be joined to the second adherend by using an adhesive sheet at the place where the first adherend was present, so that the second adherend can be joined. In the body, the first adherend and the third adherend can be exchanged or replaced. The configuration in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet before joining the adherend.
 また、いくつかの好ましい態様において、前記A層を有する粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離した後、前記第2被着体には前記中間層が残存している。また、前記第3被着体を前記第2被着体に接合するために用いられる粘着シートは、A層を有する粘着剤層を含む。また、上記粘着シートは、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後、前記被着体に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、該蒸留水を、前記A層と前記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]と、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後の粘着力B0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が70%以上である。これにより、第3被着体を第2被着体に接合した後、適当なタイミングで、第3被着体を接合する粘着剤層のA層と上記中間層とのあいだで水剥離を実施して、第3被着体と第2被着体とを分離することができる。また、上記方法によると、例えば、第3被着体があった箇所に、第3被着体とは異なる第4被着体を、粘着シートを用いて第2被着体に接合することが可能となる。このように、ここに開示される技術を適用することで、第2被着体に接合された被着体(具体的には、第1被着体、第3被着体、第4被着体等)を、繰り返し分離し、接合することができる。そのような被着体(具体的には、第1被着体、第3被着体、第4被着体等)は、同種の異なる部品または物品であってもよい。あるいは、被着体(具体的には、第1被着体、第3被着体、第4被着体等)は、同一の部品または物品であってもよい。 Further, in some preferred embodiments, after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer, the intermediate layer remains in the second adherend. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for joining the third adherend to the second adherend includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer. Further, in the adhesive sheet, the A layer side is attached to a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method as an adherend and having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and after 1 day at room temperature, the said. After dropping 20 μL of distilled water onto the adherend and allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: Test. A water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C according to the 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the plate. The A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as a body, which has a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the adhesive strength B0 [N / 10 mm] after 1 day at room temperature. Therefore, the water separation reduction rate calculated by the following equation: (1- (B1 / B0)) × 100; is 70% or more. As a result, after the third adherend is bonded to the second adherend, water separation is performed between the A layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to which the third adherend is bonded and the intermediate layer at an appropriate timing. Then, the third adherend and the second adherend can be separated. Further, according to the above method, for example, a fourth adherend different from the third adherend can be joined to the second adherend by using an adhesive sheet at a place where the third adherend was. It will be possible. As described above, by applying the technique disclosed herein, the adherend bonded to the second adherend (specifically, the first adherend, the third adherend, and the fourth adherend). The body, etc.) can be repeatedly separated and joined. Such an adherend (specifically, a first adherend, a third adherend, a fourth adherend, etc.) may be different parts or articles of the same type. Alternatively, the adherend (specifically, the first adherend, the third adherend, the fourth adherend, etc.) may be the same parts or articles.
 また、この明細書によると、第1粘着シートと第2粘着シートとを含むセット(例えば粘着シートセット)が提供される。前記第1粘着シートは粘着剤層を含む。一方、前記第2粘着シートは、基材層と、該基材層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備える。該基材層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。そして、上記セットは、前記第1粘着シートの粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に貼り付けられるA層を有するか、あるいは、前記第2粘着シートの粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に設けられたA層を有するか、あるいは、その両方である。このようなセット(例えば粘着シートセット)は、第1粘着シートと第2粘着シートとを組み合わせて使用することにより、ここに開示される構造体の構成を得ることができる。また、上記セットは、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の接合に好ましく用いられる。上記セットは、ここに開示される方法(被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法)に好ましく用いられる。 Further, according to this specification, a set including the first adhesive sheet and the second adhesive sheet (for example, an adhesive sheet set) is provided. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. On the other hand, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer. At least one surface of the substrate layer is a hydrophilic surface. In the set, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer to be attached to the hydrophilic surface, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is provided on the hydrophilic surface. It has a layer A or both. By using such a set (for example, an adhesive sheet set) in combination with the first adhesive sheet and the second adhesive sheet, the structure of the structure disclosed herein can be obtained. In addition, the above set is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. The above set is preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
 例えば、いくつかの好ましい態様では、第1粘着シートの粘着剤層をA層を有するよう構成し、当該A層を、第2粘着シートの基材層親水性表面に貼り合わせることにより、上記構造体の構成とすることができる。このようなセット(例えば粘着シートセット)は、第1粘着シートと第2粘着シートとを含み、第1粘着シートは、A層を有する粘着剤層を含む。一方、第2粘着シートは、基材層と、該基材層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備え、該基材層の他方の面は親水性表面である。そして、第1粘着シートのA層は、第2粘着シートの基材層の親水性表面に貼り付けられる。 For example, in some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is configured to have an A layer, and the A layer is bonded to the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet to form the above structure. It can be a body composition. Such a set (eg, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set) includes a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer. On the other hand, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer, and the other surface of the base material layer is a hydrophilic surface. Then, the A layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
 上記より、この明細書によると、粘着シートが提供される。この粘着シートは、基材層と、該基材層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備える。また、基材層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。この粘着シートは、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の接合に好ましく用いられる。また、ここに開示されるセット(例えば粘着シートセット)に用いられる粘着シート(第2粘着シート)として好適である。あるいはまた、ここに開示される方法(被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法)に好ましく用いることができる。 From the above, according to this specification, an adhesive sheet is provided. This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer. Also, at least one surface of the substrate layer is a hydrophilic surface. This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. Further, it is suitable as a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) used in the set disclosed herein (for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set). Alternatively, it can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
 また、上記より、この明細書によると、粘着シートが提供される。この粘着シートは、A層を有する粘着剤層を含む。そして、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後、前記被着体に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、該蒸留水を前記A層と前記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]と、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後の粘着力B0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が70%以上である。この粘着シートは、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の接合に好ましく用いられる。また、ここに開示されるセット(例えば粘着シートセット)に用いられる粘着シート(第1粘着シートまたは第2粘着シート)として好適である。また、上記粘着シートは、ここに開示される方法(被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法)に好ましく用いることができる。 Further, from the above, according to this specification, an adhesive sheet is provided. This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer. Then, the A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as an adherend having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and after 1 day at room temperature, 20 μL is applied to the adherend. After dropping the distilled water of JIS Z0237: 2009 at one end of the interface between the layer A and the adherend, Method 1: peeling 180 ° from the test plate. A water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured at a test temperature of 23 ° C. using a tensile tester at a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees according to the adhesive force, and a float method as an adherend. The A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced in 1) having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the adhesive strength is B0 [N / 10 mm] one day after room temperature. The rate of decrease in water peeling calculated by (1- (B1 / B0)) × 100; is 70% or more. This pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. Further, it is suitable as a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet or second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) used in the set disclosed herein (for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set). Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
 また、この明細書によると、第1構造体と第2構造体とを含むセットが提供される。前記第1構造体は、第1被着体と、第1粘着剤層と、を有する。一方、前記第2構造体は、第2被着体と、第2粘着剤層と、親水性表面を有する層と、この順で有する。そして、上記セットにおいて、前記第1粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に貼り付けられるA層を有するか、あるいは、前記第2粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に設けられたA層を有するか、あるいは、その両方である。このようなセット(典型的には構造体セット)は、第1構造体と第2構造体とを組み合わせて使用することにより、ここに開示される構造体とすることができる。また、上記セットは、ここに開示される方法(被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法)に好ましく用いることができる。 Further, according to this specification, a set including the first structure and the second structure is provided. The first structure has a first adherend and a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. On the other hand, the second structure has a second adherend, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface in this order. Then, in the above set, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer attached to the hydrophilic surface, or the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer provided on the hydrophilic surface. Or both. Such a set (typically a structure set) can be the structure disclosed herein by using the first structure and the second structure in combination. In addition, the above set can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
 例えば、いくつかの好ましい態様では、第1粘着剤層をA層を有するよう構成し、当該A層を、親水性表面を有する層の親水性表面に貼り合わせることにより、ここに開示される構造体の構成とすることができる。このようなセット(典型的には構造体セット)において、第1構造体は、A層を有する第1粘着剤層を含む。第1粘着剤層は、典型的には、第1被着体の一方の面に貼り付けられている。一方、第2構造体は、親水性表面を有する層の他方の面に第2粘着剤層が配置されている。そして、第1構造体を構成する粘着剤層のA層は、第2構造体の親水性表面に貼り付けられる。 For example, in some preferred embodiments, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is configured to have an A layer, and the A layer is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface, whereby the structure disclosed herein. It can be a body composition. In such a set (typically a structure set), the first structure comprises a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is typically attached to one surface of the first adherend. On the other hand, in the second structure, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is arranged on the other surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface. Then, the A layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer constituting the first structure is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the second structure.
 上記より、この明細書によると、被着体と、粘着剤層と、親水性表面を有する層と、をこの順で有する構造体が提供される。この構造体は、ここに開示されるセット(典型的には構造体セット)に用いられる構造体(第2構造体)として好適である。あるいはまた、ここに開示される方法(被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法)に好ましく用いることができる。 From the above, according to this specification, a structure having an adherend, an adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface is provided in this order. This structure is suitable as a structure (second structure) used in the set disclosed herein (typically a structure set). Alternatively, it can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
 また、上記より、この明細書によると、被着体と、粘着剤層と、を有する構造体が提供される。この構造体において、前記粘着剤層はA層を有する。そして、上記構造体は、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後、前記被着体に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、該蒸留水を前記A層と前記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]と、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後の粘着力B0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が70%以上である。この構造体は、ここに開示されるセット(典型的には構造体セット)に用いられる構造体(第1構造体または第2構造体)として好適である。また、上記構造体は、ここに開示される方法(被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法)に好ましく用いることができる。 Further, from the above, according to this specification, a structure having an adherend and an adhesive layer is provided. In this structure, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer. Then, in the above structure, the A layer side is attached to a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method as an adherend having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and one day after room temperature, the structure is described. After dropping 20 μL of distilled water onto the adherend and allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: Test plate. Water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C. The A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as a body having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the adhesive strength is B0 [N / 10 mm] after 1 day at room temperature. Therefore, the water peeling reduction rate calculated by the following formula: (1- (B1 / B0)) × 100; is 70% or more. This structure is suitable as a structure (first structure or second structure) used in the set disclosed herein (typically a structure set). In addition, the above structure can be preferably used in the methods disclosed herein (method for separating adherends, method for separating and joining adherends).
 なお、上述した各要素を適宜組み合わせたものも、本件特許出願によって特許による保護を求める発明の範囲に含まれ得る。 It should be noted that an appropriate combination of the above-mentioned elements may be included in the scope of the invention for which protection by the patent is sought by the present patent application.
一実施形態に係る構造体(両面粘着シート)の構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) which concerns on one Embodiment. 他の一実施形態に係る構造体(両面粘着シート)の構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) which concerns on another embodiment. 他の一実施形態に係る構造体(両面粘着シート)の構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) which concerns on another embodiment. 図1に示す構造体(両面粘着シート)の変形例を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the modification of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) shown in FIG. 一実施形態に係る構造体(接合体)の構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the structure (joint body) which concerns on one Embodiment. 図5に示す構造体(接合体)の変形例を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the modification of the structure (joint) shown in FIG. 図5に示す構造体(接合体)の他の変形例を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the other modification of the structure (joint) shown in FIG. 5 schematically. 図5に示す構造体(接合体)の他の変形例を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the other modification of the structure (joint) shown in FIG. 5 schematically. セットとして用いられる第1粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 1st adhesive sheet used as a set. セットとして用いられる第2粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 2nd adhesive sheet used as a set. セットとして用いられる第1構造体の構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 1st structure used as a set. セットとして用いられる第2構造体の構成を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically the structure of the 2nd structure used as a set.
 以下、本発明の好適な実施形態を説明する。なお、本明細書において特に言及している事項以外の事柄であって本発明の実施に必要な事柄は、本明細書に記載された発明の実施についての教示と出願時の技術常識とに基づいて当業者に理解され得る。本発明は、本明細書に開示されている内容と当該分野における技術常識とに基づいて実施することができる。また、以下の図面において、同じ作用を奏する部材・部位には同じ符号を付して説明することがあり、重複する説明は省略または簡略化することがある。また、図面に記載の実施形態は、本発明を明瞭に説明するために模式化されており、実際に提供される製品のサイズや縮尺を必ずしも正確に表したものではない。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described. Matters other than those specifically mentioned in the present specification and necessary for the implementation of the present invention are based on the teachings regarding the implementation of the invention described in the present specification and the common general knowledge at the time of filing. Can be understood by those skilled in the art. The present invention can be carried out based on the contents disclosed in the present specification and the common general technical knowledge in the art. Further, in the following drawings, members / parts having the same function may be described with the same reference numerals, and duplicate description may be omitted or simplified. In addition, the embodiments described in the drawings are schematically for the purpose of clearly explaining the present invention, and do not necessarily accurately represent the size or scale of the actually provided product.
 この明細書において「アクリル系重合物」とは、アクリル系モノマーを50重量%より多く含むモノマー成分に由来する重合物をいう。上記アクリル系モノマーとは、1分子中に少なくとも1つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーに由来するモノマーのことをいう。また、この明細書において「(メタ)アクリロイル」とは、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルを包括的に指す意味である。同様に、「(メタ)アクリレート」とはアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを、「(メタ)アクリル」とはアクリルおよびメタクリルを、それぞれ包括的に指す意味である。上記アクリル系重合物は、アクリル系ポリマーであり得る。上記アクリル系重合物は、例えば、水分散型や溶剤型の粘着剤において、ベースポリマー(主構成ポリマー)として含有されるアクリル系ポリマーであり得る。この場合、本明細書における「アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分」は、「アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分」に言い換えることができる。また、本明細書において、「重合物を構成するモノマー成分」や「アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分」との相対量で表わされる添加成分の含有量は、「アクリル系ポリマー」との相対量と言い換えることができるものとする。 In this specification, the "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer derived from a monomer component containing an acrylic monomer in an amount of more than 50% by weight. The acrylic monomer refers to a monomer derived from a monomer having at least one (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule. Further, in this specification, "(meth) acryloyl" means a comprehensively referring to acryloyl and methacryloyl. Similarly, "(meth) acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth) acrylic" means acrylic and methacrylic, respectively. The acrylic polymer may be an acrylic polymer. The acrylic polymer may be, for example, an acrylic polymer contained as a base polymer (main constituent polymer) in a water-dispersible type or solvent type pressure-sensitive adhesive. In this case, the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer" in the present specification can be paraphrased as "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer". Further, in the present specification, the content of the additive component represented by the relative amount of the "monomer component constituting the polymer" and the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer" is relative to the "acrylic polymer". It can be rephrased as quantity.
 <構造体の構成例>
 ここに開示される構造体は、例えば、図1に模式的に示される断面構造を有する両面粘着シートの形態であり得る。この構造体1は、第1粘着剤層11と、中間層20と、第2粘着剤層12とをこの順で含む両面粘着シートとして構成されている。中間層20は、両面粘着シート1において基材層ともいう。この構造体1では、中間層20の各面にそれぞれ第1粘着剤層11,第2粘着剤層12が設けられている。第1粘着剤層11の粘着面11A、第2粘着剤層12の粘着面12Aは、構造体(両面粘着シート)1の表面(各粘着面)1A,1Bとなっている。この構造体1において、中間層20の一方の面20Aは親水性表面である。具体的には、中間層20は、主層22と親水層24との積層構造を有しており、親水層24の表面である面20Aが親水性表面となっている。この実施形態では、親水層24は、主層22の一方の面に形成されている。第1粘着剤層11は、中間層20の親水性表面20Aに密着しており、具体的には、第1粘着剤層11の一方の面(粘着面11Aの反対側の面)11Bが中間層20の親水層24と直接接触した状態で積層されている。また、図1に示す例では、第1粘着剤層11は単層構造である。すなわち、第1粘着剤層11の一方の面(中間層20の親水性表面20A側表面)11Bを構成するA層によって第1粘着剤層11の全体が構成されている。一方、第2粘着剤層12は、中間層20の他方の面20Bに密着しており、第2粘着剤層12の一方の面(粘着面12Aの反対側の面)12Bが中間層20の主層22と直接接触した状態で積層されている。また、第2粘着剤層12も単層構造である。なお、中間層20の他方の面20Bは、この実施形態では疎水性表面である。
<Structure example of structure>
The structure disclosed herein can be, for example, in the form of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. The structure 1 is configured as a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 in this order. The intermediate layer 20 is also referred to as a base material layer in the double-sided adhesive sheet 1. In this structure 1, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 are provided on each surface of the intermediate layer 20, respectively. The adhesive surface 11A of the first adhesive layer 11 and the adhesive surface 12A of the second adhesive layer 12 are the surfaces (each adhesive surface) 1A and 1B of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1. In this structure 1, one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface. Specifically, the intermediate layer 20 has a laminated structure of the main layer 22 and the hydrophilic layer 24, and the surface 20A, which is the surface of the hydrophilic layer 24, is a hydrophilic surface. In this embodiment, the hydrophilic layer 24 is formed on one surface of the main layer 22. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20, and specifically, one surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 (the surface opposite to the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 11A) 11B is in the middle. It is laminated in direct contact with the hydrophilic layer 24 of the layer 20. Further, in the example shown in FIG. 1, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 has a single-layer structure. That is, the entire first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 is composed of the A layer constituting one surface (the surface on the hydrophilic surface 20A side of the intermediate layer 20) 11B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11. On the other hand, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is in close contact with the other surface 20B of the intermediate layer 20, and one surface (the surface opposite to the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 12A) 12B of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the intermediate layer 20. It is laminated in direct contact with the main layer 22. The second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 also has a single-layer structure. The other surface 20B of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophobic surface in this embodiment.
 使用前(被着体への貼付け前)の構造体(両面粘着シート)1は、例えば図1に示すように、その粘着面1A(第1粘着剤層11の粘着面11A)が、少なくとも粘着面1A(該第1粘着剤層11)側が剥離性表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー31で保護されており、粘着面1B(第2粘着剤層12の粘着面12A)が、少なくとも粘着面1B(該第2粘着剤層12)側が剥離性表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー32で保護された剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート(構造体)51の形態であり得る。あるいは、剥離ライナー31の背面31A(第1粘着剤層11側表面とは反対側の表面)が剥離面となっており、上記背面31Aに粘着面1B(第2粘着剤層12の粘着面12A)が当接するように巻回または積層されることで各粘着面1A,1B(粘着面11A、12A)が保護された形態であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 1, for example, the adhesive surface 1A (adhesive surface 11A of the first adhesive layer 11) of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1 before use (before attachment to the adherend) is at least adhesive. The surface 1A (the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11) is protected by a release liner 31 having a peelable surface (peeling surface), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 1B (the adhesive surface 12A of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12) is at least. It may be in the form of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (structure) 51 with a release liner protected by a release liner 32 whose adhesive surface 1B (second adhesive layer 12) side is a releaseable surface (release surface). Alternatively, the back surface 31A of the release liner 31 (the surface opposite to the surface on the first adhesive layer 11 side) is the release surface, and the adhesive surface 1B (the adhesive surface 12A of the second adhesive layer 12) is on the back surface 31A. ) May be in a form in which the adhesive surfaces 1A and 1B ( adhesive surfaces 11A and 12A) are protected by being wound or laminated so as to be in contact with each other.
 ここに開示される構造体(両面粘着シート)の他の一構成例を図2に示す。この構造体2は、中間層20の各面にそれぞれ第1粘着剤層110,第2粘着剤層120が設けられており、中間層20の一方の面20Aは親水性表面であり、中間層20が主層22と親水層24との積層構造を有する点は図1に示す構成と同じであるが、第1粘着剤層110の構成が図1に示す構成と異なる。具体的には、図2に示す構造体2において、第1粘着剤層110は、一方の表面110Aが粘着面となっている。また、第1粘着剤層110は、第1粘着剤層110の他方の表面(中間層20側表面)110Bを構成するA層112と、A層112の背面側に積層配置されたB層114と、からなる2層構造を有する。第1粘着剤層110のA層112は、中間層20の親水性表面20Aに密着しており、具体的には、第1粘着剤層110の表面110Bが中間層20の親水層24と直接接触した状態で積層されている。 FIG. 2 shows another configuration example of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) disclosed here. In this structure 2, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 120 are provided on each surface of the intermediate layer 20, respectively, and one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface, and the intermediate layer is formed. 20 has the same structure as that shown in FIG. 1 in that the main layer 22 and the hydrophilic layer 24 have a laminated structure, but the structure of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is different from the structure shown in FIG. Specifically, in the structure 2 shown in FIG. 2, one surface 110A of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is a pressure-sensitive surface. Further, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is a layer A 112 constituting the other surface (surface on the intermediate layer 20 side) 110B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110, and a layer B 114 laminated on the back surface side of the layer A 112. It has a two-layer structure consisting of and. The A layer 112 of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20, and specifically, the surface 110B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 110 is directly connected to the hydrophilic surface 24 of the intermediate layer 20. They are laminated in contact with each other.
 使用前(被着体への貼付け前)の構造体(両面粘着シート)2は、図1に示す構造体(両面粘着シート)1と同様に、粘着面2A(B層114の表面110A)、粘着面2B(第2粘着剤層120の粘着面120A)が少なくとも該粘着面側が剥離性表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー31,32で保護された剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート(構造体)52の形態であり得る。あるいは、剥離ライナー31の背面31A(第1粘着剤層110側表面とは反対側の表面)が剥離面となっており、上記背面31Aに粘着面2B(第2粘着剤層120の粘着面120A)が当接するように巻回または積層されることで各粘着面2A,2B(110A、120A)が保護された形態であってもよい。なお、構造体2の構成に関して、図1に示す構造体1と重複する部分の説明は省略する。 The structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 2 before use (before being attached to the adherend) has an adhesive surface 2A (surface 110A of the B layer 114), similarly to the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1 shown in FIG. Double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner (structure) protected by release lines 31 and 32 whose adhesive surface 2B (adhesive surface 120A of the second adhesive layer 120) has at least the adhesive surface side as a peelable surface (peeling surface). ) 52 can be in the form. Alternatively, the back surface 31A of the release liner 31 (the surface opposite to the surface on the first adhesive layer 110 side) is the release surface, and the adhesive surface 2B (the adhesive surface 120A of the second adhesive layer 120) is on the back surface 31A. ) May be in a form in which the adhesive surfaces 2A and 2B (110A and 120A) are protected by being wound or laminated so as to be in contact with each other. Regarding the configuration of the structure 2, the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 1 shown in FIG. 1 will be omitted.
 また、ここに開示される構造体(両面粘着シート)の他の一構成例を図3に示す。この構造体3は、中間層200の各面にそれぞれ第1粘着剤層(A層)11,第2粘着剤層12が設けられており、中間層200の一方の面200Aは親水性表面である点は図1に示す構成と同じであるが、中間層200の構成が図1に示す構成と異なる。具体的には、図3に示す構造体3において、中間層200は単層構造を有している。この中間層200は、親水性材料を用いて形成されることにより、その表面である200Aが親水性表面となっている。この中間層200では、中間層200の各面200A、200Bが親水性表面となっている。なお、構造体3の構成に関して、図1に示す構造体1と重複する部分の説明は省略する。 Further, FIG. 3 shows another configuration example of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) disclosed here. In this structure 3, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 are provided on each surface of the intermediate layer 200, respectively, and one surface 200A of the intermediate layer 200 is a hydrophilic surface. The configuration is the same as that shown in FIG. 1, but the configuration of the intermediate layer 200 is different from the configuration shown in FIG. Specifically, in the structure 3 shown in FIG. 3, the intermediate layer 200 has a single-layer structure. The intermediate layer 200 is formed by using a hydrophilic material, so that its surface, 200A, is a hydrophilic surface. In the intermediate layer 200, the surfaces 200A and 200B of the intermediate layer 200 are hydrophilic surfaces. Regarding the configuration of the structure 3, the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 1 shown in FIG. 1 will be omitted.
 また、構造体(両面粘着シート)1の変形例を図4に示す。図4に示す構造体4は、中間層20の各面にそれぞれ第1粘着剤層13,第2粘着剤層12が設けられており、中間層20の一方の面20Aは親水性表面であり、中間層20が主層22と親水層24との積層構造を有する点は図1の構成と同じであるが、第1粘着剤層13と中間層20との積層状態が図1に示す構成と異なる。具体的には、図4に示す構造体4において、中間層20の一方の面20Aである親水性表面(親水層24の表面)には第1粘着剤層(A層)13が配置されているが、第1粘着剤層13は、中間層20の面(親水性表面)20Aの全体には配置されておらず、中間層20の端部を含む一部に、親水性表面(親水層24の表面)20Aに第1粘着剤層13が設けられていない粘着剤層非存在領域25を有する。この粘着剤層非存在領域25は、構造体(両面粘着シート)4において露出面となっている。一方、中間層20の他方の面20Bには、上記のような粘着剤層非存在領域は設けられておらず、面20Bのほぼ全面に第2粘着剤層12が配置されている。そのため、この実施形態では、第1粘着剤層13のサイズ(面の大きさ)は、第2粘着剤層12よりも小さく、第1粘着剤層13の粘着面13A(粘着面4A)は第2粘着剤層12の粘着面12A(粘着面4B)よりも小さく構成されている。また、構造体(両面粘着シート)4を備える剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート54についても、粘着面4Aを保護する剥離ライナー33のサイズは、粘着面4Bを保護する剥離ライナー32よりも小さく構成されている。なお、構造体4の構成に関して、図1に示す構造体1と重複する部分の説明は省略する。 Further, a modified example of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1 is shown in FIG. The structure 4 shown in FIG. 4 is provided with a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on each surface of the intermediate layer 20, respectively, and one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface. The intermediate layer 20 has a laminated structure of the main layer 22 and the hydrophilic layer 24, which is the same as the configuration of FIG. 1, but the laminated state of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 and the intermediate layer 20 is the configuration shown in FIG. Different from. Specifically, in the structure 4 shown in FIG. 4, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 13 is arranged on the hydrophilic surface (surface of the hydrophilic layer 24) which is one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20. However, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is not arranged on the entire surface (hydrophilic surface) 20A of the intermediate layer 20, and is partially covered with a hydrophilic surface (hydrophilic surface) including the end portion of the intermediate layer 20. 24 surface) 20A has a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is not provided. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 is an exposed surface in the structure (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) 4. On the other hand, the other surface 20B of the intermediate layer 20 is not provided with the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist as described above, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is arranged on almost the entire surface of the surface 20B. Therefore, in this embodiment, the size (surface size) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is smaller than that of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 13A (adhesive surface 4A) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is the first. 2 It is configured to be smaller than the adhesive surface 12A (adhesive surface 4B) of the adhesive layer 12. Further, also in the double-sided adhesive sheet 54 with a release liner provided with the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 4, the size of the release liner 33 that protects the adhesive surface 4A is smaller than that of the release liner 32 that protects the adhesive surface 4B. There is. Regarding the configuration of the structure 4, the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 1 shown in FIG. 1 will be omitted.
 ここに開示される構造体は、例えば、図5に模式的に示される断面構造を有する接合体の形態であり得る。この構造体5は、第1粘着剤層11と、中間層20と、第2粘着剤層12とをこの順で含む積層体の構成を有しており、この点においては図1に示す構成と同じである。この構造体(接合体)5は、図1の構造体(両面粘着シート)1と異なり、第1粘着剤層11の一方の面(粘着面)11Aに第1被着体60が貼り付けられており、第1被着体60は第1粘着剤層11と接着(非剥離性接着)している。また、第2粘着剤層12の一方の面(粘着面)12Aには、第2被着体70が貼り付けられており、第2被着体70は第2粘着剤層12と接着(非剥離性接着)している。このように、構造体5は、第1被着体60と第2被着体70とをさらに有し、第1被着体60と第2被着体70とは、第1粘着剤層11、中間層20および第2粘着剤層12を介して接合されている。換言すれば、構造体5は、第1被着体60と第2被着体70との接合体の構造を有する。この構造体5は、第1被着体60と第1粘着剤層11と中間層20と第2粘着剤層12と第2被着体70とをこの順で含む構成を有する。なお、この実施形態の構造体5は、図1の構成と同様に、中間層20の一方の面20Aが親水性表面であり、第1粘着剤層(A層)11は、中間層20の親水性表面20Aに密着している。また、この実施形態では、第1被着体60および第2被着体70はともに、被接着面が疎水性である疎水性材料からなる疎水性被着体である。構造体5の構成に関して、図1に示す構造体1と重複する部分の説明は省略する。また、非剥離性接着とは、剥離が意図または予定されていない接着形態を指すものであり、被着体の破損をともなってもよい強制的な剥離が可能な接着を排除するものではない。 The structure disclosed herein may be, for example, in the form of a bonded body having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. The structure 5 has a structure of a laminated body including the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 in this order, and in this respect, the structure shown in FIG. Is the same as. Unlike the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) 1 of FIG. 1, this structure (bonded body) 5 has a first adherend 60 attached to one surface (adhesive surface) 11A of the first adhesive layer 11. The first adherend 60 is adhered (non-peelable adhesive) to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11. Further, the second adherend 70 is attached to one surface (adhesive surface) 12A of the second adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend 70 is adhered (non-adhesive) to the second adhesive layer 12. (Peelable adhesion). As described above, the structure 5 further includes the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70, and the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 are the first adhesive layer 11. , It is joined via the intermediate layer 20 and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. In other words, the structure 5 has a structure of a junction of the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70. The structure 5 has a structure including a first adherend 60, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, an intermediate layer 20, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and a second adherend 70 in this order. In the structure 5 of this embodiment, as in the configuration of FIG. 1, one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface, and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 is the intermediate layer 20. It is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A. Further, in this embodiment, both the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 are hydrophobic adherends made of a hydrophobic material having a hydrophobic adhered surface. Regarding the configuration of the structure 5, the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 1 shown in FIG. 1 will be omitted. Further, the non-peeling adhesive refers to an adhesive form in which peeling is not intended or planned, and does not exclude an adhesive capable of forced peeling which may be accompanied by damage to the adherend.
 上記の構成によると、接合される2つの被着体の被接着面が疎水性の場合であっても、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離によって当該2つの被着体を分離することができる。具体的には、A層を有する粘着剤層と中間層の親水性表面とのあいだで水剥離によって構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)を分離することにより、構造体によって接合された2つの被着体を分離することができる。上記構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)は、例えば、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の両方が疎水性表面を有する場合に、当該被着体の接合に好ましく用いられる。水剥離を利用した粘着剤の剥離除去は、被着体にダメージを与えることなく、あるいは物理的な負荷少なく実施できる点で利便性に優れるものではあるが、被着体が疎水性の場合は、通常、水剥離による粘着剤の剥離除去が困難であるという制限があった。このような技術的課題に対し、意図的に、構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)を中間層と粘着剤層とのあいだで水剥離を利用して分離するという技術思想に基づく新規な構成を採用することにより、上記のような疎水性被着体を接合する使用態様であっても、換言すれば被着体の種類によらず、水剥離を利用して、粘着剤によって接合された被着体を分離することが可能となる。 According to the above configuration, even if the adhered surface of the two adherends to be joined is hydrophobic, the two adherends can be separated by water separation using an aqueous liquid such as water. can. Specifically, two adherends joined by the structure by separating the structure (for example, a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer and the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer by water peeling. The body can be separated. The structure (eg, double-sided adhesive sheet) is preferably used for joining the adherends, for example, when both of the two adherends to be separated have a hydrophobic surface. Detachment of the adhesive using water peeling is convenient in that it can be carried out without damaging the adherend or with less physical load, but when the adherend is hydrophobic, it is excellent. Usually, there is a limitation that it is difficult to remove the adhesive by peeling with water. In response to such technical issues, we intentionally adopted a new configuration based on the technical idea of separating a structure (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet) between an intermediate layer and an adhesive layer using water separation. By doing so, even in the usage mode of joining the hydrophobic adherend as described above, in other words, the adherence bonded by the adhesive by utilizing water peeling regardless of the type of the adherend. It becomes possible to separate the body.
 また、図4に示す構造体のように、中間層の親水性表面に粘着剤層非存在領域を設けておくことで、中間層の親水性表面から粘着剤層を水剥離する際に、端部の粘着剤層非存在領域に水性液体を付与して水剥離を開始し、進行させることができる。要するに、上記中間層の親水性表面の粘着剤層非存在領域は、水剥離の始点となり得る。 Further, by providing the adhesive layer non-existing region on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer as in the structure shown in FIG. 4, when the adhesive layer is water-peeled from the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer, the end An aqueous liquid can be applied to the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist in the portion to start and proceed with water peeling. In short, the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer can be a starting point for water exfoliation.
 図6に示す構造体6は、構造体(接合体)5の変形例である。図6に示す構造体6は、図5に示す構造体5と同様に、第1被着体60と第1粘着剤層11と中間層20と第2粘着剤層12と第2被着体70とをこの順で含む構成を有する。また、中間層20の一方の面20Aは親水性表面であり、第1粘着剤層(A層)11は、中間層20の親水性表面20Aに密着している。また、構造体6は、図4に示す構成と同様に中間層20の端部に粘着剤層非存在領域25が設けられている。さらに、構造体6には、第1被着体60の端部にピックアップテープ80が取り付けられている。具体的には、ピックアップテープ80は、中間層20の粘着剤層非存在領域25が設けられている側の端部に固定されている。このピックアップテープ80を用いることで、第1被着体60と第2被着体70とはよりスムーズに分離される。ピックアップテープ80としては、公知ないし慣用の粘着テープを用いることができる。なお、構造体6の構成に関して、図5に示す構造体5と重複する部分の説明は省略する。 The structure 6 shown in FIG. 6 is a modified example of the structure (joint body) 5. The structure 6 shown in FIG. 6 has the same as the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5, the first adherend 60, the first adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, the second adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend. It has a configuration including 70 in this order. Further, one surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20 is a hydrophilic surface, and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 is in close contact with the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20. Further, the structure 6 is provided with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existing region 25 at the end of the intermediate layer 20 as in the configuration shown in FIG. Further, a pickup tape 80 is attached to the end of the first adherend 60 to the structure 6. Specifically, the pickup tape 80 is fixed to the end portion of the intermediate layer 20 on the side where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 is provided. By using this pickup tape 80, the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 are separated more smoothly. As the pickup tape 80, a known or conventional adhesive tape can be used. Regarding the configuration of the structure 6, the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5 will be omitted.
 図7に示す構造体7は、構造体(接合体)5の他の変形例である。図7では、説明の便宜上、構造体7の上下を反転させているが、構造体7は、図5,図6に示す構造体5,6と同様に、第1被着体60と第1粘着剤層11と中間層20と第2粘着剤層12と第2被着体70とをこの順で含む構成を有する。そして、構造体7では、第2被着体70の端部にピックアップテープ80が取り付けられている。具体的には、ピックアップテープ80は、中間層20の粘着剤層非存在領域25が設けられている側の端部に固定されている。なお、構造体7の構成に関して、図5に示す構造体5と重複する部分の説明は省略する。 The structure 7 shown in FIG. 7 is another modification of the structure (joint) 5. In FIG. 7, for convenience of explanation, the structure 7 is turned upside down, but the structure 7 has the first adherend 60 and the first adherend, similarly to the structures 5 and 6 shown in FIGS. 5 and 6. It has a structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend 70 in this order. Then, in the structure 7, the pickup tape 80 is attached to the end portion of the second adherend 70. Specifically, the pickup tape 80 is fixed to the end portion of the intermediate layer 20 on the side where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 is provided. Regarding the configuration of the structure 7, the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5 will be omitted.
 図8に示す構造体8は、構造体(接合体)5の他の変形例である。図8では、説明の便宜上、構造体8の上下を反転させているが、構造体8は、図5,図6に示す構造体5,6と同様に、第1被着体60と第1粘着剤層11と中間層20と第2粘着剤層12と第2被着体70とをこの順で含む構成を有する。そして、構造体8では、第1粘着剤層11と中間層20と第2粘着剤層12との積層構造部分(両面粘着シートであり得る。)が、第1被着体60と第2被着体70とで挟まれた部分から延びた延設部90を有している。この延設部90は、構造体8からはみ出して素手で把持できる把持部となっており、上述のピックアップテープと同じ機能を発揮することができる。すなわち、延設部90を用いることで、第1被着体60と第2被着体70とをよりスムーズに分離することができる。延設部90は、被着体の分離前においては、図示されるように第2被着体70の背面に貼り付けられた状態であり得る。なお、構造体8の構成に関して、図5に示す構造体5と重複する部分の説明は省略する。 The structure 8 shown in FIG. 8 is another modification of the structure (joint) 5. In FIG. 8, for convenience of explanation, the structure 8 is turned upside down, but the structure 8 has the first adherend 60 and the first adherend, similarly to the structures 5 and 6 shown in FIGS. 5 and 6. It has a structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and the second adherend 70 in this order. Then, in the structure 8, the laminated structure portion (which may be a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11, the intermediate layer 20, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the first adherend 60 and the second cover. It has an extending portion 90 extending from a portion sandwiched between the body 70 and the body 70. The extended portion 90 is a grip portion that protrudes from the structure 8 and can be gripped with bare hands, and can exhibit the same function as the above-mentioned pickup tape. That is, by using the extending portion 90, the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 can be separated more smoothly. The extending portion 90 may be in a state of being attached to the back surface of the second adherend 70 as shown in the figure before the adherend is separated. Regarding the configuration of the structure 8, the description of the portion overlapping with the structure 5 shown in FIG. 5 will be omitted.
 上記の構成によると、第1被着体60と第2被着体70とを分離する際に、中間層20の親水性表面20Aの粘着剤層非存在領域25に水性液体を付与して、ピックアップテープ80または延設部90を引くことにより、第1粘着剤層(A層)11の親水性表面側表面11Bと、中間層20の親水性表面20Aとのあいだで水剥離を開始し、第1粘着剤層11と中間層20とを分離し、第1被着体60と第2被着体70とを分離することができる。 According to the above configuration, when the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 are separated, the aqueous liquid is applied to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region 25 of the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20. By pulling the pickup tape 80 or the extending portion 90, water separation is started between the hydrophilic surface side surface 11B of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) 11 and the hydrophilic surface 20A of the intermediate layer 20. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 11 and the intermediate layer 20 can be separated, and the first adherend 60 and the second adherend 70 can be separated.
 なお、上記各構成例の説明から、構造体は、基材付き両面粘着シート、剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シートまたは接合体のいずれかの形態であり得る。 From the explanation of each of the above configuration examples, the structure may be in the form of either a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a base material, a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner, or a bonded body.
 また、中間層は、その少なくとも一方の表面が親水性表面であればよく、例えば両面が親水性表面から構成されていてもよい。その場合、中間層は、親水性材料からなる単層構造のものに限定されず、例えば、中間層の両面に親水層が形成されたものであってもよい。その場合、中間層は、親水層と主層と親水層とをこの順で含む積層構造を有するものであり得る。 Further, the intermediate layer may be formed as long as at least one surface thereof is a hydrophilic surface, and for example, both sides may be composed of a hydrophilic surface. In that case, the intermediate layer is not limited to a single-layer structure made of a hydrophilic material, and may be, for example, one in which hydrophilic layers are formed on both sides of the intermediate layer. In that case, the intermediate layer may have a laminated structure including the hydrophilic layer, the main layer, and the hydrophilic layer in this order.
 また、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の各々は、単層構造であってもよく、多層構造であってもよい。例えば、第2粘着剤層は、A層とB層とを含むものであってもよい。また、中間層が第2粘着剤層側に親水性表面を有する構成においては、第1粘着剤層はA層を含まないものであってもよい。 Further, each of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. For example, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may include an A layer and a B layer. Further, in the configuration in which the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic surface on the side of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may not contain the A layer.
 また、上記構成例や変形例の構成は、他の構成例や変形例にも適用され得る。上述した構成例や変形例における各要素は組み合わせることができる。例えば、図4に示す構造体4の構成(中間層の親水性表面に粘着剤層非存在領域を有する構成)は、図2や図3に示す構造体(両面粘着シート)2,3に適用できるだけでなく、図5に示す構造体(接合体)5に適用できることはいうまでもない。また、図5に示す構造体(接合体)5に、図2に示すような構成(第1粘着剤層がA層およびB層を有する構成)や、図3に示す構成(単層構造の中間層を有する構成)を採用することも可能である。 Further, the above configuration example and modification configuration can be applied to other configuration examples and modification examples. Each element in the above-mentioned configuration example and modification example can be combined. For example, the structure of the structure 4 shown in FIG. 4 (the structure having the adhesive layer non-existing region on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer) is applied to the structures (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets) 2 and 3 shown in FIGS. 2 and 3. Needless to say, it can be applied not only to the structure (joint body) 5 shown in FIG. Further, the structure (bonded body) 5 shown in FIG. 5 has a structure as shown in FIG. 2 (a structure in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer and a B layer) and a structure shown in FIG. 3 (a single-layer structure). It is also possible to adopt a configuration having an intermediate layer).
 さらに、図5に示す構造体(接合体)において、第1被着体および第2被着体は、いずれも疎水性被着体であったが、これに限定されず、第1被着体および第2被着体の一方のみが疎水性被着体であってもよく、第1被着体および第2被着体のいずれも疎水性被着体でなくてもよい。ここに開示される技術は、疎水性被着体の分離に好適であるが、これに限定されるものではない。ここに開示される技術の利点には、被着体の種類にかかわらず被着体の分離を可能とする汎用性や利便性が含まれ得る。したがって、被着体の種類は特に限定されない。 Further, in the structure (bonded body) shown in FIG. 5, both the first adherend and the second adherend were hydrophobic adherends, but the first adherend was not limited to this. And only one of the second adherends may be a hydrophobic adherend, and neither the first adherend nor the second adherend may be a hydrophobic adherend. The techniques disclosed herein are suitable, but not limited to, the separation of hydrophobic adherends. The advantages of the techniques disclosed herein may include versatility and convenience that allow the adherend to be separated regardless of the type of adherend. Therefore, the type of adherend is not particularly limited.
 また、図5に示す構造体における第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層との積層構造は、いくつかの態様においては、図1~4のいずれかに示す両面粘着シートから得ることができる。具体的には、上述の両面粘着シートの各粘着面を第1被着体、第2被着体にそれぞれ貼り付けることによって、上記2つの被着体が接合された構造体を得ることができる。あるいは、上記接合体における第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層との積層構造は、他のいくつかの態様においては、第1粘着剤層を含む第1粘着シートと、第2粘着剤層を含む第2粘着シートとを組み合わせて使用することによっても得られる。その場合、中間層は、第1粘着シート、第2粘着シートのいずれかに含まれるものであってもよく、第1粘着シート、第2粘着シートとは別に、接合体形成時に、第1粘着剤層と第2粘着剤層とのあいだに介在させるシート材料(中間層シート)の形態であってもよい。上記第1粘着シート、上記第2粘着シートは、それぞれ、後述する粘着シートセットの構成要素である第1粘着シート,第2粘着シートであり得る。 Further, the laminated structure of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the structure shown in FIG. 5 is obtained from the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 4 in some embodiments. be able to. Specifically, by attaching each adhesive surface of the above-mentioned double-sided adhesive sheet to the first adherend and the second adherend, respectively, a structure in which the two adherends are joined can be obtained. .. Alternatively, the laminated structure of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the bonded body is, in some other embodiments, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet including the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a second. It can also be obtained by using it in combination with a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In that case, the intermediate layer may be contained in either the first adhesive sheet or the second adhesive sheet, and separately from the first adhesive sheet and the second adhesive sheet, the first adhesive sheet is formed at the time of forming the bonded body. It may be in the form of a sheet material (intermediate layer sheet) interposed between the agent layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, which are constituent elements of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set described later, respectively.
 <セットの構成例>
 ここに開示されるセットは、例えば、図9に模式的に示される断面構造を有する第1粘着シート410と、図10に模式的に示される断面構造を有する第2粘着シート420と、を含む。
<Example of set configuration>
The set disclosed herein includes, for example, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 410 having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 9 and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 having a cross-section structure schematically shown in FIG. ..
 図9に示すように、セット(粘着シートセット)400を構成する第1粘着シート410は、粘着剤層(セット400において第1粘着剤層ともいう。)411からなる支持体(基材)レス両面粘着シートとして構成されている。粘着剤層411はA層を有する。図9に示す例では、粘着剤層411は単層構造であり、粘着剤層411の粘着面を構成するA層によって粘着剤層411の全体が構成されている。第1粘着シート410は、使用前(被着体への貼付け前)においては、剥離ライナー付き粘着シート451の形態であり得る。いくつかの態様において、第1粘着シート410は、粘着剤層411の各面411A,411Bが少なくとも該粘着剤層側が剥離性表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー431,432で保護された形態であり得る。あるいは、剥離ライナー431の背面(粘着剤側とは反対側の表面)が剥離面となっており、剥離ライナー431の背面に粘着面411Bが当接するように巻回または積層されることで粘着面411A,411Bが保護された形態であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 9, the first adhesive sheet 410 constituting the set (adhesive sheet set) 400 does not have a support (base material) composed of an adhesive layer (also referred to as a first adhesive layer in the set 400) 411. It is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 has an A layer. In the example shown in FIG. 9, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 has a single-layer structure, and the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 is composed of the layer A constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411. The first adhesive sheet 410 may be in the form of an adhesive sheet 451 with a release liner before use (before attachment to an adherend). In some embodiments, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 410 is protected by a release liner 431,432 in which each surface 411A, 411B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 411 has at least a peelable surface (peeling surface) on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side. It can be a form. Alternatively, the back surface of the release liner 431 (the surface opposite to the adhesive side) is the release surface, and the adhesive surface is wound or laminated so that the adhesive surface 411B abuts on the back surface of the release liner 431. 411A and 411B may be in a protected form.
 また、図10に示すように、セット(粘着シートセット)400を構成する第2粘着シート420は、粘着剤層(セット400において第2粘着剤層ともいう。)422と、粘着剤層422の一方の表面422Bに積層された基材層425と、を含む片面接着性の粘着シートとして構成されている。この粘着シート420の一方の面420Aは親水性表面である。一方、粘着シート420の他方の面420Bは、粘着剤層422の他方の表面(粘着面)422Aによって構成されており、被着体への貼付面となっている。基材層425は、主層427と親水層428との積層構造を有しており、具体的には、主層427と、基材層425の一方の表面(親水性表面)425Aを構成する親水層428とを備える。粘着剤層422は、基材層425の他方の面である粘着剤層側表面425B(一方の表面425Aの反対面)に密着しており、粘着剤層422は基材層425の一方の面425Bに固定的に接合している。使用前(被着体への貼付け前)の第2粘着シート420は、例えば図10に示すように、粘着剤層422の粘着面422Aが、少なくとも該粘着剤層側が剥離性表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー433で保護された、剥離ライナー付き粘着シート452の形態であり得る。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10, the second adhesive sheet 420 constituting the set (adhesive sheet set) 400 includes an adhesive layer (also referred to as a second adhesive layer in the set 400) 422 and an adhesive layer 422. It is configured as a single-sided adhesive adhesive sheet containing a base material layer 425 laminated on one surface 422B. One surface 420A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 is a hydrophilic surface. On the other hand, the other surface 420B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 is composed of the other surface (adhesive surface) 422A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422, and is a surface to be attached to the adherend. The base material layer 425 has a laminated structure of a main layer 427 and a hydrophilic layer 428, and specifically constitutes one surface (hydrophilic surface) 425A of the main layer 427 and the base material layer 425. It is provided with a hydrophilic layer 428. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422 is in close contact with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side surface 425B (opposite surface of one surface 425A) which is the other surface of the base material layer 425, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422 is one surface of the base material layer 425. It is fixedly bonded to 425B. In the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 420 before use (before sticking to the adherend), for example, as shown in FIG. 10, the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 422A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 422 has a peelable surface (peeling surface) at least on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side. It may be in the form of an adhesive sheet 452 with a release liner, which is protected by the release liner 433.
 上記のように、第1粘着シート410と第2粘着シート420とをセットで用いることにより、ここに開示される構造体とすることができる。具体的には、被着体への貼付けの前後において、第1粘着シート410の粘着剤層411を覆う剥離ライナー431を剥がし、露出した粘着面411Aを、第2粘着シート420の基材層425の一方の表面(親水性表面)425Aに貼り合わせることにより、ここに開示される構造体の構成が得られる。 As described above, by using the first adhesive sheet 410 and the second adhesive sheet 420 as a set, the structure disclosed here can be obtained. Specifically, before and after the attachment to the adherend, the release liner 431 covering the adhesive layer 411 of the first adhesive sheet 410 is peeled off, and the exposed adhesive surface 411A is removed from the base material layer 425 of the second adhesive sheet 420. By adhering to one surface (hydrophilic surface) 425A, the structure of the structure disclosed herein can be obtained.
 なお、上記構成例では、第1粘着シートの粘着剤層がA層から構成されており、当該A層が第2粘着シートの基材層の親水性表面に貼り付けられるものであったが、これに限定されない。A層は、基材層の親水性表面に配置されるものであればよく、その限りにおいて、第1粘着シートの粘着剤層および第2粘着シートの粘着剤層の両方がA層を有してもよく、第2粘着シートの粘着剤層のみがA層を有してもよい。第2粘着シートがA層を有する場合、A層は基材層の親水性表面側に配置される。 In the above configuration example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is composed of the A layer, and the A layer is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Not limited to this. The layer A may be any as long as it is arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the base material layer, and as long as the layer A has the A layer, both the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet have the A layer. Alternatively, only the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may have the A layer. When the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer, the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the base material layer.
 また、上記構成例では、第1粘着シートの粘着剤層および第2粘着シートの粘着剤層は、いずれも単層構造であったが、これに限定されず、A層が基材層の親水性表面に配置されるものであれば、各粘着剤層は、例えばA層とB層とを含むような多層構造であってもよい。 Further, in the above configuration example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet both have a single-layer structure, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the layer A is hydrophilic of the base material layer. Each pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a multi-layer structure including, for example, an A layer and a B layer as long as they are arranged on a property surface.
 また、基材層は、その少なくとも一方の表面が親水性表面であればよく、例えば両面が親水性表面から構成されていてもよい。その場合、基材層は、親水性材料からなる単層構造のものに限定されず、例えば、基材層の両面に親水層が形成されたものであってもよい。その場合、基材層は、親水層と主層と親水層とをこの順で含む積層構造を有するものであり得る。 Further, the base material layer may be such that at least one surface thereof is a hydrophilic surface, and for example, both sides may be composed of a hydrophilic surface. In that case, the base material layer is not limited to a single-layer structure made of a hydrophilic material, and may be, for example, one in which hydrophilic layers are formed on both sides of the base material layer. In that case, the base material layer may have a laminated structure including the hydrophilic layer, the main layer, and the hydrophilic layer in this order.
 また、第1粘着シートと第2粘着シートとは、第2粘着シートの親水性表面が、その端部にて粘着剤層非存在領域を有するように重ね合わせられることが好ましい。そのような手段の例として、第1粘着シートを第2粘着シートよりも小さく構成する方法や、第1粘着シートの粘着面(A層表面)を第2粘着シートの親水性表面よりも小さく構成する方法が挙げられる。 Further, it is preferable that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet are superposed so that the hydrophilic surface of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has a region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist at the end thereof. As an example of such means, a method of making the first adhesive sheet smaller than the second adhesive sheet, or making the adhesive surface (A layer surface) of the first adhesive sheet smaller than the hydrophilic surface of the second adhesive sheet. There is a way to do it.
 また、ここに開示されるセットは、例えば、図11に模式的に示される断面構造を有する第1構造体510と、図12に模式的に示される断面構造を有する第2構造体520と、を含む。 Further, the set disclosed herein includes, for example, a first structure 510 having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. 11 and a second structure 520 having a cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. including.
 図11に示すように、セット(構造体セット)500を構成する第1構造体510は、被着体(セット500において第1被着体ともいう。)512と、被着体512の一方の面に貼り付けられた粘着剤層(セット500において第1粘着剤層ともいう。)511と、を有する。粘着剤層511はA層を有する。図11に示す例では、粘着剤層511は単層構造であり、粘着剤層511の粘着面を構成するA層によって粘着剤層511の全体が構成されている。粘着剤層511の一方の面511Aは、被着体512の被接着面512Aに貼り付けられており、被着体512は粘着剤層511と接着(非剥離性接着)している。粘着剤層511の他方の面511Bは、後述する第2構造体520の親水性表面520Aに貼り付けられる粘着面であり、貼付け前においては、少なくとも片面が剥離性表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー(図示せず)に保護された形態であり得る。この実施形態では、第1被着体512は、被接着面512Aが疎水性である疎水性材料からなる疎水性被着体である。 As shown in FIG. 11, the first structure 510 constituting the set (structure set) 500 is one of an adherend (also referred to as a first adherend in the set 500) 512 and an adherend 512. It has a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (also referred to as a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the set 500) 511 attached to the surface. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 has an A layer. In the example shown in FIG. 11, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 has a single-layer structure, and the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 is composed of the layer A constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511. One surface 511A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 is attached to the adhered surface 512A of the adherend 512, and the adherend 512 is adhered (non-peelable adhesion) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511. The other surface 511B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 is an adhesive surface to be attached to the hydrophilic surface 520A of the second structure 520 described later, and at least one surface becomes a peelable surface (peeling surface) before the attachment. It can be in a form protected by a release liner (not shown). In this embodiment, the first adherend 512 is a hydrophobic adherend made of a hydrophobic material having a hydrophobic surface 512A to be adhered.
 また、図12に示すように、(構造体セット)500を構成する第2構造体520は、被着体(セット500において第2被着体ともいう。)522と、粘着剤層(セット500において第2粘着剤層ともいう。)521と、親水性表面を有する層525と、をこの順で有する。この構造体520の一方の面520Aは親水性表面である。親水性表面を有する層525は、主層527と親水層528との積層構造を有しており、具体的には、主層527と、親水性表面を有する層525の一方の表面(親水性表面)525Aを構成する親水層528とを備える。粘着剤層521の一方の面521Bは、被着体522の被接着面522Aに貼り付けられており、被着体522は粘着剤層521と接着(非剥離性接着)している。粘着剤層521の他方の面521Aは、親水性表面を有する層525の他方の面525B(一方の表面525Aの反対面)に密着しており、粘着剤層521は親水性表面を有する層525の他方の面525Bに固定的に接合している。 Further, as shown in FIG. 12, the second structure 520 constituting the (structure set) 500 includes an adherend (also referred to as a second adherend in the set 500) 522 and an adhesive layer (set 500). In the above, it is also referred to as a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.) 521 and a layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface are provided in this order. One surface 520A of this structure 520 is a hydrophilic surface. The layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface has a laminated structure of a main layer 527 and a hydrophilic layer 528, and specifically, one surface of the main layer 527 and the layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface (hydrophilicity). Surface) A hydrophilic layer 528 constituting 525A is provided. One surface 521B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521 is attached to the adhered surface 522A of the adherend 522, and the adherend 522 is adhered (non-peelable adhesion) to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521. The other surface 521A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521 is in close contact with the other surface 525B (opposite surface of one surface 525A) of the layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 521 is a layer 525 having a hydrophilic surface. It is fixedly bonded to the other surface 525B of.
 上記のように、第1構造体510と第2構造体520とをセットで用いることにより、ここに開示される構造体とすることができる。具体的には、第1構造体510の粘着剤層511の粘着面511Bを、第2構造体520の親水性表面520Aに貼り合わせることにより、ここに開示される構造体の構成が得られる。 As described above, by using the first structure 510 and the second structure 520 as a set, the structure disclosed here can be obtained. Specifically, by laminating the adhesive surface 511B of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 511 of the first structure 510 to the hydrophilic surface 520A of the second structure 520, the structure of the structure disclosed here can be obtained.
 なお、上記構成例では、第1構造体の粘着剤層がA層から構成されており、当該A層が第2構造体の親水性表面に貼り付けられるものであったが、これに限定されない。A層は、親水性表面を有する層の親水性表面に配置されるものであればよく、その限りにおいて、第1構造体の粘着剤層および第2構造体の粘着剤層の両方がA層を有してもよく、第2構造体の粘着剤層のみがA層を有してもよい。第2構造体がA層を有する場合、A層は親水性表面を有する層の親水性表面側に配置される。 In the above configuration example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first structure is composed of the A layer, and the A layer is attached to the hydrophilic surface of the second structure, but the present invention is not limited to this. .. The layer A may be any as long as it is arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface, and as long as the layer A, both the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first structure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second structure are the A layer. May have, and only the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second structure may have the A layer. When the second structure has an A layer, the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the layer having a hydrophilic surface.
 また、上記構成例では、第1構造体の粘着剤層および第2構造体の粘着剤層は、いずれも単層構造であったが、これに限定されず、A層が親水性表面に配置されるものであれば、各粘着剤層は、例えばA層とB層とを含むような多層構造であってもよい。 Further, in the above configuration example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first structure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second structure are both single-layer structures, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the layer A is arranged on the hydrophilic surface. Each pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a multi-layer structure including, for example, an A layer and a B layer.
 また、親水性表面を有する層は、その少なくとも一方の表面が親水性表面であればよく、例えば両面が親水性表面から構成されていてもよい。その場合、上記層は、親水性材料からなる単層構造のものに限定されず、例えば、両面に親水層が形成されたものであってもよい。その場合、上記層は、親水層と主層と親水層とをこの順で含む積層構造を有するものであり得る。 Further, the layer having a hydrophilic surface may be such that at least one surface thereof is a hydrophilic surface, and for example, both sides may be composed of a hydrophilic surface. In that case, the layer is not limited to a single-layer structure made of a hydrophilic material, and may be, for example, a layer having hydrophilic layers formed on both sides. In that case, the layer may have a laminated structure including a hydrophilic layer, a main layer, and a hydrophilic layer in this order.
 また、第1構造体と第2構造体とは、第2構造体の親水性表面が、その端部にて粘着剤層非存在領域を有するように重ね合わせられることが好ましい。そのような手段の一例として、第1構造体の粘着面を第2構造体の親水性表面よりも小さく構成する方法が挙げられる。 Further, it is preferable that the first structure and the second structure are superposed so that the hydrophilic surface of the second structure has a region where the adhesive layer does not exist at the end thereof. As an example of such means, there is a method of forming the adhesive surface of the first structure smaller than the hydrophilic surface of the second structure.
 <構造体の特性>
 (水剥離力低下率)
 ここに開示される構造体は、水剥離力低下率が70%以上である。上記水剥離力低下率を示す構造体は、水等の水性液体を用いることで中間層から粘着剤層を容易に剥離することができる。例えば、構造体の中間層と粘着剤層とのあいだに少量の水性液体を供給し、該水性液体を構造体の一端から中間層と粘着剤層との界面に進入させることで剥離のきっかけをつくることにより、上記中間層からの粘着剤層の剥離強度を大幅に低下させることができる。この性質を利用して、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離によって、中間層と粘着剤層とを分離し、接合された2つの被着体を分離することができる。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水剥離力低下率は、例えば75%以上でもよく、85%以上でもよく、90%以上でもよく、95%以上でもよく、97%以上でもよい。水剥離力低下率は、原理上100%以下であり、典型的には100%未満である。
 水剥離力低下率は、式:
   水剥離力低下率[%]=(1-(A1/A0))×100
;から求めることができる。ここでA1とは、後述の水剥離力A1[N/10mm]であり、A0とは、後述の剥離強度A0[N/10mm]である。ここに開示される技術において、上記水剥離力低下率は、中間層材料、親水層の形成、親水層構成材料、粘着剤種や組成等の選定によって実現される。
<Characteristics of structure>
(Rate of decrease in water peeling power)
The structure disclosed here has a water peeling force reduction rate of 70% or more. The structure showing the rate of decrease in water peeling force can easily peel the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer by using an aqueous liquid such as water. For example, a small amount of an aqueous liquid is supplied between the intermediate layer of the structure and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the aqueous liquid is allowed to enter the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from one end of the structure to trigger peeling. By making it, the peeling strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer can be significantly reduced. Utilizing this property, the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be separated by water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water, and the two bonded bodies can be separated. In some preferred embodiments, the rate of decrease in water peeling power may be, for example, 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more. The rate of decrease in water peeling force is 100% or less in principle, and typically less than 100%.
The rate of decrease in water peeling power is calculated by the formula:
Water peeling power reduction rate [%] = (1- (A1 / A0)) × 100
Can be obtained from. Here, A1 is a water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm] described later, and A0 is a peeling strength A0 [N / 10 mm] described later. In the technique disclosed herein, the water peeling force reduction rate is realized by selecting an intermediate layer material, a hydrophilic layer formation, a hydrophilic layer constituent material, an adhesive type, a composition, and the like.
 (剥離強度A0)
 ここに開示される構造体において、中間層に対する粘着剤層の剥離強度A0は、特に限定されるものではないが、2.0N/10mm以上であることが好ましい。ここで剥離強度A0は、温度23℃、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される剥離強度(通常剥離強度)である。上記剥離強度A0を有する粘着剤層は、中間層に対して所定値以上の剥離強度A0で接着しているということもできる。これにより、構造体の粘着剤層は、中間層に安定して接着したものとなり、使用中に、意図せずに粘着剤層が中間層から剥がれるような不具合の発生が防止される。上記剥離強度を有する構造体は被着体に対しても、良好な接着性を示し得る。したがって、通常使用時における接着信頼性と、被着体分離時における良好な分離性とを両立することができる。いくつかの態様において、上記剥離強度A0は、粘着剤層と中間層との密着性および被着体への接着性の観点から、例えば2.5N/10mm以上であってよく、3.0N/10mm以上でもよく、3.5N/10mm以上でもよく、4.0N/10mm以上でもよく、4.5N/10mm以上でもよく、5.0N/10mm以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、上記剥離強度A0は、例えば6.0N/10mm以上であってよく、7.0N/10mm以上でもよく、8.0N/10mm以上でもよく、9.0N/10mm以上でもよく、10.0N/10mm以上でもよく、11.0N/10mm以上でもよい。上記剥離強度A0の上限は特に限定されず、例えば30N/10mm以下であり得る。上記剥離強度A0は、20N/10mm以下でもよく、15N/10mm以下(例えば12N/10mm以下)でもよい。いくつかの態様では、上記剥離強度A0は、10N/10mm未満でもよく、8N/10mm未満でもよい。上記剥離強度A0は、具体的には後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
(Peeling strength A0)
In the structure disclosed herein, the peel strength A0 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer with respect to the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.0 N / 10 mm or more. Here, the peel strength A0 is a peel strength (normal peel strength) measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23 ° C., a tensile speed of 300 mm / min, and a peeling angle of 180 degrees. It can also be said that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the peel strength A0 is adhered to the intermediate layer with a peel strength A0 of a predetermined value or more. As a result, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the structure is stably adhered to the intermediate layer, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a problem that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is unintentionally peeled off from the intermediate layer during use. The structure having the peel strength can show good adhesiveness to the adherend. Therefore, it is possible to achieve both adhesive reliability during normal use and good separability during adhesion separation. In some embodiments, the peel strength A0 may be, for example, 2.5N / 10mm or more, and may be 3.0N /, from the viewpoint of adhesion between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer and adhesion to the adherend. It may be 10 mm or more, 3.5 N / 10 mm or more, 4.0 N / 10 mm or more, 4.5 N / 10 mm or more, or 5.0 N / 10 mm or more. In some other embodiments, the peel strength A0 may be, for example, 6.0 N / 10 mm or more, 7.0 N / 10 mm or more, 8.0 N / 10 mm or more, 9.0 N / 10 mm or more. It may be 10.0 N / 10 mm or more, or 11.0 N / 10 mm or more. The upper limit of the peel strength A0 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N / 10 mm or less. The peel strength A0 may be 20 N / 10 mm or less, or 15 N / 10 mm or less (for example, 12 N / 10 mm or less). In some embodiments, the peel strength A0 may be less than 10N / 10mm or less than 8N / 10mm. The peel strength A0 is specifically measured by the method described in Examples described later.
 (水剥離力A1)
 ここに開示される構造体は、その中間層と粘着剤層とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を前記粘着剤層と前記中間層との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、具体的には、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力A1[N/10mm]が、所定値以下に制限されたものであり得る。水剥離力A1が制限された構造体によると、水等の水性液体を中間層表面に付与し、中間層表面と粘着剤層表面の界面に進入させることで、粘着剤層を容易に剥離することができる。特に限定するものではないが、水剥離力A1は、例えば3.5N/10mm以下であってもよく、2.5N/10mm以下でもよく、1.6N/10mm以下でもよく、1.2N/10mm以下でもよく、1.0N/10mm以下でもよい。水剥離力A1が低い構造体によると、水剥離する際に被着体に与える負荷を軽減することができる。上記構造体は、例えば、水剥離力A1が0.75N/10mm以下、または0.50N/10mm以下、または0.25N/10mm以下、または0.15N/10mm以下である態様でも好適に実施され得る。水剥離力A1の下限は特に制限されず、実質的に0N/10mmでもよく、0N/10mm超でもよい。
 なお、リワーク性等の観点から、水剥離力A1の測定において、中間層上に粘着剤を残留させることなく該中間層から粘着剤層を剥離できることが好ましい。すなわち、中間層からの粘着剤層の剥離において、非糊残り性に優れることが好ましい。中間層上への粘着剤の残留の有無は、例えば、粘着剤層剥離後の中間層を目視で観察することにより把握することができる。
 上記水剥離力A1は、具体的には後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
(Water peeling force A1)
The structure disclosed herein supplies 20 μL of distilled water between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and after the distilled water is allowed to enter one end of the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer. , JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate, specifically, using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C., tensile speed 300 mm / min, peeling angle The water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the condition of 180 degrees may be limited to a predetermined value or less. According to the structure in which the water peeling force A1 is limited, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is easily peeled off by applying an aqueous liquid such as water to the surface of the intermediate layer and allowing it to enter the interface between the surface of the intermediate layer and the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. be able to. Although not particularly limited, the water peeling force A1 may be, for example, 3.5 N / 10 mm or less, 2.5 N / 10 mm or less, 1.6 N / 10 mm or less, or 1.2 N / 10 mm. It may be less than or equal to, and may be 1.0 N / 10 mm or less. According to the structure having a low water peeling force A1, the load applied to the adherend at the time of water peeling can be reduced. The structure is also suitably carried out, for example, in an embodiment in which the water peeling force A1 is 0.75 N / 10 mm or less, 0.50 N / 10 mm or less, 0.25 N / 10 mm or less, or 0.15 N / 10 mm or less. obtain. The lower limit of the water peeling force A1 is not particularly limited, and may be substantially 0N / 10mm or more than 0N / 10mm.
From the viewpoint of reworkability and the like, in the measurement of the water peeling force A1, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be peeled off from the intermediate layer without leaving the pressure-sensitive adhesive on the intermediate layer. That is, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is excellent in non-adhesive residue in peeling from the intermediate layer. The presence or absence of the adhesive remaining on the intermediate layer can be grasped, for example, by visually observing the intermediate layer after the adhesive layer is peeled off.
The water peeling force A1 is specifically measured by the method described in Examples described later.
 (水浸漬後剥離力低下率)
 ここに開示される構造体は、上記のように水等の水性液体を用いて容易に剥離することができ、かつ、構造体を水に30分間浸漬し、次いで水から引き上げて付着水を拭き取った後に剥離強度A0の測定条件と同じ条件で測定される水浸漬後剥離強度A2[N/10mm]が、式:
   水浸漬後剥離力低下率[%]=(1-(A2/A0))×100
;において、水浸漬後剥離力低下率30%以下を満足することが好ましい。すなわち、式:
   (1-(A2/A0))×100≦30[%]
;を満足することが好ましい。この式は、次式:A2≧0.7A0;を意味する。上記の水浸漬後剥離力低下率(30%以下)を満足する粘着剤は、耐水信頼性に優れる。より高い耐水信頼性を得る観点から、水浸漬後剥離力低下率は、例えば20%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下であることがより好ましく、7%以下でもよい。水浸漬後剥離力低下率の下限は、典型的には0%以上である。上記構造体は、水剥離力低下率[%]と水浸漬後剥離力低下率[%]との差が、例えば45%以上、または55%以上、または70%以上、または80%以上、または90%以上である態様で好ましく実施され得る。なお、上記水浸漬後剥離力低下率を算出するための水浸漬後剥離強度A2は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
(Rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water)
The structure disclosed herein can be easily peeled off using an aqueous liquid such as water as described above, and the structure is immersed in water for 30 minutes and then pulled out of the water to wipe off the adhering water. After soaking in water, the peel strength A2 [N / 10 mm] measured under the same conditions as the measurement condition of the peel strength A0 is the formula:
Rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water [%] = (1- (A2 / A0)) × 100
It is preferable to satisfy the peeling force reduction rate of 30% or less after immersion in water. That is, the formula:
(1- (A2 / A0)) × 100 ≦ 30 [%]
It is preferable to satisfy; This formula means the following formula: A2 ≧ 0.7A0 ;. A pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfies the above-mentioned rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water (30% or less) is excellent in water resistance and reliability. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher water resistance reliability, the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is preferably, for example, 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and may be 7% or less. The lower limit of the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is typically 0% or more. In the above structure, the difference between the rate of decrease in peeling force after water immersion [%] and the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water [%] is, for example, 45% or more, 55% or more, 70% or more, or 80% or more, or It can be preferably carried out in an embodiment of 90% or more. The post-water immersion peel strength A2 for calculating the rate of decrease in the post-water immersion peeling force is measured by the method described in Examples described later.
 いくつかの態様において、構造体(例えば被着体が積層される前の粘着シート、好適には両面粘着シート)のヘイズ値は凡そ10%以下であることが適当であり、凡そ5%以下(例えば凡そ3%以下)であり得る。上記ヘイズ値は1.0%以下であることが好ましい。このように透明性の高い構造体は、高い光透過性が求められる光学用途に好適である。構造体のヘイズ値は、1.0%未満であってよく、0.7%未満であってもよく、0.5%以下(例えば0~0.5%)であってもよい。構造体に関する上記ヘイズ値の範囲は、ここに開示される技術における粘着剤層および中間層のヘイズ値にも適用され得る。 In some embodiments, it is appropriate that the haze value of the structure (eg, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet before the adherends are laminated, preferably the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) is approximately 10% or less, and approximately 5% or less ( For example, it can be about 3% or less). The haze value is preferably 1.0% or less. Such a highly transparent structure is suitable for optical applications where high light transmission is required. The haze value of the structure may be less than 1.0%, less than 0.7%, or less than 0.5% (eg 0-0.5%). The range of haze values for the structure may also apply to the haze values of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer in the techniques disclosed herein.
 ここで「ヘイズ値」とは、測定対象に可視光を照射したときの全透過光に対する拡散透過光の割合をいう。くもり価ともいう。ヘイズ値は、以下の式で表わすことができる。
   Th[%]=Td/Tt×100
 上記式において、Thはヘイズ値[%]であり、Tdは散乱光透過率、Ttは全光透過率である。
 ヘイズ値は、ヘイズメーター(たとえば、村上色彩技術研究所製の「MR-100」)を用いて測定することができる。ヘイズ値は、例えば、粘着剤層の組成や厚さ等、中間層材料や厚さ等の選択によって調節することができる。
Here, the "haze value" refers to the ratio of diffuse transmitted light to total transmitted light when the measurement target is irradiated with visible light. Also called cloudy price. The haze value can be expressed by the following equation.
Th [%] = Td / Tt × 100
In the above formula, Th is a haze value [%], Td is a scattered light transmittance, and Tt is a total light transmittance.
The haze value can be measured using a haze meter (for example, "MR-100" manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Laboratory). The haze value can be adjusted by selecting, for example, the composition and thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the material of the intermediate layer, the thickness, and the like.
 上記構造体において、粘着剤層の親水性表面側に配置されるA層を構成する粘着剤は、非水溶性であることが好ましい。非水溶性のA層によると、水浸漬後剥離強度A2が高く、水浸漬後剥離力低下率の低い構造体が得られやすい。A層が非水溶性であることは、水等の水性液体を用いる剥離において中間層上に粘着剤が残留する現象を防止する観点からも好ましい。また、A層が非水溶性であることは、水浸漬や環境中の湿気によって構造体の透明性が低下する現象を防止する観点からも有利となり得る。このことは、被着体が光学部材である光学用構造体において有利な特徴となり得る。 In the above structure, the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably water-insoluble. According to the water-insoluble layer A, it is easy to obtain a structure having a high peeling strength A2 after immersion in water and a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water. The fact that the A layer is water-insoluble is also preferable from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the adhesive remains on the intermediate layer in peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. Further, the fact that the A layer is water-insoluble may be advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the transparency of the structure is lowered due to water immersion or moisture in the environment. This can be an advantageous feature in an optical structure in which the adherend is an optical member.
 A層を構成する粘着剤は、非水膨潤性であることが好ましい。非水膨潤性のA層によると、水浸漬後剥離強度A2が高く、水浸漬後剥離力低下率の低い構造体が得られやすい。また、水等の水性液体を用いる剥離において、少量の水性液体を有効に利用して良好な剥離性を発揮することができる。A層が非水膨潤性であることは、水性液体を用いる剥離において中間層上に粘着剤が残留する現象を防止する観点からも好ましい。また、A層が非水膨潤性であることは、水浸漬や環境中の湿気によって構造体の透明性が低下する現象を防止する観点からも有利となり得る。このことは、被着体が光学部材である光学用構造体において有利な特徴となり得る。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the A layer is preferably non-water-swellable. According to the non-water-swellable layer A, it is easy to obtain a structure having a high peeling strength A2 after immersion in water and a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water. Further, in peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water, a small amount of the aqueous liquid can be effectively used to exhibit good peelability. The non-water swelling property of the A layer is also preferable from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the adhesive remains on the intermediate layer in the peeling using the aqueous liquid. Further, the fact that the layer A is non-water swelling may be advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the phenomenon that the transparency of the structure is lowered due to water immersion or moisture in the environment. This can be an advantageous feature in an optical structure in which the adherend is an optical member.
 ここで、本明細書において、粘着剤が非水溶性であるとは、以下の方法で測定されるゲル分率が75%以上であることをいう。また、粘着剤が非水膨潤性であるとは、以下の方法で測定される膨潤度が2以下であることをいう。
 すなわち、測定対象の粘着剤を0.5g程度秤量し、その重さをW1とする。この粘着剤を室温(約23℃)において蒸留水500ml中に48時間浸漬した後、ナイロンメッシュで濾過し、水を含んだ粘着剤の重さW2を測定する。その後、粘着剤を130℃で5時間乾燥させて、不揮発分の重さW3を測定する。ゲル分率および膨潤度は、以下の式により算出される。
  ゲル分率[%]=(W3/W1)×100
  膨潤度=W2/W1
Here, in the present specification, the adhesive is water-insoluble means that the gel fraction measured by the following method is 75% or more. Further, the non-water swelling property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive means that the swelling degree measured by the following method is 2 or less.
That is, about 0.5 g of the pressure-sensitive adhesive to be measured is weighed, and the weight thereof is defined as W1. This pressure-sensitive adhesive is immersed in 500 ml of distilled water at room temperature (about 23 ° C.) for 48 hours, then filtered through a nylon mesh, and the weight W2 of the pressure-sensitive adhesive containing water is measured. Then, the pressure-sensitive adhesive is dried at 130 ° C. for 5 hours, and the weight W3 of the non-volatile component is measured. The gel fraction and swelling degree are calculated by the following formulas.
Gel fraction [%] = (W3 / W1) x 100
Swelling degree = W2 / W1
 いくつかの態様において、A層のゲル分率は、例えば80%以上であってよく、90%以上でもよく、95%以上でもよく、98%以上でもよい。A層のゲル分率は、原理上100%以下である。また、いくつかの態様において、A層の膨潤度は、例えば1.7以下であってよく、1.5以下でもよく、1.2以下でもよい。A層の膨潤度は、例えば1.0以上であり、典型的には1.0超である。 In some embodiments, the gel fraction of layer A may be, for example, 80% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more. The gel fraction of the A layer is 100% or less in principle. Further, in some embodiments, the degree of swelling of the layer A may be, for example, 1.7 or less, 1.5 or less, or 1.2 or less. The degree of swelling of the layer A is, for example, 1.0 or more, and typically more than 1.0.
 粘着剤層がA層と該A層の背面側に配置されたB層とを含む構成の構造体において、B層のゲル分率は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、B層のゲル分率は、A層のゲル分率と同等以上であることが好ましく、A層のゲル分率より高くてもよい。B層のゲル分率は、例えば90%以上であってよく、95%以上でもよく、98%以上でもよく、99%以上でもよい。B層のゲル分率は、原理上100%以下である。また、粘着剤層全体のゲル分率は、例えば85%以上であってよく、90%以上でもよく、95%以上でもよく、98%以上でもよく、99%以上でもよい。なお、A層のみからなる粘着剤層では、該粘着剤層全体のゲル分率とはA層のゲル分率を意味する。 In the structure in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer includes the A layer and the B layer arranged on the back surface side of the A layer, the gel fraction of the B layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the gel fraction of the B layer is preferably equal to or greater than the gel fraction of the A layer and may be higher than the gel fraction of the A layer. The gel fraction of the B layer may be, for example, 90% or more, 95% or more, 98% or more, or 99% or more. The gel fraction of the B layer is 100% or less in principle. The gel fraction of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, 98% or more, or 99% or more. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer consisting of only the A layer, the gel fraction of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer means the gel fraction of the A layer.
 粘着剤層がA層と該A層の背面側に配置されたB層とを含む構成の構造体において、B層の膨潤度は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、B層の膨潤度は、A層の膨潤度と同等以下であることが好ましく、A層の膨潤度より低くてもよい。B層の膨潤度は、例えば1.5以下であってよく、1.3以下でもよく、1.1以下でもよい。B層の膨潤度は、例えば1.0以上であり、典型的には1.0超である。また、粘着剤層全体の膨潤度は、例えば1.6以下であってよく、1.4以下でもよく、1.2以下でもよく、1.1以下でもよい。なお、A層のみからなる粘着剤層では、該粘着剤層全体の膨潤度とはA層の膨潤度を意味する。 In a structure in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer includes an A layer and a B layer arranged on the back surface side of the A layer, the degree of swelling of the B layer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the degree of swelling of the layer B is preferably equal to or less than the degree of swelling of the layer A, and may be lower than the degree of swelling of the layer A. The degree of swelling of the B layer may be, for example, 1.5 or less, 1.3 or less, or 1.1 or less. The degree of swelling of the B layer is, for example, 1.0 or more, and typically more than 1.0. The degree of swelling of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 1.6 or less, 1.4 or less, 1.2 or less, or 1.1 or less. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer consisting of only the A layer, the degree of swelling of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer means the degree of swelling of the A layer.
 なお、粘着剤の水に対するゲル分率や膨潤度は、例えばモノマー成分の組成、重合物の重量平均分子量、架橋剤や多官能モノマーの使用等の、本願出願時の当業者にとって一般的な手法を適宜採用することにより調節することができる。 The gel fraction and swelling degree of the pressure-sensitive adhesive with respect to water are general methods for those skilled in the art at the time of filing the application, such as composition of monomer components, weight average molecular weight of polymers, use of cross-linking agents and polyfunctional monomers. Can be adjusted by appropriately adopting.
 <中間層>
 ここに開示される構造体は、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の間に配置された中間層を有する。中間層は、少なくとも一方の面に親水性表面を有することを特徴とする。親水性表面を有する中間層を有する構成によると、当該親水性表面と、該親水性表面上の粘着剤層とを水剥離によって分離することができる。中間層は、その一方の表面(片面)のみが親水性表面であることが好ましい。あるいは、中間層の両面が親水性表面であってもよい。
<Middle layer>
The structure disclosed herein has an intermediate layer disposed between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The intermediate layer is characterized by having a hydrophilic surface on at least one surface. According to the configuration having an intermediate layer having a hydrophilic surface, the hydrophilic surface and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the hydrophilic surface can be separated by water peeling. It is preferable that only one surface (one side) of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Alternatively, both sides of the intermediate layer may be hydrophilic surfaces.
 中間層の親水性表面の水接触角は所定値以下に制限されている。これによって、上記親水性表面において水剥離性が発現する。いくつかの態様において、上記親水性表面の水接触角は、例えば45度以下であってよく、40度以下でもよく、35度以下でもよい。上記親水性表面の水接触角が小さくなると、該表面に沿って水が濡れ広がりやすくなり、中間層からの粘着剤層の水剥離性が向上する傾向にある。このことは、粘着剤層の中間層からの除去性や分離性の観点から好ましい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記親水性表面の水接触角は30度以下であり、25度未満が適当であり、20度未満であってもよく、15度以下でもよく、10度未満でもよい。水接触角の下限は、原理上0度である。いくつかの態様において、上記水接触角は、0度超でもよく、1度以上でもよく、3度以上でもよく、5度以上でもよい。ここに開示される技術によると、中間層材料や親水層材料、粘着剤種の選定により、より優れた水剥離性を実現し得るので、いくつかの態様では、上記親水性表面の水接触角は8度以上であってもよく、12度以上でもよく、16度以上でもよく、20度以上(例えば24度以上)でもよい。親水性表面の水接触角は、中間層や親水層を構成する材料の選択や親水層の厚さ、表面処理等によって設定することができる。中間層の水接触角は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。 The water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer is limited to a predetermined value or less. As a result, water peelability is exhibited on the hydrophilic surface. In some embodiments, the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface may be, for example, 45 degrees or less, 40 degrees or less, or 35 degrees or less. When the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface becomes small, water tends to get wet and spread along the surface, and the water peelability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer tends to be improved. This is preferable from the viewpoint of removability from the intermediate layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and separability. In some preferred embodiments, the hydrophilic surface has a water contact angle of 30 degrees or less, less than 25 degrees is suitable, may be less than 20 degrees, may be less than 15 degrees, or may be less than 10 degrees. .. The lower limit of the water contact angle is 0 degrees in principle. In some embodiments, the water contact angle may be greater than 0 degrees, greater than 1 degree, greater than 3 degrees, or greater than or equal to 5 degrees. According to the technique disclosed herein, better water peelability can be achieved by selecting an intermediate layer material, a hydrophilic layer material, and an adhesive type. Therefore, in some embodiments, the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface is achieved. May be 8 degrees or more, 12 degrees or more, 16 degrees or more, and 20 degrees or more (for example, 24 degrees or more). The water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface can be set by selecting the material constituting the intermediate layer or the hydrophilic layer, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer, the surface treatment, and the like. The water contact angle of the intermediate layer can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.
 中間層の一方の表面のみが親水性表面で、他方の表面が親水性表面ではない態様において、中間層の一方の表面である親水性表面の水接触角WCA1は、典型的には、中間層の他方の表面の水接触角WCA2よりも小さい。上記WCA1は、上記WCA2の70%未満であることが好ましく、50%未満がより好ましく、30%未満がさらに好ましく、20%未満でもよい。 In an embodiment where only one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface and the other surface is not a hydrophilic surface, the water contact angle WCA1 of the hydrophilic surface, which is one surface of the intermediate layer, is typically the intermediate layer. It is smaller than the water contact angle WCA2 on the other surface of the. The WCA1 is preferably less than 70%, more preferably less than 50%, even more preferably less than 30%, and even less than 20% of the WCA2.
 中間層の一方の表面のみが親水性表面で、他方の表面が親水性表面ではない態様において、中間層の他方の表面の水接触角は、特に限定されず、例えば30度超である。中間層の他方の表面は、水接触角が40度以上の疎水性表面であってもよい。上記疎水性表面の水接触角は50度以上(例えば50度超)であってもよく、60度以上(例えば65度以上)でもよい。中間層の他方の表面の水接触角の上限は特に限定されず、例えば115度未満であり、105度未満であってもよく、95度未満であり得る。 In an embodiment in which only one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface and the other surface is not a hydrophilic surface, the water contact angle of the other surface of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, and is, for example, more than 30 degrees. The other surface of the intermediate layer may be a hydrophobic surface having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more. The water contact angle of the hydrophobic surface may be 50 degrees or more (for example, more than 50 degrees) or 60 degrees or more (for example, 65 degrees or more). The upper limit of the water contact angle of the other surface of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 115 degrees, may be less than 105 degrees, or may be less than 95 degrees.
 また、水剥離性の観点から、中間層の親水性表面は平滑に形成されていることが好ましい。例えば、上記親水性表面の算術平均粗さRaは10μm未満である。このように凹凸の抑制された親水性表面によると、所望の水剥離性を実現しやすい。上記算術平均粗さRaは、好ましくは5μm未満であり、より好ましくは3μm未満(具体的には1.0μm未満)である。また、水剥離性を長期間維持するという観点からは、上記親水性表面の上記算術平均粗さRaはさらに小さいことが好ましい。例えば、上記算術平均粗さRaは、好ましくは100nm未満であり、より好ましくは10nm未満、さらに好ましくは3nm未満(具体的には1.0nm未満)である。親水性表面の平滑性は、中間層材料や親水層材料の選定や形成条件、親水層の厚み等によって調節することができる。なお、本明細書において算術平均粗さは、一般的な表面粗さ測定装置(例えば、Veeco社製の非接触3次元表面形状測定装置、型式「Wyko NT-3300」や日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製の原子間力顕微鏡、型式「AFM5500M」)を用いて測定することができる。 Further, from the viewpoint of water peelability, it is preferable that the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer is formed smoothly. For example, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the hydrophilic surface is less than 10 μm. According to the hydrophilic surface in which the unevenness is suppressed as described above, it is easy to realize the desired water peelability. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra is preferably less than 5 μm, more preferably less than 3 μm (specifically less than 1.0 μm). Further, from the viewpoint of maintaining the water removability for a long period of time, it is preferable that the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the hydrophilic surface is even smaller. For example, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra is preferably less than 100 nm, more preferably less than 10 nm, still more preferably less than 3 nm (specifically less than 1.0 nm). The smoothness of the hydrophilic surface can be adjusted by selecting and forming the intermediate layer material and the hydrophilic layer material, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer, and the like. In the present specification, the arithmetic mean roughness is defined as a general surface roughness measuring device (for example, a non-contact three-dimensional surface shape measuring device manufactured by Veco, model "Wyko NT-3300", or manufactured by Hitachi High Technologies. It can be measured using an atomic force microscope, model "AFM5500M").
 (親水層)
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、中間層は、少なくとも一方の表面に親水層を有する。換言すると、中間層は、粘着剤層側の表面を構成する層(中間層の最外層)として親水層を有する。ここで親水層は、親水性表面を有する層と定義される。親水層を有することにより、他の中間層材料や、親水層に積層される粘着剤の種類等にかかわらず、良好な水剥離性が得られやすい。親水層表面の水接触角の値の範囲としては、上記親水性表面の水接触角値の範囲を採用することができる。また、親水層表面の算術平均粗さRaの範囲としては、特に限定されるものではないが、上記親水性表面の算術平均粗さRaの範囲を採用することができる。
(Hydrophilic layer)
In some preferred embodiments, the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic layer on at least one surface. In other words, the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic layer as a layer (outermost layer of the intermediate layer) constituting the surface on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side. Here, the hydrophilic layer is defined as a layer having a hydrophilic surface. By having the hydrophilic layer, good water peelability can be easily obtained regardless of the other intermediate layer material, the type of the pressure-sensitive adhesive laminated on the hydrophilic layer, and the like. As the range of the water contact angle value of the surface of the hydrophilic layer, the range of the water contact angle value of the hydrophilic surface can be adopted. Further, the range of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, but the range of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the hydrophilic surface can be adopted.
 親水層の材質としては、特に限定されず、親水性表面を形成し得る各種の有機材料、無機材料、有機無機複合材料の1種または2種以上を用いることができる。いくつかの好ましい態様では、親水層形成材料として無機材料が用いられる。親水層が無機材料を含むことで、良好な水剥離性が得られやすい。無機材料としては、遷移金属元素や半金属元素の単体、合金を含む各種の金属材料や、無機酸化物等の無機化合物のなかから親水性表面を形成し得る材料が用いられる。上記無機材料は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。無機材料の好適例としては、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ケイ素、酸化セリウム、酸化クロム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化マンガン、酸化亜鉛、酸化鉄、酸化錫、酸化ニオブ等の酸化物(無機酸化物、典型的には金属酸化物)が挙げられる。なかでも、好ましい無機材料として酸化ケイ素等の無機酸化物が用いられる。親水層は、無機材料に加えて、コーティング剤やバインダとして利用され得る有機高分子化合物を含む各種有機材料を含んでもよく、含まなくてもよい。 The material of the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and one or more of various organic materials, inorganic materials, and organic-inorganic composite materials capable of forming a hydrophilic surface can be used. In some preferred embodiments, an inorganic material is used as the hydrophilic layer forming material. Since the hydrophilic layer contains an inorganic material, good water peelability can be easily obtained. As the inorganic material, a material capable of forming a hydrophilic surface from various metal materials including transition metal elements, simple substances of semi-metal elements, alloys, and inorganic compounds such as inorganic oxides is used. The above-mentioned inorganic materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Preferable examples of the inorganic material are oxides such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, manganese oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, tin oxide and niobium oxide. (Inorganic oxides, typically metal oxides). Among them, an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide is used as a preferable inorganic material. In addition to the inorganic material, the hydrophilic layer may or may not contain various organic materials including an organic polymer compound that can be used as a coating agent or a binder.
 親水層中の無機材料(例えば酸化ケイ素等の無機酸化物)の量は、目的とする親水性表面が得られる適当量とすることができ、特定の範囲に限定されない。例えば、親水層中の無機材料の含有割合は、凡そ30重量%以上とすることができ、凡そ50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超)が適当であり、凡そ70重量%以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、親水層中の無機材料の含有割合は、凡そ90~100重量%(例えば凡そ95重量%以上)である。 The amount of the inorganic material (for example, an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide) in the hydrophilic layer can be an appropriate amount to obtain the desired hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range. For example, the content ratio of the inorganic material in the hydrophilic layer can be about 30% by weight or more, about 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight) is appropriate, and even if it is about 70% by weight or more. good. In some preferred embodiments, the content of the inorganic material in the hydrophilic layer is approximately 90-100% by weight (eg, approximately 95% by weight or more).
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記無機材料として、酸化ケイ素(典型的にはSiOXで表わされる酸化ケイ素や、SiO2で表わされる二酸化ケイ素)等の無機酸化物が用いられる。上記無機材料に占める無機酸化物(典型的には酸化ケイ素)の割合は、目的とする親水性表面が得られる適当量とすることができ、特定の範囲に限定されず、例えば、凡そ30重量%以上とすることができ、凡そ50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超)が適当であり、凡そ70重量%以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記無機材料中の無機酸化物(典型的には酸化ケイ素)の割合は、凡そ90~100重量%(例えば凡そ95重量%以上)である。 In some preferred embodiments, as the inorganic material, an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide (typically silicon oxide represented by SiO X or silicon dioxide represented by SiO 2 ) is used. The ratio of the inorganic oxide (typically silicon oxide) to the above-mentioned inorganic material can be an appropriate amount to obtain the desired hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range, for example, by about 30 weight. % Or more, about 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight) is suitable, and may be about 70% by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the proportion of the inorganic oxide (typically silicon oxide) in the inorganic material is approximately 90-100% by weight (eg, approximately 95% by weight or more).
 上記親水層の形成方法は特に限定されず、目的とする厚さ等に応じて適当な方法で形成され得る。例えば、真空蒸着法やスパッタリング法、あるいは、めっき法等の公知の成膜方法を利用して層状に形成した無機材料を親水層として利用することができる。無機材料として、無機化合物を用いる場合には、各種の蒸着法を用いることができ、例えば、真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法等の物理蒸着法(PVD)や、原子層堆積層等の化学蒸着法(CVD)等を採用することができる。ポリシロキサン等の無機ポリマーを含むコーティング層の形成は、公知のコーティング剤から所望の水接触角を示す表面が得られるものを適宜選択し、常法により使用して行うことができる。 The method for forming the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and it can be formed by an appropriate method according to the target thickness and the like. For example, an inorganic material formed in layers by using a known film forming method such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, or a plating method can be used as a hydrophilic layer. When an inorganic compound is used as the inorganic material, various vapor deposition methods can be used. For example, a physical vapor deposition method (PVD) such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, or an ion plating method, an atomic layer deposition layer, or the like can be used. The chemical vapor deposition method (CVD) of the above can be adopted. The coating layer containing an inorganic polymer such as polysiloxane can be formed by appropriately selecting a known coating agent that can obtain a surface showing a desired water contact angle and using it by a conventional method.
 他のいくつかの態様では、親水層形成材料として有機材料が用いられる。有機材料としては、親水性表面を形成し得る有機材料の1種または2種以上を用いることができる。例えば、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、カルボキシ基、シラノール基等の親水性官能基を有するポリマーを親水層形成材料として用いることができる。上記親水層形成材料は、親水化処理剤や親水性コーティング剤と称され得るものであり、親水化処理剤や親水性コーティング剤の塗布により親水層は形成され得る。親水層形成用の有機材料としては、ポリシロキサン系のコーティング剤(例えばエチルシリケート骨格を有するポリシロキサン型コーティング剤)、ポリシラザン系の親水性コーティング剤(例えばペルヒドロキシポリシラザン)、ポリマーブラシ型の親水性コーティング剤、その他の親水性高分子含有コーティング剤(例えばポリビニルピロリドン系コーティング剤)が挙げられる。 In some other embodiments, an organic material is used as the hydrophilic layer forming material. As the organic material, one kind or two or more kinds of organic materials capable of forming a hydrophilic surface can be used. For example, a polymer having a hydrophilic functional group such as a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a carboxy group, and a silanol group can be used as a hydrophilic layer forming material. The hydrophilic layer forming material can be referred to as a hydrophilic treatment agent or a hydrophilic coating agent, and the hydrophilic layer can be formed by applying the hydrophilic treatment agent or the hydrophilic coating agent. Examples of the organic material for forming a hydrophilic layer include a polysiloxane-based coating agent (for example, a polysiloxane-type coating agent having an ethylsilicate skeleton), a polysilazane-based hydrophilic coating agent (for example, perhydroxypolysilazane), and a polymer brush-type hydrophilicity. Examples thereof include coating agents and other hydrophilic polymer-containing coating agents (for example, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based coating agents).
 親水層の形成に用いられ得る親水化処理剤、親水性コーティング剤の市販品としては、例えば、製品名「コルコートN103X」、「コルコートCS3001」(コルコート社製)、製品名「DURAZANE2800」(Merk社製)、製品名「LAMBIC 771W」、「LAMBIC 1000W」(大阪有機化学工業社製)、製品名「ポリビニルピロリドン K90」(富士フイルム和光純薬社製)等が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of the hydrophilizing treatment agent and the hydrophilic coating agent that can be used for forming the hydrophilic layer include, for example, product names "Colcoat N103X", "Colcoat CS3001" (manufactured by Colcoat), and product names "DURAZANE2800" (Merk). , Product name "LAMBIC 771W", "LAMBIC 1000W" (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industries, Ltd.), product name "Polypolypyrrolidone K90" (manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like.
 上記有機系親水層の形成方法は特に限定されず、例えば親水層を形成する中間層の主層表面に、必要に応じて、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理、紫外線処理等の表面処理や、適当なプライマーの塗布を行った後、上記親水層形成材料を塗布する方法が採用され得る。 The method for forming the organic hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and for example, the surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer forming the hydrophilic layer may be subjected to surface treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet treatment, or an appropriate primer, if necessary. The method of applying the above-mentioned hydrophilic layer forming material after applying the above-mentioned material can be adopted.
 また、他のいくつかの態様では、中間層は、単層構造の親水層からなるものであってもよい。親水層からなる中間層は、その両面が親水性表面を有する。そのような親水層を形成する材料としては、特に限定されず、親水性表面を有する各種材料の1種または2種以上を用いることができる。例えば、アルカリガラス板や無アルカリガラス等のガラス、鉄等の金属材料、シリカ等のセラミック材料から形成された親水層が挙げられる。そのような親水層は、典型的には無機材料からなる層である。なかでも、アルカリガラス板や無アルカリガラス等のガラス材料からなる親水層が好ましい。 Further, in some other aspects, the intermediate layer may be composed of a hydrophilic layer having a single layer structure. The intermediate layer made of a hydrophilic layer has a hydrophilic surface on both sides thereof. The material for forming such a hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited, and one or more of various materials having a hydrophilic surface can be used. Examples thereof include a hydrophilic layer formed of glass such as an alkaline glass plate and non-alkali glass, a metal material such as iron, and a ceramic material such as silica. Such a hydrophilic layer is typically a layer made of an inorganic material. Of these, a hydrophilic layer made of a glass material such as an alkaline glass plate or non-alkali glass is preferable.
 親水層の厚さは特に限定されない。後述する主層の表面に親水層が形成される態様においては、中間層本体(中間層の主層)の機能を損なわない観点から、親水層の厚さは、具体的には凡そ5μm以下(例えば5000nm未満)が適当であり、凡そ2μm以下(例えば2000nm未満)であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、親水層の厚さは1000nm未満であり、より好ましくは500nm未満、さらに好ましくは100nm未満、特に好ましくは50nm未満であり、凡そ30nm以下であってもよく、凡そ20nm以下でもよく、凡そ15nm以下(例えば10nm未満)でもよい。このような薄厚の親水層とすることで、中間層の機能を損なうことなく、水剥離性を向上することができる。薄厚の親水層とすることは、光学特性の観点からも有利である。また、親水層の厚さは1nm以上(例えば3nm以上)が適当であり、表面の親水性を高めて水剥離性を向上する観点から、凡そ5nm以上であってもよく、凡そ10nm以上(例えば15nm以上)でもよい。薄厚(例えばナノオーダー)の親水層については、後述の実施例に記載の方法で厚さを測定することができる。また、中間層が親水層からなる態様においては、親水層の厚さは、後述する中間層の厚さの範囲と同じである。 The thickness of the hydrophilic layer is not particularly limited. In the embodiment in which the hydrophilic layer is formed on the surface of the main layer, which will be described later, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is specifically about 5 μm or less (specifically, from the viewpoint of not impairing the function of the main body of the intermediate layer (main layer of the intermediate layer). For example, less than 5000 nm) is suitable, and may be approximately 2 μm or less (for example, less than 2000 nm). In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is less than 1000 nm, more preferably less than 500 nm, even more preferably less than 100 nm, particularly preferably less than 50 nm, and may be about 30 nm or less, about 20 nm or less. However, it may be about 15 nm or less (for example, less than 10 nm). By forming such a thin hydrophilic layer, the water peelability can be improved without impairing the function of the intermediate layer. Having a thin hydrophilic layer is also advantageous from the viewpoint of optical characteristics. Further, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is preferably 1 nm or more (for example, 3 nm or more), and may be about 5 nm or more, and may be about 10 nm or more (for example, from the viewpoint of improving the hydrophilicity of the surface and improving the water peelability). 15 nm or more) may be used. For a thin (for example, nano-order) hydrophilic layer, the thickness can be measured by the method described in Examples described later. Further, in the embodiment in which the intermediate layer is composed of a hydrophilic layer, the thickness of the hydrophilic layer is the same as the range of the thickness of the intermediate layer described later.
 (他の層)
 いくつかの態様において、中間層は親水層に加えて他の層を含み得る。他の層は特に限定されず、各種の材料から形成された1層または2層以上であり得る。上記他の層は、例えば、中間層の本体を構成する層であり得る。そのような層を中間層の主層という。ここに開示される中間層の主層(「中間層主層」ともいう。あるいは便宜上、単に「中間層」ということがある。特に断りがないかぎり以下同じ。)としては、特に限定されず、使用目的や使用態様等に応じて適宜選択することができる。いくつかの態様では、中間層は、主層の少なくとも一方の表面に親水層を形成して、当該中間層表面の水接触角を低下し、改善された水剥離性を得るものである。したがって、親水層のない中間層単体(主層)の表面の水接触角は、典型的には、親水層表面の水接触角よりも大きい。なお、中間層主層表面の水接触角としては、上記中間層の他方の表面の水接触角値の範囲を採用することができる。
(Other layers)
In some embodiments, the intermediate layer may include other layers in addition to the hydrophilic layer. The other layers are not particularly limited and may be one layer or two or more layers formed of various materials. The other layer may be, for example, a layer constituting the main body of the intermediate layer. Such a layer is called the main layer of the middle layer. The main layer of the intermediate layer disclosed herein (also referred to as "intermediate layer main layer", or for convenience, may be simply referred to as "intermediate layer"; the same shall apply hereinafter unless otherwise specified) is not particularly limited. It can be appropriately selected according to the purpose of use, the mode of use, and the like. In some embodiments, the intermediate layer forms a hydrophilic layer on at least one surface of the main layer to reduce the water contact angle of the surface of the intermediate layer and obtain improved water exfoliation properties. Therefore, the water contact angle on the surface of the intermediate layer alone (main layer) without the hydrophilic layer is typically larger than the water contact angle on the surface of the hydrophilic layer. As the water contact angle on the surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer, a range of the water contact angle value of the other surface of the intermediate layer can be adopted.
 中間層を構成する他の層(典型的には主層)の材質の非限定的な例としては、ポリオレフィンフィルム、ポリエステルフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルフィルム等の各種樹脂フィルム;ポリウレタンフォーム、ポリエチレンフォーム、ポリクロロプレンフォーム等の発泡体からなる発泡体シート;各種の繊維状物質(麻、綿等の天然繊維、ポリエステル、ビニロン等の合成繊維、アセテート等の半合成繊維、等であり得る。)の単独または混紡等による織布および不織布;和紙、上質紙、クラフト紙、クレープ紙等の紙類;アルミニウム箔、銅箔、ステンレス鋼(SUS)等の金属箔;等が挙げられる。これらを複合した構成の層状体であってもよい。このような複合構造の中間層主層の例として、例えば、金属箔と上記樹脂フィルムとが積層した構造の積層体(多層構造中間層)、ガラスクロス等の無機繊維で強化された樹脂シート等が挙げられる。 Non-limiting examples of the materials of the other layers (typically the main layer) constituting the intermediate layer are various resin films such as polyolefin films, polyester films and polyvinyl chloride films; polyurethane foams, polyethylene foams and polys. Foam sheet made of foam such as chloroprene foam; various fibrous substances (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.) alone or Woven fabrics and non-woven fabrics produced by blending and the like; papers such as Japanese paper, high-quality paper, kraft paper, and crepe paper; metal foils such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS); and the like. It may be a layered body having a structure in which these are combined. Examples of the main layer of the intermediate layer having such a composite structure include, for example, a laminate having a structure in which a metal foil and the above resin film are laminated (multilayer structure intermediate layer), a resin sheet reinforced with an inorganic fiber such as glass cloth, and the like. Can be mentioned.
 中間層を構成する他の層(典型的には主層)の材料としては、各種のフィルムを好ましく用いることができる。上記フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布シート等のように多孔質のフィルムであってもよく、非多孔質のフィルムであってもよく、多孔質の層と非多孔質の層とが積層した構造のフィルムであってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記フィルムとしては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)樹脂フィルムをベースフィルムとして含むものを好ましく用いることができる。ここで「樹脂フィルム」とは、非多孔質の構造であって、典型的には実質的に気泡を含まない(ボイドレスの)樹脂フィルムを意味する。したがって、上記樹脂フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布とは区別される概念である。上記樹脂フィルムは、単層構造であってもよく、二層以上の多層構造(例えば三層構造)であってもよい。 Various films can be preferably used as the material of the other layer (typically the main layer) constituting the intermediate layer. The film may be a porous film such as a foam film or a non-woven fabric sheet, or may be a non-porous film, and has a structure in which a porous layer and a non-porous layer are laminated. It may be a film of. In some embodiments, as the film, a film containing an independently shape-maintainable (self-supporting or independent) resin film as a base film can be preferably used. As used herein, the term "resin film" means a resin film (of voidless) having a non-porous structure and typically containing substantially no bubbles. Therefore, the resin film is a concept that is distinguished from foam films and non-woven fabrics. The resin film may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure having two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).
 樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)やポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)等のポリエステル;ポリプロピレンやエチレン-プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィン;ノルボルネン構造等の脂肪族環構造を有するモノマーに由来するポリシクロオレフィン;ナイロン6、ナイロン66、部分芳香族ポリアミド等のポリアミド(PA);透明ポリイミド(CPI)等のポリイミド(PI)、ポリアミドイミド(PAI);ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK);ポリエーテルスルホン(PES);ポリフェニレンサルファイド(PPS);ポリカーボネート(PC);ポリウレタン(PU);エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体(EVA);ポリビニルアルコール(PVA);ポリスチレン;ABS樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニル;ポリ塩化ビニリデン;ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂;ポリメチルメタクリレート等のアクリル樹脂;ジアセチルセルロースやトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)等のセルロース系ポリマー;ビニルブチラール系ポリマー;アリレート系ポリマー;ポリオキシメチレン系ポリマー;エポキシ系ポリマー等の樹脂を用いることができる。ここに開示される中間層主層は、その表面が上記樹脂材料から構成されたものであり得る。中間層主層として用いられ得る樹脂フィルムは、上記樹脂の1種を単独で含む樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよく、2種以上がブレンドされた樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよい。上記樹脂フィルムは、1種または2種以上の樹脂材料を含む樹脂層と、当該樹脂層と同種または異種の1種または2種以上の樹脂材料を含む樹脂層とが積層された複合樹脂フィルムであってもよい。上記樹脂フィルムは、無延伸であってもよく、延伸(例えば一軸延伸または二軸延伸)されたものであってもよい。 Examples of the resin material constituting the resin film include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polybutylene terephthalate (PBT); polyolefins such as polypropylene and ethylene-propylene copolymers; and aliphatic ring structures such as norbornene structure. Polycycloolefin derived from monomer; Polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamide; Polyamide (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI), Polyamideimide (PAI); Polyether ether ketone (PEEK) Polyether sulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); Polystyrene; ABS resin; Polyvinyl chloride; Polyvinylidene chloride; Fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); Acrylic resin such as polymethylmethacrylate; Cellulous polymer such as diacetylcellulose and triacetylcellulose (TAC); Vinylbutyral polymer; Arilate polymer; Polyoxy Methylene-based polymer; A resin such as an epoxy-based polymer can be used. The surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer disclosed herein may be composed of the above resin material. The resin film that can be used as the main layer of the intermediate layer may be formed by using a resin material containing one kind of the above resin alone, or is formed by using a resin material in which two or more kinds are blended. It may be a plastic one. The resin film is a composite resin film in which a resin layer containing one or more kinds of resin materials and a resin layer containing one or more kinds of resin materials of the same type or different types from the resin layer are laminated. There may be. The resin film may be unstretched or stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched).
 樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂材料の好適例として、ポリエステル系樹脂、PPS樹脂、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂が挙げられる。ここで、ポリエステル系樹脂とは、ポリエステルを50重量%を超える割合で含有する樹脂のことをいう。同様に、PPS樹脂とはPPSを50重量%を超える割合で含有する樹脂のことをいい、ポリオレフィン系樹脂とはポリオレフィンを50重量%を超える割合で含有する樹脂のことをいい、ポリイミド樹脂とはポリイミドを50重量%を超える割合で含有する樹脂のことをいう。 Preferable examples of the resin material constituting the resin film include polyester resin, PPS resin, polyolefin resin, and polyimide resin. Here, the polyester-based resin refers to a resin containing polyester in a proportion of more than 50% by weight. Similarly, the PPS resin is a resin containing PPS in a proportion of more than 50% by weight, the polyolefin resin is a resin containing a polyolefin in a proportion of more than 50% by weight, and the polyimide resin is a polyimide resin. A resin containing polyimide in a proportion of more than 50% by weight.
 ポリエステル系樹脂としては、典型的には、ジカルボン酸とジオールを重縮合して得られるポリエステルを主成分として含むポリエステル系樹脂が用いられる。ポリエステル系樹脂の具体例としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、ポリブチレンナフタレート等が挙げられる。 As the polyester-based resin, a polyester-based resin containing polyester as a main component, which is obtained by polycondensing a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, is typically used. Specific examples of the polyester resin include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polybutylene naphthalate and the like.
 ポリオレフィン樹脂としては、1種のポリオレフィンを単独で、または2種以上のポリオレフィンを組み合わせて用いることができる。該ポリオレフィンは、例えばα-オレフィンのホモポリマー、2種以上のα-オレフィンの共重合体、1種または2種以上のα-オレフィンと他のビニルモノマーとの共重合体等であり得る。具体例としては、ポリエチレン(PE)、ポリプロピレン(PP)、ポリ-1-ブテン、ポリ-4-メチル-1-ペンテン、エチレンプロピレンゴム(EPR)等のエチレン-プロピレン共重合体、エチレン-プロピレン-ブテン共重合体、エチレン-ブテン共重合体、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、エチレン-エチルアクリレート共重合体等が挙げられる。低密度(LD)ポリオレフィンおよび高密度(HD)ポリオレフィンのいずれも使用可能である。ポリオレフィン樹脂フィルムの例としては、無延伸ポリプロピレン(CPP)フィルム、二軸延伸ポリプロピレン(OPP)フィルム、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)フィルム、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)フィルム、中密度ポリエチレン(MDPE)フィルム、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)フィルム、2種以上のポリエチレン(PE)をブレンドしたポリエチレン(PE)フィルム、ポリプロピレン(PP)とポリエチレン(PE)をブレンドしたPP/PEブレンドフィルム等が挙げられる。 As the polyolefin resin, one kind of polyolefin can be used alone, or two or more kinds of polyolefins can be used in combination. The polyolefin can be, for example, a homopolymer of an α-olefin, a copolymer of two or more kinds of α-olefins, or a copolymer of one kind or two or more kinds of α-olefins and another vinyl monomer. Specific examples include ethylene-propylene copolymers such as polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), poly-1-butene, poly-4-methyl-1-pentene, and ethylene propylene rubber (EPR), and ethylene-propylene-. Examples thereof include a butene copolymer, an ethylene-butene copolymer, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, and an ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer. Both low density (LD) polyolefins and high density (HD) polyolefins can be used. Examples of polyolefin resin films include unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, medium density polyethylene (MDPE). Examples thereof include a film, a high-density polyethylene (HDPE) film, a polyethylene (PE) film in which two or more types of polyethylene (PE) are blended, and a PP / PE blend film in which polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE) are blended.
 中間層主層として好ましく利用し得る樹脂フィルムの具体例として、PETフィルム、PENフィルム、PPSフィルム、PEEKフィルム、CPIフィルム、CPPフィルム、OPPフィルム、TACフィルムが挙げられる。強度の点から好ましい例として、PETフィルム、PENフィルム、PPSフィルム、PEEKフィルム、CPIフィルムが挙げられる。入手容易性、寸法安定性、光学特性等の観点から好ましい例としてPETフィルム、CPIフィルム、TACフィルムが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the resin film that can be preferably used as the main layer of the intermediate layer include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, PEEK film, CPI film, CPP film, OPP film, and TAC film. Preferred examples from the viewpoint of strength include PET film, PEN film, PPS film, PEEK film, and CPI film. Preferred examples include PET film, CPI film, and TAC film from the viewpoint of availability, dimensional stability, optical characteristics, and the like.
 樹脂フィルムには、光安定剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填材、スリップ剤、アンチブロッキング剤等の公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて配合することができる。添加剤の配合量は特に限定されず、用途等に応じて適宜設定することができる。 Known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dye, pigment, etc.), fillers, slip agents, antiblocking agents, etc. shall be added to the resin film, if necessary. Can be done. The blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the intended use and the like.
 樹脂フィルムの製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、押出成形、インフレーション成形、Tダイキャスト成形、カレンダーロール成形等の、従来公知の一般的な樹脂フィルム成形方法を適宜採用することができる。 The method for manufacturing the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting molding, and calender roll molding can be appropriately adopted.
 上記他の層(典型的には中間層主層)は、このような樹脂フィルムから実質的に構成されたものであり得る。あるいは、上記他の層は、上記樹脂フィルムの他に、補助的な層を含むものであってもよい。上記補助的な層の例としては、光学特性調整層(例えば着色層、反射防止層)、所望の外観を付与するための印刷層やラミネート層、帯電防止層、下塗り層、剥離層等の表面処理層が挙げられる。 The other layer (typically, the main layer of the intermediate layer) may be substantially composed of such a resin film. Alternatively, the other layer may include an auxiliary layer in addition to the resin film. Examples of the auxiliary layer include an optical property adjusting layer (for example, a colored layer and an antireflection layer), a surface such as a printing layer or a laminating layer for imparting a desired appearance, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, and a peeling layer. A processing layer may be mentioned.
 また、ここに開示される中間層の他の層(例えば主層)は、上記樹脂フィルムや金属箔等に、アクリル系、ポリエステル系、アルキド系、メラミン系、ウレタン系、酸エポキシ架橋系、あるいはこれらの複合系(例えばアクリルメラミン系、アルキドメラミン系)等の塗料が塗布されたものや、亜鉛めっき等のめっきが施されたものであってもよい。 In addition, other layers (for example, the main layer) of the intermediate layer disclosed herein are acrylic, polyester, alkyd, melamine, urethane, acid-epoxy crosslinked, or the above resin film, metal foil, or the like. It may be coated with a paint such as these composite systems (for example, acrylic melamine system, alkyd melamine system), or plated with zinc plating or the like.
 特に限定されるものではないが、ここに開示される中間層の他の層(典型的には主層)は、典型的には、アルカリガラス板や無アルカリガラス等のガラス層を含まない。そのような中間層材料を用いる態様において、親水層を設けることによる水剥離性向上効果は好ましく発揮され得る。 Although not particularly limited, the other layers (typically the main layer) of the intermediate layer disclosed herein do not typically include a glass layer such as an alkaline glass plate or non-alkali glass. In an embodiment using such an intermediate layer material, the effect of improving water peelability by providing the hydrophilic layer can be preferably exhibited.
 中間層が他の層(典型的には主層)を有する態様において、上記他の層の厚さ(親水層以外に複数の層を有する場合は、親水層以外の層の総厚)は、中間層の総厚の50%以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは70%以上、より好ましくは90%以上であり、97%以上(例えば99%以上)であってもよい。 In an embodiment in which the intermediate layer has another layer (typically, a main layer), the thickness of the other layer (in the case of having a plurality of layers other than the hydrophilic layer, the total thickness of the layers other than the hydrophilic layer) is determined. It is appropriate that the total thickness of the intermediate layer is 50% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and 97% or more (for example, 99% or more).
 中間層の総厚は、特に限定されず、構造体の使用目的や使用態様等に応じて選択し得る。中間層の総厚は、例えば凡そ1000μm以下であってよく、凡そ500μm以下でもよく、軽量化や薄厚化の観点から、凡そ300μm以下が適当であり、好ましくは凡そ150μm以下、より好ましくは凡そ120μm以下であり、100μm以下であってもよく、70μm以下でもよい。中間層の総厚が小さくなると、構造体の柔軟性や被着体の表面形状への追従性が向上する傾向にある。また、取扱い性や加工性等の観点から、中間層の総厚は、例えば2μm以上であってよく、5μm超または10μm超でもよい。いくつかの態様において、中間層の総厚は凡そ20μm以上が適当であり、好ましくは凡そ30μm以上であり、例えば凡そ50μm以上であってもよく、凡そ70μm以上でもよい。 The total thickness of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited and can be selected according to the purpose of use and the mode of use of the structure. The total thickness of the intermediate layer may be, for example, about 1000 μm or less, may be about 500 μm or less, and from the viewpoint of weight reduction and thinning, about 300 μm or less is suitable, preferably about 150 μm or less, and more preferably about 120 μm. It may be 100 μm or less, or 70 μm or less. As the total thickness of the intermediate layer becomes smaller, the flexibility of the structure and the followability to the surface shape of the adherend tend to improve. Further, from the viewpoint of handleability, workability and the like, the total thickness of the intermediate layer may be, for example, 2 μm or more, and may be more than 5 μm or more than 10 μm. In some embodiments, the total thickness of the intermediate layer is preferably about 20 μm or more, preferably about 30 μm or more, for example, about 50 μm or more, or about 70 μm or more.
 中間層の表面(例えば親水性表面。したがって親水層の表面であり得る。)には、親水性をさらに高めるため、例えば、コロナ処理やプラズマ処理等の親水化処理がさらに施されていてもよい。コロナ処理やプラズマ処理に使用する装置や処理条件は、従来公知の技術に基づいて、所望の水接触角を示す表面が得られるように設定することができる。また、中間層のうち粘着剤層側表面には、必要に応じて、紫外線照射処理、酸処理、アルカリ処理等の、従来公知の表面処理が施されていてもよい。このような表面処理は、中間層と粘着剤層との密着性、言い換えると粘着剤層の中間層への投錨性を向上させるための処理であり得る。また、中間層主層の表面(例えば親水層側表面)には、上記の各種表面処理や、下塗り剤(プライマー)の塗布、帯電防止処理等の表面処理が施されていてもよい。プライマーの組成は特に限定されず、公知のものから適宜選択することができる。下塗り層の厚さは特に制限されないが、例えば0.01μm~1μm程度が適当であり、0.1μm~1μm程度が好ましい。 The surface of the intermediate layer (eg, a hydrophilic surface, and thus the surface of the hydrophilic layer) may be further subjected to a hydrophilic treatment such as a corona treatment or a plasma treatment in order to further increase the hydrophilicity. .. The apparatus and treatment conditions used for the corona treatment and the plasma treatment can be set so as to obtain a surface showing a desired water contact angle based on conventionally known techniques. Further, the surface of the intermediate layer on the adhesive layer side may be subjected to conventionally known surface treatments such as ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, and alkali treatment, if necessary. Such a surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the adhesion between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in other words, the anchoring property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the intermediate layer. Further, the surface of the main layer of the intermediate layer (for example, the surface on the hydrophilic layer side) may be subjected to surface treatments such as the above-mentioned various surface treatments, application of an undercoating agent (primer), and antistatic treatment. The composition of the primer is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known ones. The thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, but for example, about 0.01 μm to 1 μm is appropriate, and about 0.1 μm to 1 μm is preferable.
 <粘着剤層>
(1)A層
 ここに開示される構造体において、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層が有するA層は、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤(天然ゴム系、合成ゴム系、これらの混合系等)、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリエーテル系粘着剤、ポリアミド系粘着剤、フッ素系粘着剤等の各種粘着剤から選択される1種または2種以上の粘着剤を含んで構成された粘着剤層であり得る。ここで、アクリル系粘着剤とは、アクリル系重合物を主成分とする粘着剤をいう。ゴム系粘着剤その他の粘着剤についても同様の意味である。
<Adhesive layer>
(1) Layer A In the structure disclosed here, the layer A contained in at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive or a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive ( Natural rubber-based, synthetic rubber-based, mixed systems, etc.), silicone-based adhesives, polyester-based adhesives, urethane-based adhesives, polyether-based adhesives, polyamide-based adhesives, fluorine-based adhesives, and other various adhesives. It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of one type or two or more types of pressure-sensitive adhesive selected from the above. Here, the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive refers to a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing an acrylic polymer as a main component. The same meaning applies to rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesives and other pressure-sensitive adhesives.
 (アクリル系粘着剤)
 透明性や耐候性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、A層の構成材料としてアクリル系粘着剤を好ましく採用し得る。
(Acrylic adhesive)
From the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, and the like, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be preferably adopted as the constituent material of the A layer in some embodiments.
 アクリル系粘着剤としては、例えば、エステル末端に炭素原子数1以上20以下の直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを50重量%より多く含むモノマー成分から構成されたアクリル系重合物を含むものが好ましい。以下、炭素原子数がX以上Y以下のアルキル基をエステル末端に有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを「(メタ)アクリル酸CX-Yアルキルエステル」と表記することがある。特性のバランスをとりやすいことから、モノマー成分全体のうち(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば55重量%以上であってよく、60重量%以上でもよく、70重量%以上でもよい。同様の理由から、モノマー成分のうち(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば99.9重量%以下であってよく、99.5重量%以下でもよく、99重量%以下でもよい。 The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive is composed of, for example, a monomer component containing more than 50% by weight of a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms at the ester terminal. Those containing an acrylic polymer are preferable. Hereinafter, a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having an number of carbon atoms of X or more and Y or less at the ester terminal may be referred to as “(meth) acrylic acid CXY alkyl ester”. Since it is easy to balance the characteristics, the proportion of (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the entire monomer component may be, for example, 55% by weight or more, 60% by weight or more, or 70% by weight or more. But it may be. For the same reason, the proportion of (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less, or 99% by weight or less. good.
 (メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの非限定的な具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸s-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸エイコシル等が挙げられる。 Non-limiting specific examples of the (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester include methyl (meth) acrylic acid, ethyl (meth) acrylic acid, propyl (meth) acrylic acid, isopropyl (meth) acrylic acid, (meth). N-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, s-butyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, isopentyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hexyl acrylate, (meth) heptyl acrylate, (meth) octyl acrylate, (meth) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, (meth) isooctyl acrylate, (meth) nonyl acrylate, (meth) isononyl acrylate, (meth) ) Decyl acrylate, (meth) isodecyl acrylate, (meth) undecyl acrylate, (meth) dodecyl acrylate, tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate, pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Examples thereof include hexadecyl acrylate, heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, isostearyl (meth) acrylate, nonadecil (meth) acrylate, and eicocil (meth) acrylate.
 これらのうち、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸C4-20アルキルエステルを用いることが好ましく、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルを用いることがより好ましい。例えば、上記モノマー成分としてアクリル酸n-ブチル(BA)およびアクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(2EHA)の一方または両方を含むアクリル系粘着剤が好ましく、少なくとも2EHAを含むアクリル系粘着剤が特に好ましい。好ましく用いられ得る(メタ)アクリル酸C4-20アルキルエステルの他の例としては、アクリル酸イソノニル、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(2EHMA)、アクリル酸イソステアリル(ISTA)等が挙げられる。 Of these, it is preferable to use at least (meth) acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl ester, and it is more preferable to use at least (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester. For example, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the monomer component is preferable, and an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing at least 2 EHA is particularly preferable. Other examples of (meth) acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl esters that may be preferably used include isononyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (2EHMA), isostearyl acrylate (ISTA). ) Etc. can be mentioned.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルを40重量%以上の割合で含み得る。このようにエステル末端に炭素原子数4以上のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを比較的多く含むモノマー成分によると、親油性の高いアクリル系重合物が形成される傾向にある。親油性の高いアクリル系重合物によると、水浸漬後剥離力低下率の低い粘着剤層が形成されやすい。モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば60重量%以上であってよく、70重量%以上でもよく、75重量%以上でもよく、80重量%以上でもよい。上述したいずれかの下限値以上の割合で(メタ)アクリル酸C6-18アルキルエステルを含むモノマー成分であってもよい。
 また、粘着剤層(A層)の凝集性を高めて凝集破壊を防止する観点から、モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は、99.5重量%以下とすることが適当であり、99重量%以下でもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、97重量%以下でもよい。粘着剤層(A層)の凝集性向上の観点から、いくつかの態様では、上記モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は95重量%以下であり、例えば90重量%以下が適当である。他のいくつかの態様では、モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は、85重量%以下でもよく、75重量%以下でもよい。上述したいずれかの上限値以下の割合で(メタ)アクリル酸C6-18アルキルエステルを含むモノマー成分であってもよい。
In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in a proportion of 40% by weight or more. As described above, the monomer component containing a relatively large amount of (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms at the ester terminal tends to form an acrylic polymer having high lipophilicity. According to the acrylic polymer having high lipophilicity, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is likely to be formed. The ratio of the (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester to the monomer component may be, for example, 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 80% by weight or more. It may be a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester at a rate equal to or higher than any of the above-mentioned lower limit values.
Further, from the viewpoint of enhancing the cohesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) and preventing cohesive failure, the ratio of (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester to the monomer component is 99.5% by weight or less. It may be 99% by weight or less, 98% by weight or less, or 97% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer), in some embodiments, the ratio of the (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester to the monomer component is 95% by weight or less, for example, 90% by weight. % Or less is appropriate. In some other embodiments, the proportion of (meth) acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be 85% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. It may be a monomer component containing (meth) acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester at a ratio equal to or less than any of the above-mentioned upper limit values.
 アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとともに、必要に応じて、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルと共重合可能な他のモノマー(共重合性モノマー)を含んでいてもよい。共重合性モノマーとしては、極性基(例えば、カルボキシ基、水酸基、窒素原子含有環等)を有するモノマーを好適に使用することができる。極性基を有するモノマーは、アクリル系重合物に架橋点を導入したり、粘着剤の凝集力を高めたりするために役立ち得る。共重合性モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and, if necessary, another monomer (copolymerizable monomer) copolymerizable with the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester. May be good. As the copolymerizable monomer, a monomer having a polar group (for example, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, etc.) can be preferably used. Monomers having polar groups can be useful for introducing cross-linking points in acrylic polymers and enhancing the cohesive force of adhesives. The copolymerizable monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 共重合性モノマーの非限定的な具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。
 カルボキシ基含有モノマー:例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、カルボキシエチルアクリレート、カルボキシペンチルアクリレート、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸等。
 酸無水物基含有モノマー:例えば、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸。
 水酸基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシラウリル、(4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロへキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル等。
 スルホン酸基またはリン酸基を含有するモノマー:例えば、スチレンスルホン酸、アリルスルホン酸、ビニルスルホン酸ナトリウム、2-(メタ)アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸、(メタ)アクリルアミドプロパンスルホン酸、スルホプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシナフタレンスルホン酸、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリロイルホスフェート等。
 エポキシ基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジルや(メタ)アクリル酸-2-エチルグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ基含有アクリレート、アリルグリシジルエーテル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジルエーテル等。
 シアノ基含有モノマー:例えば、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等。
 イソシアネート基含有モノマー:例えば、2-イソシアナートエチル(メタ)アクリレート等。
 アミド基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド;N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジイソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(n-ブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(t-ブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-エチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-n-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-アルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-ビニルアセトアミド等のN-ビニルカルボン酸アミド類;水酸基とアミド基とを有するモノマー、例えば、N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(1-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;アルコキシ基とアミド基とを有するモノマー、例えば、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;その他、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン等。
 アミノ基含有モノマー:例えばアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート。
 エポキシ基を有するモノマー:例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、メチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、アリルグリシジルエーテル。
 窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー:例えば、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルピペリドン、N-ビニルピリミジン、N-ビニルピペラジン、N-ビニルピラジン、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニルオキサゾール、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-2-ピロリドン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルピペリジン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルピロリジン、N-ビニルモルホリン、N-ビニル-3-モルホリノン、N-ビニル-2-カプロラクタム、N-ビニル-1,3-オキサジン-2-オン、N-ビニル-3,5-モルホリンジオン、N-ビニルピラゾール、N-ビニルイソオキサゾール、N-ビニルチアゾール、N-ビニルイソチアゾール、N-ビニルピリダジン等(例えば、N-ビニル-2-カプロラクタム等のラクタム類)。
 スクシンイミド骨格を有するモノマー:例えば、N-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシメチレンスクシンイミド、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-6-オキシヘキサメチレンスクシンイミド、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-8-オキシヘキサメチレンスクシンイミド等。
 マレイミド類:例えば、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-イソプロピルマレイミド、N-ラウリルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド等。
 イタコンイミド類:例えば、N-メチルイタコンイミド、N-エチルイタコンイミド、N-ブチルイタコンイミド、N-オクチルイタコンイミド、N-2-エチルへキシルイタコンイミド、N-シクロへキシルイタコンイミド、N-ラウリルイタコンイミド等。
 (メタ)アクリル酸アミノアルキル類:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジエチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチルアミノエチル。
 アルコキシ基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-メトキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロポキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシプロピル等の、(メタ)アクリル酸アルコキシアルキル類;(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシポリプロピレングリコール等の、(メタ)アクリル酸アルコキシアルキレングリコール類。
 アルコキシシリル基含有モノマー:例えば3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン。
 ビニルエステル類:例えば、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル等。
 ビニルエーテル類:例えば、メチルビニルエーテルやエチルビニルエーテル等のビニルアルキルエーテル。
 芳香族ビニル化合物:例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン等。
 オレフィン類:例えば、エチレン、ブタジエン、イソプレン、イソブチレン等。
 脂環式炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル:例えば、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート等。
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル:例えば、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等。
 その他、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリル等の複素環含有(メタ)アクリレート、塩化ビニルやフッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリレート等のハロゲン原子含有(メタ)アクリレート、シリコーン(メタ)アクリレート等のケイ素原子含有(メタ)アクリレート、テルペン化合物誘導体アルコールから得られる(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等。
Non-limiting specific examples of the copolymerizable monomer include the following.
Carboxy group-containing monomers: For example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, carboxyethyl acrylate, carboxypentyl acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid and the like.
Acid anhydride group-containing monomer: For example, maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride.
Hydroxyl-containing monomers: For example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic. 4-Hydroxybutyl acid, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylic acid, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth) acrylic acid, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylic acid, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth) acrylic acid, (4-hydroxy) (Methylcyclohexyl) Methyl (meth) acrylate and the like (meth) hydroxyalkyl acrylate and the like.
Monomer containing a sulfonic acid group or a phosphate group: for example, styrene sulfonic acid, allyl sulfonic acid, sodium vinyl sulfonic acid, 2- (meth) acrylamide-2-methyl propane sulfonic acid, (meth) acrylamide propane sulfonic acid, sulfo. Propyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acryloyloxynaphthalene sulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl acryloyl phosphate, etc.
Epoxide group-containing monomer: For example, epoxy group-containing acrylate such as (meth) glycidyl acrylate and (meth) -2-ethyl glycidyl ether, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ether (meth) acrylate and the like.
Cyano group-containing monomer: For example, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, etc.
Isocyanate group-containing monomer: For example, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
Amid group-containing monomers: For example, (meth) acrylamide; N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dipropyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diisopropyl (meth). N, N-dialkyl (meth) acrylamide, such as acrylamide, N, N-di (n-butyl) (meth) acrylamide, N, N-di (t-butyl) (meth) acrylamide; N-ethyl (meth) N-alkyl (meth) acrylamide such as acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butyl (meth) acrylamide, Nn-butyl (meth) acrylamide; N-vinylcarboxylic acid amide such as N-vinylacetamide. Kind; Monomer having a hydroxyl group and an amide group, for example, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-hydroxypropyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (1-hydroxypropyl) (meth). Acrylamide, N- (3-hydroxypropyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-hydroxybutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-hydroxybutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (4-hydroxybutyl) ( N-hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylamide, such as meta) acrylamide; monomers with an alkoxy group and an amide group, such as N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl ( N-alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylamide such as meta) acrylamide; and N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N- (meth) acryloylmorpholin and the like.
Amino group-containing monomer: For example, aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, t-butylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
Monomers having an epoxy group: for example, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, methyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether.
Monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring: for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpiperazine, N-vinylpyrazine, N- Vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole, N- (meth) acryloyl-2-pyrrolidone, N- (meth) acryloyl piperidine, N- (meth) acryloylpyrrolidin, N-vinylmorpholin, N-vinyl-3. -Morholinone, N-vinyl-2-caprolactam, N-vinyl-1,3-oxadin-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-morpholindione, N-vinylpyrazole, N-vinylisoxazole, N-vinyl Thiasol, N-vinylisothiazole, N-vinylpyridazine and the like (eg, lactams such as N-vinyl-2-caprolactam).
Monomers having a succinimide skeleton: for example, N- (meth) acryloyloxymethylene succinimide, N- (meth) acryloyl-6-oxyhexamethylene succinimide, N- (meth) acryloyl-8-oxyhexamethylene succinimide and the like.
Maleimides: For example, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-isopropylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and the like.
Itaconimides: For example, N-methylitaconimide, N-ethylitaconimide, N-butylitaconimide, N-octylitaconimide, N-2-ethylhexylitaconimide, N-cyclohexylitaconimide, N-lauryl. Itaconimide, etc.
Aminoalkyl (meth) acrylates: For example, aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, t (meth) acrylate. -Butyl aminoethyl.
Alkoxy group-containing monomers: for example, 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, propoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate. Alkoxyalkyls (meth) acrylates such as butoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl (meth) acrylates; alkoxyalkylene glycols (meth) acrylates such as methoxyethylene glycol (meth) acrylates, methoxypolypropylene glycols (meth) acrylates, etc. Kind.
Alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers: for example 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxy Propylmethyldiethoxysilane.
Vinyl esters: For example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate and the like.
Vinyl ethers: For example, vinyl alkyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether and ethyl vinyl ether.
Aromatic vinyl compounds: For example, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene and the like.
Olefins: For example, ethylene, butadiene, isoprene, isobutylene and the like.
(Meta) acrylic acid ester having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group: For example, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate and the like. ..
(Meta) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic hydrocarbon group: For example, phenyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
In addition, heterocyclic-containing (meth) acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, halogen atom-containing (meth) acrylates such as vinyl chloride and fluorine atom-containing (meth) acrylates, and silicon atom-containing silicone (meth) acrylates. (Meta) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid ester obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohol, etc.
 このような共重合性モノマーを使用する場合、その使用量は特に限定されないが、モノマー成分全体の0.01重量%以上とすることが適当である。共重合性モノマーの使用効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、共重合性モノマーの使用量をモノマー成分全体の0.1重量%以上としてもよく、0.5重量%以上としてもよい。また、粘着特性のバランスをとりやすくする観点から、共重合性モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の50重量%以下とすることが適当であり、40重量%以下とすることが好ましい。 When such a copolymerizable monomer is used, the amount used is not particularly limited, but it is appropriate to use 0.01% by weight or more of the total monomer component. From the viewpoint of better exerting the effect of using the copolymerizable monomer, the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used may be 0.1% by weight or more of the entire monomer component, or 0.5% by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of facilitating the balance of the adhesive properties, the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used is preferably 50% by weight or less, preferably 40% by weight or less of the entire monomer component.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、水酸基含有モノマーを含み得る。水酸基含有モノマーの使用により、粘着剤の凝集力や架橋(例えば、イソシアネート架橋剤による架橋)の程度を好適に調節し、剥離強度A0を向上させ得る。水酸基含有モノマーとしては上記で例示したもの等を用いることができ、例えばアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(HEA)やアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル(4HBA)を好ましく採用し得る。水酸基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain a hydroxyl group-containing monomer. By using the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the degree of cross-linking (for example, cross-linking with an isocyanate cross-linking agent) can be suitably adjusted, and the peel strength A0 can be improved. As the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, those exemplified above can be used, and for example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) or 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) can be preferably adopted. The hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 水酸基含有モノマーを使用する場合における使用量は特に制限されず、例えばモノマー成分全体の0.01重量%以上であってよく、0.1重量%以上でもよく、0.5重量%以上でもよく、1重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上または10重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、水酸基含有モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の15重量%以上であり、は20重量%以上が適当であり、好ましくは25重量%以上であり、30重量%以上であってもよく、35重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよい。上記範囲の水酸基含有モノマーの使用によって、剥離強度と水剥離力低下率とがバランスよく両立した粘着剤層を好ましく得ることができる。また、粘着剤層の吸水性を抑制する観点から、いくつかの態様において、水酸基含有モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば50重量%以下(例えば45重量%以下)とすることが適当であり、30重量%以下としてもよく、25重量%以下としてもよく、20重量%以下としてもよく、10重量%以下としてもよく、5重量%以下としてもよい。 When a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is used, the amount used is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the entire monomer component. It may be 1% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 10% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 15% by weight or more, preferably 20% by weight or more, preferably 25% by weight or more, and 30% by weight or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components. It may be 35% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. By using the hydroxyl group-containing monomer in the above range, it is possible to preferably obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in which the peeling strength and the rate of decrease in water peeling power are well-balanced. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing the water absorption of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, it is appropriate that the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is, for example, 50% by weight or less (for example, 45% by weight or less) of the entire monomer component in some embodiments. Yes, it may be 30% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、窒素原子を有するモノマーを含み得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用により、粘着剤の凝集力を高め、光硬化後の剥離強度を好ましく向上させ得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーの一好適例として、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーが挙げられる。窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーとしては上記で例示したもの等を用いることができ、例えば、一般式(1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
で表わされるN-ビニル環状アミドを用いることができる。ここで、一般式(1)中、R1は2価の有機基であり、具体的には-(CH2-である。nは2~7(好ましくは2,3または4)の整数である。なかでも、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドンを好ましく採用し得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーの他の好適例としては、(メタ)アクリルアミドが挙げられる。
In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may include a monomer having a nitrogen atom. By using a monomer having a nitrogen atom, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be enhanced, and the peel strength after photocuring can be preferably improved. A preferred example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring. As the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, those exemplified above can be used, and for example, the general formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
The N-vinyl cyclic amide represented by is used. Here, in the general formula (1), R 1 is a divalent organic group, specifically − (CH 2 ) n −. n is an integer of 2 to 7 (preferably 2, 3 or 4). Among them, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone can be preferably adopted. Another preferred example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is (meth) acrylamide.
 窒素原子を有するモノマー(好ましくは窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)の使用量は特に制限されず、例えばモノマー成分全体の1重量%以上であってもよく、3重量%以上であってもよく、さらには5重量%以上または7重量%以上とすることができる。いくつかの態様では、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、接着力向上の観点から、モノマー成分全体の10重量%以上であってもよく、15重量%以上であってもよく、20重量%以上であってもよい。また、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、35重量%以下としてもよく、30重量%以下としてもよく、25重量%以下としてもよい。他のいくつかの態様では、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば20重量%以下としてもよく、15重量%以下としてもよい。他のいくつかの態様では、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば20重量%以下としてもよく、12重量%以下としてもよく、8重量%以下でもよく、6重量%以下でもよい。 The amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom (preferably the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1% by weight or more or 3% by weight or more of the entire monomer component. Further, it can be 5% by weight or more or 7% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used may be 10% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, or 20% by weight, based on the total amount of the monomer components, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesive strength. It may be the above. Further, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom is appropriately set to, for example, 40% by weight or less of the total monomer component, 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less. May be good. In some other embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used may be, for example, 20% by weight or less of the total monomer component, or 15% by weight or less. In some other embodiments, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used may be, for example, 20% by weight or less, 12% by weight or less, 8% by weight or less, or 6% by weight or less of the total monomer component. But it may be.
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分は、カルボキシ基含有モノマーを含む。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの好適例として、アクリル酸(AA)およびメタクリル酸(MAA)が挙げられる。AAとMAAとを併用してもよい。AAとMAAとを併用する場合、それらの重量比(AA/MAA)は特に限定されず、例えば凡そ0.1~10の範囲とすることができる。いくつかの態様において、上記重量比(AA/MAA)は、例えば凡そ0.3以上であってよく、凡そ0.5以上でもよい。また、上記重量比(AA/MAA)は、例えば凡そ4以下であってよく、凡そ3以下でもよい。 In some embodiments, the monomer component comprises a carboxy group-containing monomer. Preferable examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include acrylic acid (AA) and methacrylic acid (MAA). AA and MAA may be used in combination. When AA and MAA are used in combination, their weight ratio (AA / MAA) is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, in the range of about 0.1 to 10. In some embodiments, the weight ratio (AA / MAA) may be, for example, approximately 0.3 or more, and may be approximately 0.5 or more. Further, the weight ratio (AA / MAA) may be, for example, about 4 or less, or about 3 or less.
 カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用により、A層の表面に水等の水性液体を素早く馴染ませることができる。このことは水剥離力A1の低下に役立ち得る。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量は、例えば、モノマー成分全体の0.05重量%以上であってよく、0.1重量%以上でもよく、0.3重量%以上でもよく、0.5重量%以上でもよく、0.8重量%以上でもよい。また、上記カルボキシ基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば15重量%以下であってよく、10重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよく、4.5重量%以下でもよく、3.5重量%以下でもよく、3.0重量%以下でもよく、2.5重量%以下でもよい。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が多過ぎないことは、A層のバルクへの水の拡散を抑制し、水浸漬後剥離強度A2の低下を抑制する観点から好ましい。また、カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が多過ぎないことは、水剥離力A1の測定に使用する水がA層に吸収されて剥離途中で水が不足する事象を防止する観点からも有利となり得る。 By using a carboxy group-containing monomer, an aqueous liquid such as water can be quickly blended into the surface of the A layer. This may help reduce the water peeling force A1. The amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used may be, for example, 0.05% by weight or more of the entire monomer component, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.3% by weight or more, and 0.5% by weight or more. However, it may be 0.8% by weight or more. The ratio of the carboxy group-containing monomer may be, for example, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, and 3.5% by weight or less. However, it may be 3.0% by weight or less, or 2.5% by weight or less. It is preferable that the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used is not too large from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of water into the bulk of the A layer and suppressing the decrease in the peel strength A2 after immersion in water. Further, the fact that the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used is not too large may be advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the event that the water used for measuring the water peeling force A1 is absorbed by the A layer and the water is insufficient during the peeling. ..
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分は、アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーを含み得る。アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーは、典型的には、一分子内に少なくとも1つ(好ましくは2つ以上、例えば2つまたは3つ)のアルコキシシリル基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体であり、その具体例は上述のとおりである。上記アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーの使用により、粘着剤層(A層)にシラノール基の縮合反応(シラノール縮合)による架橋構造を導入することができる。なお、アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーは、後述するシランカップリング剤としても把握され得る。 In some embodiments, the monomer component may include an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer. The alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer is typically an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least one (preferably two or more, for example two or three) alkoxysilyl groups in one molecule. Specific examples are as described above. The above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By using the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, a crosslinked structure by a silanol group condensation reaction (silanol condensation) can be introduced into the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A). The alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer can also be grasped as a silane coupling agent described later.
 モノマー成分がアルコキシシリル基含有モノマーを含む態様において、該モノマー成分全体に占めるアルコキシシリル基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば0.005重量%以上とすることができ、0.01重量%以上とすることが適当である。また、上記アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーの割合は、被着体に対する密着性向上の観点から、例えば0.5重量%以下であってよく、0.1重量%以下でもよく、0.05重量%以下でもよい。 In the embodiment in which the monomer component contains an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer to the entire monomer component can be, for example, 0.005% by weight or more, and 0.01% by weight or more. Is appropriate. Further, the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight or less from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the adherend. But it may be.
 また、いくつかの好ましい態様に係るアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分は、ゲル化抑制の観点から、アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートの合計割合が20重量%未満に制限されている。上記アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートの合計割合は、より好ましくは10重量%未満、さらに好ましくは3重量%未満、特に好ましくは1重量%未満であり、いくつかの態様では、上記モノマー成分はアルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に含まない(含有量0~0.3重量%)。
 同様に、ここに開示されるアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分は、アルコキシ基含有モノマーを20重量%未満の割合で含むか、含まないものであり得る。上記モノマー成分に占めるアルコキシ基含有モノマーの量は、好ましくは10重量%未満、より好ましくは3重量%未満、さらに好ましくは1重量%未満であり、特に好ましい態様では、上記モノマー成分はアルコキシ基含有モノマーを実質的に含まない(含有量0~0.3重量%)。
Further, in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer according to some preferred embodiments, the total ratio of the alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylate and the alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate is limited to less than 20% by weight from the viewpoint of suppressing gelation. Has been done. The total proportion of the alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylate and the alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate is more preferably less than 10% by weight, still more preferably less than 3% by weight, particularly preferably less than 1% by weight, and some In aspects, the monomer component is substantially free of alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylates and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylates (content 0-0.3% by weight).
Similarly, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer disclosed herein may or may not contain an alkoxy group-containing monomer in a proportion of less than 20% by weight. The amount of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component is preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, still more preferably less than 1% by weight, and in a particularly preferable embodiment, the monomer component contains an alkoxy group. Substantially free of monomers (content 0-0.3% by weight).
 また、いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分は、親水性モノマーの割合が適切な範囲に設定されている。これにより、水剥離性が好ましく発揮される。ここで、本明細書における「親水性モノマー」は、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、酸無水物基含有モノマー、水酸基含有モノマー、窒素原子を有するモノマー(典型的には、(メタ)アクリルアミド等のアミド基含有モノマー、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン等の窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)およびアルコキシ基含有モノマー(典型的には、アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート)をいうものとする。この態様において、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分のうち上記親水性モノマーの割合は40重量%以下(例えば35重量%以下)が適当であり、32重量%以下であることが好ましく、例えば30重量%以下であってもよく、28重量%以下であってもよい。特に限定されるものではないが、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分のうち上記親水性モノマーの割合は1重量%以上であってもよく、10重量%以上であってもよく、20重量%以上であってもよい。 Further, in some preferred embodiments, the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is set in an appropriate range. As a result, water peelability is preferably exhibited. Here, the "hydrophilic monomer" in the present specification contains an amide group such as a carboxy group-containing monomer, an acid anhydride group-containing monomer, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, and a monomer having a nitrogen atom (typically, (meth) acrylamide). It refers to a monomer, a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone) and an alkoxy group-containing monomer (typically, an alkoxyalkyl (meth) acrylate and an alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate). do. In this embodiment, the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is preferably 40% by weight or less (for example, 35% by weight or less), preferably 32% by weight or less, and for example, 30% by weight. It may be less than or equal to 28% by weight or less. Although not particularly limited, the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer may be 1% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. There may be.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートを含み得る。これにより、粘着剤の凝集力を高め、剥離強度を向上させることができる。脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては上記で例示したもの等を用いることができ、例えばシクロヘキシルアクリレートやイソボルニルアクリレートを好ましく採用し得る。脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートを使用する場合における使用量は特に制限されず、例えばモノマー成分全体の1重量%以上、3重量%以上または5重量%以上とすることができる。いくつかの態様では、脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の10重量%以上であってもよく、15重量%以上であってもよい。脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートの使用量の上限は、凡そ40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、例えば30重量%以下であってもよく、25重量%以下(例えば15重量%以下、さらには10重量%以下)であってもよい。 In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate. This makes it possible to increase the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improve the peel strength. As the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate, those exemplified above can be used, and for example, cyclohexyl acrylate and isobornyl acrylate can be preferably adopted. When the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate is used, the amount used is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more of the entire monomer component. In some embodiments, the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate used may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, based on the total amount of the monomer components. It is appropriate that the upper limit of the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate used is approximately 40% by weight or less, for example, 30% by weight or less, and 25% by weight or less (for example, 15% by weight). % Or less, and even 10% by weight or less).
 モノマー成分の組成は、該モノマー成分の組成に基づいてFoxの式により求められるガラス転移温度(以下、「重合物のガラス転移温度」ともいう。)が-75℃以上-10℃以下となるように設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、上記重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物、典型的にはアクリル系ポリマー)のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、-20℃以下であることが適当であり、-30℃以下であることが好ましく、-40℃以下であることがより好ましく、-50℃以下であることがさらに好ましく、例えば-55℃以下であってもよい。上記重合物のTgが低くなると、A層の中間層に対する密着性や被着体に対する接着性は概して向上する傾向にある。中間層への密着性の高いA層によると、粘着剤層の剥離を意図しない局面において中間層とA層との界面への水浸入を抑制しやすい。このことは、水浸漬後剥離強度A2の向上や、水浸漬後剥離力低下率の低減の観点から有利となり得る。また、重合物のTgは、剥離強度A0を高めやすくする観点から、例えば-70℃以上であってよく、-65℃以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様では、上記Tgは、例えば-60℃以上であってよく、-50℃以上でもよく、-45℃以上または-40℃以上でもよい。 The composition of the monomer component is such that the glass transition temperature (hereinafter, also referred to as “glass transition temperature of the polymer”) determined by the Fox formula based on the composition of the monomer component is −75 ° C. or higher and −10 ° C. or lower. Can be set to. In some embodiments, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer (eg, acrylic polymers, typically acrylic polymers) is preferably −20 ° C. or lower, preferably −30 ° C. or lower. It is preferably -40 ° C or lower, more preferably -50 ° C or lower, and may be, for example, −55 ° C or lower. When the Tg of the polymer is low, the adhesion of the A layer to the intermediate layer and the adhesiveness to the adherend generally tend to be improved. According to the layer A having high adhesion to the intermediate layer, it is easy to suppress water infiltration into the interface between the intermediate layer and the layer A when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not intended to be peeled off. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water and reducing the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water. Further, the Tg of the polymer may be, for example, −70 ° C. or higher, or −65 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of facilitating the increase in the peel strength A0. In some other embodiments, the Tg may be, for example, −60 ° C. or higher, −50 ° C. or higher, −45 ° C. or higher, or −40 ° C. or higher.
 ここで、上記Foxの式とは、以下に示すように、共重合体のTgと、該共重合体を構成するモノマーのそれぞれを単独重合したホモポリマーのガラス転移温度Tgiとの関係式である。
   1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
 なお、上記Foxの式において、Tgは共重合体のガラス転移温度(単位:K)、Wiは該共重合体におけるモノマーiの重量分率(重量基準の共重合割合)、Tgiはモノマーiのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(単位:K)を表す。
Here, the Fox formula is a relational formula between the Tg of the copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of the homopolymer obtained by homopolymerizing each of the monomers constituting the copolymer, as shown below. ..
1 / Tg = Σ (Wi / Tgi)
In the above Fox formula, Tg is the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the copolymer, Wi is the weight fraction of the monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio based on the weight), and Tgi is the monomer i. Represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of the homopolymer.
 Tgの算出に使用するホモポリマーのガラス転移温度としては、公知資料に記載の値を用いるものとする。例えば、以下に挙げるモノマーについては、該モノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度として、以下の値を使用する。
  2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート  -70℃
  n-ブチルアクリレート      -55℃
  イソステアリルアクリレート    -18℃
  メチルメタクリレート       105℃
  メチルアクリレート          8℃
  シクロヘキシルアクリレート     15℃
  N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン     54℃
  2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート -15℃
  4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート -40℃
  ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート 175℃
  イソボルニルアクリレート      94℃
  アクリル酸            106℃
  メタクリル酸           228℃
As the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for calculating Tg, the value described in the publicly known material shall be used. For example, for the monomers listed below, the following values are used as the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the monomer.
2-Ethylhexyl acrylate -70 ° C
n-Butyl acrylate -55 ° C
Isostearyl acrylate -18 ° C
Methyl methacrylate 105 ° C
Methyl acrylate 8 ℃
Cyclohexyl acrylate 15 ° C
N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone 54 ° C
2-Hydroxyethyl acrylate -15 ° C
4-Hydroxybutyl acrylate -40 ° C
Dicyclopentanyl methacrylate 175 ° C
Isobornyl acrylate 94 ° C
Acrylic acid 106 ℃
Methacrylic acid 228 ° C
 上記で例示した以外のモノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度については、「Polymer Handbook」(第3版、John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989)に記載の数値を用いるものとする。本文献に複数種類の値が記載されている場合は、最も高い値を採用する。 For the glass transition temperature of homopolymers of monomers other than those exemplified above, the numerical values described in "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) shall be used. When multiple types of values are described in this document, the highest value is adopted.
 上記Polymer Handbookにもホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が記載されていないモノマーについては、以下の測定方法により得られる値を用いるものとする(日本国特許出願公開第2007-51271号公報参照)。具体的には、温度計、攪拌機、窒素導入管および還流冷却管を備えた反応器に、モノマー100重量部、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.2重量部および重合溶媒として酢酸エチル200重量部を投入し、窒素ガスを流通させながら1時間攪拌する。このようにして重合系内の酸素を除去した後、63℃に昇温し10時間反応させる。次いで、室温まで冷却し、固形分濃度33重量%のホモポリマー溶液を得る。次いで、このホモポリマー溶液を剥離ライナー上に流延塗布し、乾燥して厚さ約2mmの試験サンプル(シート状のホモポリマー)を作製する。この試験サンプルを直径7.9mmの円盤状に打ち抜き、パラレルプレートで挟み込み、粘弾性試験機(ARES、レオメトリックス社製)を用いて周波数1Hzのせん断歪みを与えながら、温度領域-70~150℃、5℃/分の昇温速度でせん断モードにより粘弾性を測定し、tanδのピークトップ温度をホモポリマーのTgとする。 For monomers for which the glass transition temperature of homopolymer is not described in the above Polymer Handbook, the values obtained by the following measurement methods shall be used (see Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271). Specifically, in a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a nitrogen introduction tube and a reflux condenser, 100 parts by weight of a monomer, 0.2 part by weight of azobisisobutyronitrile and 200 parts by weight of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent are added. Add and stir for 1 hour while circulating nitrogen gas. After removing oxygen in the polymerization system in this way, the temperature is raised to 63 ° C. and the reaction is carried out for 10 hours. Then, the mixture is cooled to room temperature to obtain a homopolymer solution having a solid content concentration of 33% by weight. Next, this homopolymer solution is cast-coated on a release liner and dried to prepare a test sample (sheet-shaped homopolymer) having a thickness of about 2 mm. This test sample was punched into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, sandwiched between parallel plates, and subjected to shear strain at a frequency of 1 Hz using a viscoelasticity tester (ARES, manufactured by Leometrics) in a temperature range of −70 to 150 ° C. The viscoelasticity is measured in a shear mode at a heating rate of 5 ° C./min, and the peak top temperature of tan δ is defined as Tg of the homopolymer.
 ここに開示される粘着剤層(A層)に含まれる重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物、典型的にはアクリル系ポリマー)は、特に限定されるものではないが、SP値が23.0(MJ/m31/2以下であることが好ましい。そのようなSP値を有する重合物を含む粘着剤は、例えば後述の水親和剤を含ませることによって、十分な接着強度を有しつつ、優れた水剥離性を有する粘着剤を好ましく実現するものとなり得る。上記SP値は、より好ましくは21.0(MJ/m31/2以下(例えば20.0(MJ/m31/2以下)である。上記SP値の下限は特に限定されず、例えば凡そ10.0(MJ/m31/2以上であり、また凡そ15.0(MJ/m31/2以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは18.0(MJ/m31/2以上である。 The polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but has an SP value of 23.0 (). MJ / m 3 ) It is preferably 1/2 or less. The pressure-sensitive adhesive containing a polymer having such an SP value preferably contains, for example, a water-affinitive agent described later, thereby preferably realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive having sufficient adhesive strength and excellent water peelability. Can be. The SP value is more preferably 21.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or less (for example, 20.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or less). The lower limit of the SP value is not particularly limited, and it is appropriate that it is, for example, about 10.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or more, and about 15.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or more. Yes, preferably 18.0 (MJ / m 3 ) 1/2 or more.
 なお、上記重合物のSP値は、Fedorsの算出法[「ポリマー・エンジニアリング・アンド・サイエンス(POLYMER ENG. & SCI.)」,第14巻,第2号(1974),第148~154ページ参照]すなわち、式:
   SP値δ=(Σ△e/Σ△v)1/2
(上式中、Δeは、25℃における各原子または原子団の蒸発エネルギー△eであり、Δvは、同温度における各原子または原子団のモル容積である。);
に従って計算することができる。上記SP値を有する重合物は、当業者の技術常識に基づき、適切にモノマー組成を決定することにより得ることができる。
For the SP value of the above-mentioned polymer, refer to the Fedors calculation method ["Polymer Engineering and Science (POLYMER ENG. &SCI.)", Vol. 14, No. 2 (1974), pp. 148-154. ] That is, the formula:
SP value δ = (Σ △ e / Σ △ v) 1/2
(In the above equation, Δe is the evaporation energy Δe of each atom or atomic group at 25 ° C., and Δv is the molar volume of each atom or atomic group at the same temperature.);
Can be calculated according to. The polymer having the above SP value can be obtained by appropriately determining the monomer composition based on the common general technical knowledge of those skilled in the art.
 粘着剤層(A層)は、上述のような組成のモノマー成分を、重合物、未重合物(すなわち、重合性官能基が未反応である形態)、あるいはこれらの混合物の形態で含む粘着剤組成物(以下「粘着剤組成物A」ともいう。)を用いて形成され得る。上記粘着剤組成物Aは、粘着剤(粘着成分)が水に分散した形態の水分散型粘着剤組成物、有機溶媒中に粘着剤を含む形態の溶剤型粘着剤組成物、紫外線や放射線等の活性エネルギー線により硬化して粘着剤を形成するように調製された活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物、加熱溶融状態で塗工され、室温付近まで冷えると粘着剤を形成するホットメルト型粘着剤組成物、等の種々の形態であり得る。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) contains a monomer component having the above-mentioned composition in the form of a polymer, a non-polymer (that is, a form in which a polymerizable functional group is unreacted), or a mixture thereof. It can be formed using a composition (hereinafter, also referred to as "adhesive composition A"). The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A is a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive (adhesive component) is dispersed in water, a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is contained in an organic solvent, ultraviolet rays, radiation, and the like. An active energy ray-curable adhesive composition prepared to be cured by the active energy rays of the above to form an adhesive, a hot melt type adhesive that is applied in a heat-melted state and forms an adhesive when cooled to near room temperature. It can be in various forms such as an agent composition.
 重合にあたっては、重合方法や重合態様等に応じて、公知または慣用の熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤を使用し得る。このような重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 In the polymerization, a known or commonly used thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator may be used depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode and the like. Such a polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 熱重合開始剤としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばアゾ系重合開始剤、過酸化物系開始剤、過酸化物と還元剤との組合せによるレドックス系開始剤、置換エタン系開始剤等を使用することができる。より具体的には、例えば2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオンアミジン)二硫酸塩、2,2’-アゾビス(2-アミジノプロパン)ジヒドロクロライド、2,2’-アゾビス[2-(5-メチル-2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]ジヒドロクロライド、2,2’-アゾビス(N,N’-ジメチレンイソブチルアミジン)、2,2’-アゾビス[N-(2-カルボキシエチル)-2-メチルプロピオンアミジン]ハイドレート等のアゾ系開始剤;例えば過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム等の過硫酸塩;ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド、過酸化水素等の過酸化物系開始剤;例えばフェニル置換エタン等の置換エタン系開始剤;例えば過硫酸塩と亜硫酸水素ナトリウムとの組合せ、過酸化物とアスコルビン酸ナトリウムとの組合せ等のレドックス系開始剤;等が例示されるが、これらに限定されない。なお、熱重合は、例えば20~100℃(典型的には40~80℃)程度の温度で好ましく実施され得る。 The thermal polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is, for example, an azo-based polymerization initiator, a peroxide-based initiator, a redox-based initiator by a combination of a peroxide and a reducing agent, and a substituted ethane-based initiator. Etc. can be used. More specifically, for example, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis (2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride. , 2,2'-azobis [2- (5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl) propane] dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis (N, N'-dimethyleneisobutyramidin), 2,2' -Azobis [N- (2-carboxyethyl) -2-methylpropionamidine] Azo-based initiators such as hydrate; persulfates such as potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate; benzoyl peroxides and t-butyl hydroperoxides. , Peroxide-based initiators such as hydrogen peroxide; for example, substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; for example, redox such as a combination of persulfate and sodium hydrogen sulfite, a combination of peroxide and sodium ascorbate, etc. System initiators; and the like are exemplified, but not limited thereto. The thermal polymerization can be preferably carried out at a temperature of, for example, about 20 to 100 ° C. (typically 40 to 80 ° C.).
 光重合開始剤としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばケタール系光重合開始剤、アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤、ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤、α-ケトール系光重合開始剤、芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤、光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤、チオキサントン系光重合開始剤等を用いることができる。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a ketal-based photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, a benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiator, an acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator, α-. Ketol-based photopolymerization initiator, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiator, photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiator, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiator, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, thioxanthone-based light A polymerization initiator or the like can be used.
 このような熱重合開始剤または光重合開始剤の使用量は、重合方法や重合態様等に応じた通常の使用量とすることができ、特に限定されない。例えば、重合対象のモノマー100重量部に対して重合開始剤凡そ0.001~5重量部(典型的には凡そ0.01~2重量部、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部)を用いることができる。 The amount of such a thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator used can be a normal amount depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc., and is not particularly limited. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight of the polymerization initiator (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) is used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer to be polymerized. Can be done.
 上記重合には、必要に応じて、従来公知の各種の連鎖移動剤(分子量調節剤あるいは重合度調節剤としても把握され得る。)を使用することができる。連鎖移動剤としては、n-ドデシルメルカプタン、t-ドデシルメルカプタン、チオグリコール酸等のメルカプタン類を用いることができる。あるいは、硫黄原子を含まない連鎖移動剤(非硫黄系連鎖移動剤)を用いてもよい。非硫黄系連鎖移動剤の具体例としては、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジエチルアニリン等のアニリン類;α-ピネン、ターピノーレン等のテルペノイド類;α-メチルスチレン、α―メチルスチレンダイマー等のスチレン類;ジベンジリデンアセトン、シンナミルアルコール、シンナミルアルデヒド等のベンジリデニル基を有する化合物;ヒドロキノン、ナフトヒドロキノン等のヒドロキノン類;ベンゾキノン、ナフトキノン等のキノン類;2,3-ジメチル-2-ブテン、1,5-シクロオクタジエン等のオレフィン類;フェノール、ベンジルアルコール、アリルアルコール等のアルコール類;ジフェニルベンゼン、トリフェニルベンゼン等のベンジル水素類;等が挙げられる。
 連鎖移動剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。連鎖移動剤を使用する場合、その使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部程度とすることができる。ここに開示される技術は、連鎖移動剤を使用しない態様でも好ましく実施され得る。
For the above polymerization, various conventionally known chain transfer agents (which can also be grasped as a molecular weight adjusting agent or a degree of polymerization adjusting agent) can be used, if necessary. As the chain transfer agent, mercaptans such as n-dodecyl mercaptan, t-dodecyl mercaptan, and thioglycolic acid can be used. Alternatively, a chain transfer agent containing no sulfur atom (non-sulfur chain transfer agent) may be used. Specific examples of the non-sulfur chain transfer agent include anilins such as N, N-dimethylaniline and N, N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as α-pinene and turpinolene; α-methylstyrene and α-methylstyrene dimer. Stylines such as; compounds having a benzidenyl group such as dibenzylidene acetone, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl aldehyde; hydroquinones such as hydroquinone and naphthohydroquinone; quinones such as benzoquinone and naphthoquinone; 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene , 1,5-Cyclooctadiene and other olefins; alcohols such as phenol, benzyl alcohol and allyl alcohol; benzyl hydrogens such as diphenylbenzene and triphenylbenzene; and the like.
The chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a chain transfer agent is used, the amount used may be, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. The techniques disclosed herein may also be preferably practiced in embodiments that do not use chain transfer agents.
 上記の各種重合法を適宜採用して得られる重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物、典型的にはアクリル系ポリマー)の分子量は特に制限されず、要求性能等に合わせて適当な範囲に設定し得る。上記重合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、凡そ10×10以上であることが適当であり、例えば凡そ15×10以上であってよく、凝集力と接着力とをバランスよく両立する観点から、30×10超であることが好ましい。いくつかの態様に係る上記重合物は、高温環境下においても良好な接着信頼性を得る観点から、好ましくは40×10以上(典型的には凡そ50×10以上、例えば凡そ55×10以上)のMwを有する。上記重合物のMwの上限は、凡そ500×10以下(例えば凡そ150×10以下)であり得る。上記Mwは凡そ75×10以下であってもよい。ここでMwとは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により得られた標準ポリスチレン換算の値をいう。GPC装置としては、例えば機種名「HLC-8320GPC」(カラム:TSKgelGMH-H(S)、東ソー社製)を使用すればよい。後述の実施例においても同様である。 The molecular weight of the polymer obtained by appropriately adopting the above-mentioned various polymerization methods (for example, an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer) is not particularly limited and can be set in an appropriate range according to the required performance and the like. .. It is appropriate that the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above-mentioned polymer is about 10 × 10 4 or more, for example, about 15 × 104 or more, and a viewpoint of achieving both cohesive force and adhesive force in a well-balanced manner. Therefore, it is preferably more than 30 × 10 4 . The above-mentioned polymer according to some embodiments is preferably 40 × 10 4 or more (typically about 50 × 10 4 or more, for example, about 55 × 10) from the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion reliability even in a high temperature environment. It has Mw of 4 or more). The upper limit of Mw of the polymer may be approximately 500 × 10 4 or less (for example, approximately 150 × 104 or less). The above Mw may be approximately 75 × 104 or less. Here, Mw means a value in terms of standard polystyrene obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). As the GPC apparatus, for example, the model name “HLC-8320GPC” (column: TSKgelGMH-H (S), manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) may be used. The same applies to the examples described later.
 いくつかの態様に係る粘着剤層は、水分散型粘着剤組成物から形成されたA層を有する。水分散型粘着剤組成物の代表例として、エマルション型粘着剤組成物が挙げられる。エマルション型粘着剤組成物は、典型的には、モノマー成分の重合物と、必要に応じて用いられる添加剤とを含有する。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to some aspects has an A layer formed from the water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. A typical example of the water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions typically contain a polymer of monomeric components and, optionally, additives.
 モノマー成分のエマルション重合は、通常、乳化剤の存在下で行われる。エマルション重合用の乳化剤としては、特に制限されず、公知のアニオン性乳化剤、ノニオン性乳化剤等を用いることができる。乳化剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Emulsion polymerization of monomer components is usually performed in the presence of an emulsifier. The emulsifier for emulsion polymerization is not particularly limited, and known anionic emulsifiers, nonionic emulsifiers and the like can be used. The emulsifier may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アニオン性乳化剤の非限定的な例としては、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸アンモニウム、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸アンモニウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。ノニオン性乳化剤の非限定的な例としては、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンブロックポリマー等が挙げられる。反応性官能基を有する乳化剤(反応性乳化剤)を用いてもよい。反応性乳化剤の例としては、上述したアニオン性乳化剤またはノニオン性乳化剤に、プロペニル基やアリルエーテル基等のラジカル重合性官能基が導入された構造のラジカル重合性乳化剤が挙げられる。 Non-limiting examples of anionic emulsifiers include sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, ammonium polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, and polyoxy. Examples thereof include sodium ethylenealkylphenyl ether sulfate and sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate. Non-limiting examples of nonionic emulsifiers include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block polymers and the like. An emulsifier having a reactive functional group (reactive emulsifier) may be used. Examples of the reactive emulsifier include a radically polymerizable emulsifier having a structure in which a radically polymerizable functional group such as a propenyl group or an allyl ether group is introduced into the above-mentioned anionic emulsifier or nonionic emulsifier.
 エマルション重合における乳化剤の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.2重量部以上であってよく、0.5重量部以上でもよく、1.0重量部以上でもよく、1.5重量部以上でもよい。また、水浸漬後剥離強度A2の向上や水浸漬後剥離力低下率の低減、あるいは粘着剤層(A層)の透明性向上の観点から、いくつかの態様において、乳化剤の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して10重量部以下とすることが適当であり、5重量部以下とすることが好ましく、3重量部以下としてもよい。なお、ここでエマルション重合に使用する乳化剤は、A層の水親和剤としても機能し得る。 The amount of the emulsifier used in the emulsion polymerization may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, or 1.0 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It may be 5 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water, reducing the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water, or improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A), the amount of the emulsifier used is determined in some embodiments. It is suitable to be 10 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the component, preferably 5 parts by weight or less, and may be 3 parts by weight or less. The emulsifier used in the emulsion polymerization here can also function as a water affinity agent for the A layer.
 エマルション重合によると、モノマー成分の重合物が水に分散したエマルション形態の重合反応液が得られる。A層の形成に用いる水分散型粘着剤組成物は、上記重合反応液を用いて好ましく製造され得る。 According to emulsion polymerization, a polymerization reaction solution in the form of an emulsion in which a polymer of a monomer component is dispersed in water can be obtained. The aqueous dispersion type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the A layer can be preferably produced by using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層は、溶剤型粘着剤組成物から形成されたA層を有し得る。溶剤型粘着剤組成物は、典型的には、モノマー成分の溶液重合物と、必要に応じて用いられる添加剤とを含有する。溶液重合に用いる溶媒(重合溶媒)は、従来公知の有機溶媒から適宜選択することができる。例えば、トルエン等の芳香族化合物類(典型的には芳香族炭化水素類);酢酸エチルや酢酸ブチル等のエステル類;ヘキサンやシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族または脂環式炭化水素類;1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化アルカン類;イソプロピルアルコール等の低級アルコール類(例えば、炭素原子数1~4の一価アルコール類);tert-ブチルメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン等のケトン類;等から選択されるいずれか1種の溶媒、または2種以上の混合溶媒を用いることができる。溶液重合によると、モノマー成分の重合物が重合溶媒に溶解した形態の重合反応液が得られる。A層の形成に用いる溶剤型粘着剤組成物は、上記重合反応液を用いて好ましく製造され得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have an A layer formed from a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymerization of the monomer components and, optionally, an additive. The solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; 1,2- Select from halogenated alkanes such as dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butylmethyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; etc. Any one solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more can be used. By solution polymerization, a polymerization reaction solution in which the polymer of the monomer component is dissolved in the polymerization solvent can be obtained. The solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the A layer can be preferably produced by using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層は、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成されたA層を有し得る。ここで、本明細書において「活性エネルギー線」とは、重合反応、架橋反応、開始剤の分解等の化学反応を引き起こし得るエネルギーをもったエネルギー線を指す。ここでいう活性エネルギー線の例には、紫外線、可視光線、赤外線のような光や、α線、β線、γ線、電子線、中性子線、X線のような放射線等が含まれる。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物の一好適例として、光硬化型粘着剤組成物が挙げられる。光硬化型の粘着剤組成物は、厚手の粘着剤層であっても容易に形成し得るという利点を有する。なかでも紫外線硬化型粘着剤組成物が好ましい。 In some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have an A layer formed from an active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Here, the "active energy ray" as used herein refers to an energy ray having energy that can cause a chemical reaction such as a polymerization reaction, a cross-linking reaction, or decomposition of an initiator. Examples of active energy rays referred to here include light such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays and infrared rays, and radiation such as α rays, β rays, γ rays, electron beams, neutron rays and X-rays. A photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is mentioned as a preferable example of the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition has an advantage that even a thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be easily formed. Of these, an ultraviolet curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferable.
 光硬化型粘着剤組成物は、典型的には、該組成物のモノマー成分のうち少なくとも一部(モノマーの種類の一部であってもよく、分量の一部であってもよい。)を重合物の形態で含む。上記重合物を形成する際の重合方法は特に限定されず、従来公知の各種重合方法を適宜採用することができる。例えば、溶液重合、エマルション重合、塊状重合等の熱重合(典型的には、熱重合開始剤の存在下で行われる。);紫外線等の光を照射して行う光重合(典型的には、光重合開始剤の存在下で行われる。);β線、γ線等の放射線を照射して行う放射線重合;等を適宜採用することができる。なかでも光重合が好ましい。 The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains at least a portion of the monomer component of the composition (which may be part of the type of monomer or part of the amount). Included in the form of a polymer. The polymerization method for forming the above-mentioned polymer is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods can be appropriately adopted. For example, thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization (typically performed in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator); photopolymerization performed by irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays (typically). Radiation polymerization performed by irradiating radiation such as β-rays and γ-rays; which is performed in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator; and the like can be appropriately adopted. Of these, photopolymerization is preferable.
 いくつかの好ましい態様に係る光硬化型粘着剤組成物は、モノマー成分の部分重合物を含む。このような部分重合物は、典型的にはモノマー成分に由来する重合物と未反応のモノマーとの混合物であって、好ましくはシロップ状(粘性のある液状)を呈する。以下、かかる性状の部分重合物を「モノマーシロップ」または単に「シロップ」ということがある。モノマー成分を部分重合させる際の重合方法は特に制限されず、上述のような各種重合方法を適宜選択して用いることができる。効率や簡便性の観点から、光重合法を好ましく採用し得る。光重合によると、光の照射量(光量)等の重合条件によって、モノマー成分の重合転化率(モノマーコンバーション)を容易に制御することができる。 The photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to some preferred embodiments contains a partial polymer of monomer components. Such a partial polymer is typically a mixture of a polymer derived from a monomer component and an unreacted monomer, and preferably exhibits a syrup-like (viscous liquid) form. Hereinafter, the partial polymer having such properties may be referred to as "monomer syrup" or simply "syrup". The polymerization method for partially polymerizing the monomer component is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected and used. From the viewpoint of efficiency and convenience, the photopolymerization method can be preferably adopted. According to photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate (monomer conversion) of the monomer component can be easily controlled by the polymerization conditions such as the irradiation amount of light (light amount).
 上記部分重合物におけるモノマー混合物の重合転化率は、特に限定されない。上記重合転化率は、例えば凡そ70重量%以下とすることができ、凡そ60重量%以下とすることが好ましい。上記部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や塗工性等の観点から、上記重合転化率は、凡そ50重量%以下が適当であり、凡そ40重量%以下(例えば凡そ35重量%以下)が好ましい。重合転化率の下限は特に制限されないが、典型的には凡そ1重量%以上であり、凡そ5重量%以上とすることが適当である。 The polymerization conversion rate of the monomer mixture in the above partial polymer is not particularly limited. The polymerization conversion rate can be, for example, about 70% by weight or less, and preferably about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation and coatability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the partial polymer, the polymerization conversion rate is preferably about 50% by weight or less, and is about 40% by weight or less (for example, about 35% by weight). The following) is preferable. The lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, but is typically about 1% by weight or more, and it is appropriate to make it about 5% by weight or more.
 モノマー成分の部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物は、例えば、該粘着剤組成物の調製に用いられるモノマー成分の全量を含むモノマー混合物を適当な重合方法(例えば光重合法)により部分重合させることにより得ることができる。また、モノマー成分の部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物は、該粘着剤組成物の調製に用いられるモノマー成分のうちの一部を含むモノマー混合物の部分重合物または完全重合物と、残りのモノマー成分またはその部分重合物との混合物であってもよい。なお、本明細書において「完全重合物」とは、重合転化率が95重量%超であることをいう。 For the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partial polymer of the monomer component, for example, a monomer mixture containing the entire amount of the monomer component used for preparing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is partially polymerized by an appropriate polymerization method (for example, a photopolymerization method). Can be obtained by Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partial polymer of the monomer component is a partial polymer or a complete polymer of a monomer mixture containing a part of the monomer components used in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the remaining monomer. It may be a mixture with a component or a partial polymer thereof. In the present specification, the term "complete polymer" means that the polymerization conversion rate is more than 95% by weight.
 上記部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物には、必要に応じて用いられる他の成分(例えば、光重合開始剤、多官能モノマー、架橋剤、水親和剤等)が配合され得る。そのような他の成分を配合する方法は特に限定されず、例えば上記モノマー混合物にあらかじめ含有させてもよく、上記部分重合物に添加してもよい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the partial polymer may contain other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a polyfunctional monomer, a cross-linking agent, a water-affinitive agent, etc.) used as necessary. The method of blending such other components is not particularly limited, and may be contained in the monomer mixture in advance or added to the partial polymer, for example.
 (水親和剤)
 ここに開示される技術における粘着剤層(A層)に用いられ得る粘着剤組成物Aには、所望により、水親和剤を含有させることができる。粘着剤層(A層)に水親和剤を含有させることにより、水等の水性液体を利用して剥離力を効果的に低下させることができる。その理由は、特に限定解釈されるものではないが、一般に水親和剤は親水性領域を有することにより粘着剤層(A層)の表面に偏在しやすく、それによって該粘着剤層(A層)表面の水親和性を効率よく高める作用が発揮され、該粘着剤層(A層)が水と接触したときに剥離力を効果的に低下させるものと考えられる。
(Water affinity)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A that can be used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) in the technique disclosed herein may contain a water-affinitive agent, if desired. By containing a water-affinitive agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A), it is possible to effectively reduce the peeling force by utilizing an aqueous liquid such as water. The reason is not particularly limited, but in general, the water-affinity agent tends to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) due to having a hydrophilic region, whereby the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) is easily distributed. It is considered that the action of efficiently increasing the water affinity of the surface is exhibited, and the peeling force is effectively reduced when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) comes into contact with water.
 水親和剤としては、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性等の点から、常温(約25℃)において液状であるものが好ましく用いられ得る。水親和剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 As the water-affinitive agent, one that is liquid at room temperature (about 25 ° C.) can be preferably used from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The water affinity agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 いくつかの態様において、水親和剤としては、界面活性剤およびポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の化合物Aを用いることができる。界面活性剤およびポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物としては、公知の界面活性剤、ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物の1種または2種以上を特に制限なく用いることができる。なお、上記界面活性剤のなかには、ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物が存在し、逆もまた然りであることは言うまでもない。 In some embodiments, as the water affinity agent, at least one compound A selected from a surfactant and a compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used. As the surfactant and the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, one or more of known surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used without particular limitation. Needless to say, among the above-mentioned surfactants, there are compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, and vice versa.
 化合物Aとして用いられ得る界面活性剤としては、公知の非イオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤等を用いることができる。なかでも、非イオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。界面活性剤は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 As the surfactant that can be used as the compound A, known nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants and the like can be used. Of these, nonionic surfactants are preferable. The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 非イオン性界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンセチルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル;ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル;ソルビタンモノラウレート、ソルビタンモノパルミテート、ソルビタンモノステアレート、ソルビタンモノオレエート等のソルビタン脂肪酸エステル;ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノラウレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノパルミテート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノステアレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタントリステアレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタントリイソステアレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノオレエート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタントリオレエート等のポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル;ポリオキシエチレングリセリルエーテル脂肪酸エステル;ポリオキシエレン-ポリオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー;等が挙げられる。これらの非イオン性界面活性剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of nonionic surfactants are polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, poly. Polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers such as oxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; sorbitan fatty acid esters such as sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan monooleate; polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene Polyoxyethylene sorbitan such as sorbitan monopalmitate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan triisostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate. Examples thereof include fatty acid esters; polyoxyethylene glyceryl ether fatty acid esters; polyoxyelene-polyoxypropylene block copolymers; and the like. These nonionic surfactants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アニオン性界面活性剤の例としては、ノニルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸塩(例えばドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム)等の、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩;ラウリル硫酸塩(例えばラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸アンモニウム)、オクタデシル硫酸塩等のアルキル硫酸塩;脂肪酸塩;ポリオキシエチレンオクタデシルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸塩等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルフェニルエーテル硫酸塩等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸塩(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸アンモニウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム等)、ポリオキシエチレンスチレン化フェニルエーテル硫酸塩等の、ポリエーテル硫酸塩;ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテルリン酸エステル等の、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル;上記ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルのナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル塩;ラウリルスルホコハク酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルスルホコハク酸塩(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム)等の、スルホコハク酸塩;ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル酢酸塩;等が挙げられる。アニオン性界面活性剤が塩を形成している場合、該塩は、例えばナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩等の金属塩(好ましくは一価金属の塩)、アンモニウム塩、アミン塩等であり得る。アニオン性界面活性剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of anionic surfactants are alkylbenzene sulphates such as nonylbenzene sulfonate, dodecylbenzene sulfonate (eg sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate); lauryl sulphate (eg sodium lauryl sulphate, ammonium lauryl sulphate),. Alkyl sulfate such as octadecyl sulfate; fatty acid salt; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate such as polyoxyethylene octadecyl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate (for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate), polyoxy Polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates such as ethylene lauryl phenyl ether sulfate (eg, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfates, etc.), polyoxyethylene styrenated phenyl ether sulfates, etc. Polyether sulfate; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate such as polyoxyethylene stearyl ether phosphate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether phosphate, etc .; sodium salt, potassium salt, etc. of the above polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate, etc. Polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate ester salt; lauryl sulfosuccinate, polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfosuccinate (eg, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate), sulfosuccinate; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether acetate; etc. Can be mentioned. When the anionic surfactant forms a salt, the salt may be, for example, a metal salt such as a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a calcium salt or a magnesium salt (preferably a monovalent metal salt), an ammonium salt, an amine salt or the like. Can be. The anionic surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 いくつかの態様において、例えば、-POH基、-COH基および-SOH基の少なくとも一つを有するアニオン性界面活性剤を好ましく使用し得る。なかでも-POH基を有する界面活性剤が好ましい。このような界面活性剤は、典型的にはリン酸エステル構造を含んでおり、例えばリン酸のモノエステル(ROP(=O)(OH);ここでRは1価の有機基)、ジエステル((RO)P(=O)OH;ここでRは、同一のまたは異なる1価の有機基)、モノエステルおよびジエステルの両方を含む混合物等であり得る。-POH基を有する界面活性剤の好適例として、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルが挙げられる。ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルにおけるアルキル基の炭素原子数は、例えば6~20であってよく、8~20でもよく、10~20でもよく、12~20でもよく、14~20でもよい。 In some embodiments, for example, anionic surfactants having at least one of a -POH group, a -COH group and a -SOH group may be preferably used. Of these, a surfactant having a —POH group is preferable. Such surfactants typically contain a phosphoric acid ester structure, such as a monoester of phosphoric acid (ROP (= O) (OH) 2 ; where R is a monovalent organic group), a diester. ((RO) 2 P (= O) OH; where R is the same or different monovalent organic group), a mixture containing both monoesters and diesters, and the like. A suitable example of a surfactant having a -POH group is a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphoric acid ester may be, for example, 6 to 20, 8 to 20, 10 to 20, 12 to 20, or 14 to 20.
 カチオン性界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルアミン、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルアミン等のポリエーテルアミンが挙げられる。カチオン性界面活性剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of the cationic surfactant include polyether amines such as polyoxyethylene laurylamine and polyoxyethylene stearylamine. The cationic surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 化合物Aとして用いられ得るポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコール(PEG)、ポリプロピレングリコール(PPG)等のポリアルキレングリコール;ポリオキシエチレン単位を含むポリエーテル、ポリオキシプロピレン単位を含むポリエーテル、オキシエチレン単位とオキシプロピレン単位とを含む化合物(これら単位の配列は、ランダムであってもよく、ブロック状であってもよい。);これらの誘導体;等を用いることができる。また、上述の界面活性剤のうちポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物を用いることもできる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。なかでも、ポリオキシエチレン骨格(ポリオキシエチレンセグメントともいう。)を含む化合物を用いることが好ましく、PEGがより好ましい。 Examples of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton that can be used as compound A include polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polypropylene glycol (PPG); polyethers containing polyoxyethylene units, and polyoxypropylene units. Polyethers, compounds containing oxyethylene units and oxypropylene units (the sequence of these units may be random or block-like); derivatives thereof; etc. can be used. Further, among the above-mentioned surfactants, compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can also be used. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, it is preferable to use a compound containing a polyoxyethylene skeleton (also referred to as a polyoxyethylene segment), and PEG is more preferable.
 ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物(例えばポリエチレングリコール)の分子量(化学式量)は特に限定されず、例えば1000未満であることが適当であり、粘着剤組成物調製性の点から、凡そ600以下(例えば500以下)であることが好ましい。ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物(例えばポリエチレングリコール)の分子量の下限は特に限定されず、分子量が凡そ100以上(例えば凡そ200以上、さらには凡そ300以上)のものが好ましく用いられる。 The molecular weight (chemical formula amount) of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton (for example, polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, and it is appropriate that the compound has a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, for example, less than 1000, and is about 600 or less (for example, from the viewpoint of adhesive composition preparability). 500 or less) is preferable. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton (for example, polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, and a compound having a molecular weight of about 100 or more (for example, about 200 or more, further about 300 or more) is preferably used.
 水親和剤の他の例として、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリアクリル酸等の水溶性ポリマーが挙げられる。水溶性ポリマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。ここに開示される技術において、水親和剤としては、化合物Aの1種または2種以上を用いてもよく、水溶性ポリマーの1種または2種以上を用いてもよく、これらを組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Other examples of water-affinitive agents include water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyacrylic acid. The water-soluble polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the technique disclosed herein, as the water affinity agent, one kind or two or more kinds of compound A may be used, or one kind or two or more kinds of water-soluble polymers may be used, and these may be used in combination. You may.
 水親和剤のHLBは特に限定されず、例えば3以上であり、凡そ6以上が適当であり、8以上(例えば9以上)であり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様では、水親和剤のHLBは10以上である。これによって、水剥離性が好ましく発現する傾向がある。上記HLBは、より好ましくは11以上、さらに好ましくは12以上、特に好ましくは13以上(例えば14以上)である。上記範囲のHLBを有する水親和剤(典型的には界面活性剤)をA層に含ませることで、水剥離性をより効果的に発現させ得る。上記HLBの上限は20以下であり、例えば18以下であってもよく、16以下でもよく、15以下でもよい。 The HLB of the water-affinitive agent is not particularly limited, for example, 3 or more, about 6 or more is appropriate, and 8 or more (for example, 9 or more) can be used. In some preferred embodiments, the water affinity has an HLB of 10 or greater. As a result, water peelability tends to be preferably exhibited. The HLB is more preferably 11 or more, still more preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 13 or more (for example, 14 or more). By including a water affinity agent (typically a surfactant) having an HLB in the above range in the A layer, water exfoliation property can be exhibited more effectively. The upper limit of the HLB is 20 or less, for example, 18 or less, 16 or less, or 15 or less.
 なお、本明細書におけるHLBは、GriffinによるHydrophile-Lipophile Balanceであり、界面活性剤の水や油への親和性の程度を表す値であり、親水性と親油性の比を0~20の間の数値で表したものである。HLBの定義は、W.C.Griffin:J.Soc.Cosmetic Chemists,1,311(1949)や、高橋越民、難波義郎、小池基生、小林正雄共著、「界面活性剤ハンドブック」、第3版、工学図書社出版、昭和47年11月25日、p179~182等に記載されるとおりである。上記HLBを有する水親和剤は、上記参考文献を必要に応じて参酌するなどして、当業者の技術常識に基づき、選定することができる。 The HLB in the present specification is Hydrophilic-Lipophile Balance by Griffin, which is a value indicating the degree of affinity of the surfactant with water or oil, and the ratio of hydrophilicity to lipophilicity is between 0 and 20. It is expressed by the numerical value of. The definition of HLB is W. C. Griffin: J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists, 1,311 (1949), Koshimin Takahashi, Yoshiro Namba, Motoo Koike, Masao Kobayashi, "Surfactant Handbook", 3rd edition, published by Engineering Books, November 25, 1972, p179- As described in 182 and the like. The water-affinitive agent having the HLB can be selected based on the common general knowledge of those skilled in the art by referring to the above-mentioned references as necessary.
 このような水親和剤は、遊離の形態でA層に含まれていることが好ましい。水親和剤としては、粘着剤組成物調製性の点から、常温(約25℃)において液状であるものが好ましく用いられる。 It is preferable that such a water-affinitive agent is contained in the A layer in a free form. As the water-affinitive agent, one that is liquid at room temperature (about 25 ° C.) is preferably used from the viewpoint of the adhesive composition preparability.
 水親和剤を含むA層は、典型的には、水親和剤を含む粘着剤組成物Aから形成される。上記粘着剤組成物Aは、上述した水分散型粘着剤組成物、溶剤型粘着剤組成物、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物、ホットメルト型粘着剤組成物等のいずれでもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水親和剤を含むA層は、光硬化型または溶剤型の粘着剤組成物Aから形成された粘着剤層であり得る。このようなA層において、水親和剤の添加効果が好ましく発揮され得る。A層は、光硬化性を有していてもよい。 The layer A containing the water-affinitive agent is typically formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing the water-affinitive agent. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A may be any of the above-mentioned water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, hot-melt type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the like. In some preferred embodiments, the A layer containing the water affinity agent may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable or solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. In such a layer A, the effect of adding a water affinity agent can be preferably exhibited. The A layer may have photocurability.
 A層における水親和剤の含有量は、特に限定されず、該水親和剤の使用効果が適切に発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、水親和剤の含有量は、A層に含まれる重合物(例えば、アクリル系重合物)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部あたり、例えば0.001重量部以上とすることができ、0.01重量部以上とすることが適当であり、0.03重量部以上でもよく、0.07重量部以上でもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水親和剤の含有量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.2重量部以上であってよく、より高い効果を得る観点から0.5重量部以上でもよく、1.0重量部以上でもよく、1.5重量部以上でもよい。また、A層のバルクへの過度の水拡散を抑制する観点から、いくつかの態様において、水親和剤の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば20重量部以下であってよく、10重量部以下とすることが適当であり、5重量部以下とすることが好ましく、3重量部以下としてもよい。水親和剤の含有量が多過ぎないことは、水浸漬後剥離強度A2の向上や水浸漬後剥離力低下率の低減、あるいは粘着剤層(A層)の透明性向上の観点からも好ましい。例えば、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分100重量部に対する水親和剤の含有量は、2重量部未満でもよく、1重量部未満でもよく、0.7重量部未満でもよく、0.3重量部未満でもよく、0.2重量部未満でもよい。HLBが10以上である水親和剤は、少量の使用によっても良好な水剥離性を発揮する傾向がある。 The content of the water affinity agent in the A layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that the effect of using the water affinity agent is appropriately exhibited. In some embodiments, the content of the water affinity agent may be, for example, 0.001 part by weight or more per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) contained in the layer A. It is suitable that the content is 0.01 parts by weight or more, 0.03 parts by weight or more, 0.07 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the content of the water affinity may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component, and 0.5 parts by weight or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect. It may be 1.0 part by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive water diffusion of the A layer into the bulk, in some embodiments, the amount of the water affinity agent used may be, for example, 20 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It is suitable to be 10 parts by weight or less, preferably 5 parts by weight or less, and may be 3 parts by weight or less. It is preferable that the content of the water-affinitive agent is not too large from the viewpoint of improving the peel strength A2 after immersion in water, reducing the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water, or improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A). For example, in some embodiments, the content of the water affinity with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be less than 2 parts by weight, less than 1 part by weight, less than 0.7 parts by weight, or 0.3 parts by weight. It may be less than 0.2 parts by weight. A water affinity having an HLB of 10 or more tends to exhibit good water exfoliation properties even when used in a small amount.
 (多官能モノマー)
 粘着剤組成物A(ひいては粘着剤層(A層))には、必要に応じて多官能モノマーが用いられ得る。多官能モノマーは、凝集力の調整等の目的のために役立ち得る。多官能モノマーは、粘着剤層形成時や、被着体への貼付け後に光(例えば紫外線)照射等により上記エチレン性不飽和基を反応させることで、適度な柔軟性を有する架橋構造を形成し得る。したがって、本明細書において「多官能モノマー」は、架橋剤と言い換えることができるものとする。例えば、光硬化型の粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層において、多官能モノマーが好ましく用いられ得る。多官能モノマーとしては、2個以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物が用いられ得る。多官能モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Polyfunctional monomer)
A polyfunctional monomer can be used for the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (and thus the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A)), if necessary. The polyfunctional monomer may serve for purposes such as adjusting cohesive force. The polyfunctional monomer forms a crosslinked structure having appropriate flexibility by reacting the ethylenically unsaturated group with light (for example, ultraviolet rays) irradiation at the time of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or after being attached to the adherend. obtain. Therefore, in the present specification, the "polyfunctional monomer" can be paraphrased as a cross-linking agent. For example, a polyfunctional monomer may be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. As the polyfunctional monomer, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups can be used. The polyfunctional monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 多官能モノマーが有するエチレン性不飽和基の例には、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基およびアリル基が含まれるが、これらに限定されない。光反応性の観点から好ましいエチレン性不飽和基として、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基が挙げられる。なかでもアクリロイル基が好ましい。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group contained in the polyfunctional monomer include, but are not limited to, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group and an allylic group. Preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups from the viewpoint of photoreactivity include acryloyl group and methacryloyl group. Of these, the acryloyl group is preferable.
 多官能モノマーとしては、分子内に2~10個のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物が好ましく、分子内に2~8個のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物がより好ましく、分子内に2~6個のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物がさらに好ましい。いくつかの態様において、多官能モノマーとして、分子内に4個以下(具体的には2~4個、例えば2個または3個、好適には2個)のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を用いることができる。そのようなエチレン性不飽和基の数が制限された多官能モノマーを用いることにより、伸長性と強度とを両立した粘着剤層が得られやすい。 As the polyfunctional monomer, a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is preferable, a compound having 2 to 8 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is more preferable, and 2 to 2 to 8 in the molecule. Compounds with 6 ethylenically unsaturated groups are even more preferred. In some embodiments, the polyfunctional monomer comprises a compound having no more than 4 (specifically 2-4, eg, 2 or 3, preferably 2) ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule. Can be used. By using a polyfunctional monomer in which the number of such ethylenically unsaturated groups is limited, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having both extensibility and strength.
 多官能モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,12-ドデカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジビニルベンゼン、エポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート、ブチルジオール(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシルジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。なかでも、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが好適であり、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレートがより好ましい。 Examples of the polyfunctional monomer include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and penta. Elythritol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol Di (meth) acrylate, trimethylol propanetri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylol methanetri (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, vinyl (meth) acrylate, divinyl benzene, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butyl diol Examples thereof include (meth) acrylate and hexyldiol di (meth) acrylate. Of these, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable, and 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate is more preferable.
 多官能モノマーの使用量は、その分子量や官能基数等により異なるが、例えば、粘着剤層(A層)に含まれる重合物を形成するモノマー成分(典型的には、アクリル系重合物または当該重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して0.01重量部~3.0重量部程度の範囲とすることが適当である。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの使用量は、例えば0.02重量部以上であってもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよく、0.5重量部以上、1.0重量部以上または2.0重量部以上でもよい。多官能モノマーの使用量の増大により、より高い凝集力が得られる傾向にある。一方、過度な凝集力向上により粘着剤層と隣接する層との接着性が低下することを避ける観点から、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの使用量は、例えば10重量部以下であってよく、5.0重量部以下でもよく、3.0重量部以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの使用量は、例えば1.0重量部以下とすることが適当であり、好ましくは0.5重量部以下、より好ましくは0.3重量部以下であり、0.2重量部以下であってもよい。 The amount of the polyfunctional monomer used varies depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc., but for example, a monomer component (typically, an acrylic polymer or the polymerization) that forms a polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer). It is appropriate that the range is about 0.01 parts by weight to 3.0 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight (monomer component of the product). In some embodiments, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.02 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, and the like. It may be 1.0 part by weight or more or 2.0 parts by weight or more. As the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used increases, a higher cohesive force tends to be obtained. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of avoiding deterioration of the adhesiveness between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the adjacent layer due to excessive improvement in cohesive force, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, 10 parts by weight or less. It may be 5.0 parts by weight or less, or 3.0 parts by weight or less. In some embodiments, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably, for example, 1.0 part by weight or less, preferably 0.5 part by weight or less, and more preferably 0. It is 3 parts by weight or less, and may be 0.2 parts by weight or less.
 (架橋剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤組成物Aには、主に粘着剤層(A層)内での架橋または粘着剤層とその隣接面との架橋を目的として、必要に応じて架橋剤を含有させることができる。架橋剤は、典型的には架橋反応後の形態で粘着剤層(A層)に含まれている。架橋剤を含む粘着剤組成物Aから形成された粘着剤層(A層)は、典型的には、架橋剤によって架橋された重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物)を含む。例えば、粘着剤層(A層)は、架橋剤によって架橋されたアクリル系ポリマーを含む粘着剤層(A層)であり得る。架橋剤の使用により、粘着剤層(A層)の凝集力を適切に調節することができる。
(Crosslinking agent)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A disclosed herein contains a cross-linking agent, if necessary, mainly for the purpose of cross-linking in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) or cross-linking between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and its adjacent surface. be able to. The cross-linking agent is typically contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) in the form after the cross-linking reaction. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing a cross-linking agent typically contains a polymer cross-linked by the cross-linking agent (for example, an acrylic polymer). For example, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) containing an acrylic polymer crosslinked by a cross-linking agent. By using a cross-linking agent, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can be appropriately adjusted.
 架橋剤の種類は特に制限されず、従来公知の架橋剤のなかから、例えば粘着剤組成物の組成に応じて、該架橋剤が粘着剤層内で適切な架橋機能を発揮するように選択することができる。用いられ得る架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、カルボジイミド系架橋剤、メラミン系架橋剤、尿素系架橋剤、金属アルコキシド系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤、金属塩系架橋剤、ヒドラジン系架橋剤、アミン系架橋剤等を例示することができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。水分散型粘着剤組成物においては、水に溶解または分散可能な架橋剤の使用が好ましい。 The type of the cross-linking agent is not particularly limited, and is selected from the conventionally known cross-linking agents so that the cross-linking agent exhibits an appropriate cross-linking function in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, for example, depending on the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. be able to. Examples of the cross-linking agent that can be used include an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, an aziridine-based cross-linking agent, a carbodiimide-based cross-linking agent, a melamine-based cross-linking agent, a urea-based cross-linking agent, a metal alkoxide-based cross-linking agent, and a metal. Examples thereof include a chelate-based cross-linking agent, a metal salt-based cross-linking agent, a hydrazine-based cross-linking agent, and an amine-based cross-linking agent. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to use a cross-linking agent that can be dissolved or dispersed in water.
 架橋剤の含有量(2種以上の架橋剤を含む場合にはそれらの合計量)は特に限定されない。接着力や凝集力等の粘着特性をバランスよく発揮する粘着剤を実現する観点から、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着剤層(A層)に含まれる重合物を形成するモノマー成分(例えば、アクリル系重合物または当該重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して、凡そ5重量部以下とすることが適当であり、凡そ0.001~5重量部とすることが好ましく、凡そ0.001~4重量部とすることがより好ましく、凡そ0.001~3重量部とすることがさらに好ましい。あるいは、上述のような架橋剤を含まない粘着剤組成物Aであってもよい。ここに開示される粘着剤組成物Aとして光硬化型粘着剤組成物を用いる場合には、当該粘着剤組成物は、イソシアネート系架橋剤等の架橋剤を実質的に含まないものであり得る。ここで粘着剤組成物が架橋剤(典型的にはイソシアネート系架橋剤)を実質的に含まないとは、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の量が0.05重量部未満(例えば0.01重量部未満)であることをいう。 The content of the cross-linking agent (when two or more kinds of cross-linking agents are contained, the total amount thereof) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that exhibits a well-balanced adhesive property such as adhesive force and cohesive force, the content of the cross-linking agent is a monomer component (for example, acrylic) that forms a polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer). It is appropriate that the amount is about 5 parts by weight or less, preferably about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight, and about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the system polymer or the monomer component of the polymer. It is more preferably 4 parts by weight, and further preferably about 0.001 to 3 parts by weight. Alternatively, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing no cross-linking agent as described above may be used. When a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A disclosed herein, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be substantially free of a cross-linking agent such as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent. Here, the fact that the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition does not substantially contain a cross-linking agent (typically an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent) means that the amount of the cross-linking agent with respect to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer component is less than 0.05 parts by weight (for example, 0. It means that it is less than 01 parts by weight).
 架橋反応をより効果的に進行させるために、架橋触媒を用いてもよい。架橋触媒としては、テトラ-n-ブチルチタネート、テトライソプロピルチタネート、ナーセム第二鉄、ブチルスズオキシド、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等の金属系架橋触媒等が例示される。なかでも、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等のスズ系架橋触媒が好ましい。架橋触媒の使用量は特に制限されない。架橋触媒の使用量は、粘着剤組成物Aに含まれるモノマー成分(例えばアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.0001重量部以上、凡そ0.001重量部以上、凡そ0.005重量以上等とすることができ、また、凡そ1重量部以下、凡そ0.1重量部以下、凡そ0.05重量部以下等とすることができる。 A cross-linking catalyst may be used to allow the cross-linking reaction to proceed more effectively. Examples of the cross-linking catalyst include metal-based cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, ferric nasem, butyl tin oxide, and dioctyl tin dilaurate. Of these, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferable. The amount of the cross-linking catalyst used is not particularly limited. The amount of the cross-linking catalyst used is, for example, about 0.0001 parts by weight or more and about 0.001 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A. , About 0.005 parts by weight or more, about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, about 0.05 parts by weight or less, and the like.
 粘着剤層(A層)の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物Aには、所望により、架橋遅延剤として、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を含有させることができる。例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤を含む粘着剤組成物Aまたはイソシアネート系架橋剤を配合して使用され得る粘着剤組成物Aにおいて、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を好ましく使用し得る。これにより、粘着剤組成物のポットライフを延長する効果が発揮され得る。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物の使用量は、粘着剤層(A層)中の重合物を形成するモノマー成分(例えば、アクリル系重合物または当該重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して、例えば0.1重量部以上20重量部以下であってよく、0.5重量部以上15重量部以下とすることが適当であり、例えば1重量部以上10重量部以下とすることができ、1重量部以上5重量部以下としてもよい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can optionally contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization as a cross-linking retarder. For example, in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent or the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A that can be used by blending an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, a compound that causes keto-enol telecommunication can be preferably used. Thereby, the effect of extending the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be exhibited. The compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the compound that causes keto-enol remutability is 100 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the acrylic polymer or the monomer component of the polymer) forming the polymer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer). For example, it may be 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, 0.5 parts by weight or more and 15 parts by weight or less is appropriate, and for example, 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less can be used. It may be 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.
 (アクリル系オリゴマー)
 ここに開示される粘着剤層(A層)には、凝集力の向上や、中間層との密着性向上や被着体との接着性向上等の観点から、アクリル系オリゴマーを含有させることができる。アクリル系オリゴマーを含む粘着剤層(A層)は、該アクリル系オリゴマーを含む粘着剤組成物Aを用いて形成することができる。アクリル系オリゴマーとしては、上述したアクリル系重合物(例えばアクリル系ポリマー)のTgに対して、より高いTgを有するものを好ましく採用し得る。
(Acrylic oligomer)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed herein may contain an acrylic oligomer from the viewpoint of improving cohesive force, improving adhesion to an intermediate layer, and improving adhesion to an adherend. can. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) containing the acrylic oligomer can be formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A containing the acrylic oligomer. As the acrylic oligomer, those having a higher Tg than the Tg of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) can be preferably adopted.
 上記アクリル系オリゴマーのTgは特に限定されず、例えば約20℃以上300℃以下であり得る。上記Tgは、例えば約30℃以上であってよく、約40℃以上でもよく、約60℃以上でもよく、約80℃以上または約100℃以上でもよい。アクリル系オリゴマーのTgが高くなると、凝集力を向上させる効果は概して高くなる傾向にある。また、中間層への投錨性や衝撃吸収性等の観点から、アクリル系オリゴマーのTgは、例えば約250℃以下であってよく、約200℃以下でもよく、約180℃以下または約150℃以下でもよい。なお、アクリル系オリゴマーのTgは、上述のアクリル系重合物のTgと同じく、Foxの式に基づいて計算される値である。 The Tg of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 20 ° C. or higher and 300 ° C. or lower. The Tg may be, for example, about 30 ° C. or higher, about 40 ° C. or higher, about 60 ° C. or higher, about 80 ° C. or higher, or about 100 ° C. or higher. As the Tg of the acrylic oligomer increases, the effect of improving the cohesive force tends to increase in general. Further, from the viewpoint of anchoring property to the intermediate layer, shock absorption, etc., the Tg of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, about 250 ° C. or lower, about 200 ° C. or lower, about 180 ° C. or lower, or about 150 ° C. or lower. But it may be. The Tg of the acrylic oligomer is a value calculated based on the Fox formula, like the Tg of the acrylic polymer described above.
 アクリル系オリゴマーのMwは、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ1000以上であってよく、凡そ1500以上であることが適当であり、凡そ2000以上でもよく、凡そ3000以上でもよい。また、アクリル系オリゴマーのMwは、例えば凡そ30000未満であってよく、凡そ10000未満であることが適当であり、凡そ7000未満でもよく、凡そ5000未満でもよい。Mwが上記範囲内にあると、粘着剤層(A層)の凝集性や、接着性向上効果が好適に発揮されやすい。アクリル系オリゴマーのMwは、GPCにより測定し、標準ポリスチレン換算の値として求めることができる。具体的には、例えば、東ソー社製のHPLC8020に、カラムとしてTSKgelGMH-H(20)×2本を用いて、テトラヒドロフラン溶媒で流速約0.5mL/分の条件にて測定することができる。 The Mw of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 1000 or more, appropriately about 1500 or more, about 2000 or more, or about 3000 or more. Further, the Mw of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, about 30,000 or less, and it is appropriate that it is about 10,000 or less, and it may be about 7,000 or less, or about 5,000 or less. When Mw is within the above range, the cohesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) and the effect of improving the adhesiveness are likely to be suitably exhibited. The Mw of the acrylic oligomer can be measured by GPC and obtained as a standard polystyrene-equivalent value. Specifically, for example, it can be measured by using TSKgelGMH-H (20) × 2 as a column on HPLC8020 manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd. under the condition of a flow rate of about 0.5 mL / min in a tetrahydrofuran solvent.
 アクリル系オリゴマーを構成するモノマー成分としては、上述した各種の(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステル;上述した各種の脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート;上述した各種の芳香族炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート;テルペン化合物誘導体アルコールから得られる(メタ)アクリレート;等の(メタ)アクリレートモノマーを挙げることができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer include the above-mentioned various (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl esters; the above-mentioned various alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylates; and the above-mentioned various aromatic hydrocarbons. Hydrocarbon-containing (meth) acrylates; (meth) acrylates obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols; and other (meth) acrylate monomers can be mentioned. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アクリル系オリゴマーは、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレートやt-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートのようなアルキル基が分岐構造を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレート;脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートや芳香族炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート;等に代表される、比較的嵩高い構造を有するアクリル系モノマーをモノマー単位として含んでいることが、接着性向上の観点から好ましい。また、アクリル系オリゴマーの合成の際や粘着剤層(A層)の作製の際に紫外線を採用する場合には、重合阻害を起こしにくいという点で、エステル末端に飽和炭化水素基を有するモノマーが好ましく、例えばアルキル基が分岐構造を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレートや飽和脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートを好適に用いることができる。 The acrylic oligomer is an alkyl (meth) acrylate in which an alkyl group has a branched structure such as isobutyl (meth) acrylate and t-butyl (meth) acrylate; an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate and an aromatic hydrocarbon. From the viewpoint of improving adhesiveness, it is preferable to contain an acrylic monomer having a relatively bulky structure as a monomer unit, such as a group-containing (meth) acrylate; Further, when ultraviolet rays are used when synthesizing an acrylic oligomer or when producing an adhesive layer (layer A), a monomer having a saturated hydrocarbon group at the ester terminal is less likely to cause polymerization inhibition. Preferably, for example, an alkyl (meth) acrylate in which the alkyl group has a branched structure or a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate can be preferably used.
 アクリル系オリゴマーを構成する全モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリレートモノマーの割合は、典型的には50重量%超であり、好ましくは60重量%以上、より好ましくは70重量%以上(例えば80重量%以上、さらには90重量%以上)である。いくつかの好ましい態様では、アクリル系オリゴマーは、実質的に1種または2種以上の(メタ)アクリレートモノマーのみからなるモノマー組成を有する。モノマー成分が脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートと(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルとを含む場合、それらの重量比は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの重量比は、例えば10/90以上、20/80以上または30/70以上とすることができ、また、90/10以下、80/20以下または70/30以下とすることができる。 The ratio of the (meth) acrylate monomer to all the monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer is typically more than 50% by weight, preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more (for example, 80% by weight). And more, 90% by weight or more). In some preferred embodiments, the acrylic oligomer has a monomer composition consisting substantially only of one or more (meth) acrylate monomers. When the monomer component contains an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate and a (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester, their weight ratios are not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the weight ratio of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester is, for example, 10/90 or higher, 20/80 or higher, or 30/70 or higher. It can also be 90/10 or less, 80/20 or less, or 70/30 or less.
 アクリル系オリゴマーの構成モノマー成分としては、上記の(メタ)アクリレートモノマーに加えて、必要に応じて官能基含有モノマーを用いることができる。官能基含有モノマーとしては、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、N-アクリロイルモルホリン等の窒素原子含有複素環を有するモノマー;N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアミノ基含有モノマー;N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のアミド基含有モノマー;AA、MAA等のカルボキシ基含有モノマー;2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基含有モノマー;が挙げられる。これらの官能基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。官能基含有モノマーを用いる場合、アクリル系オリゴマーを構成する全モノマー成分に占める官能基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば1重量%以上、2重量%以上または3重量%以上とすることができ、また、例えば15重量%以下、10重量%以下または7重量%以下とすることができる。アクリル系オリゴマーは、官能基含有モノマーが用いられていないものであってもよい。 As a constituent monomer component of the acrylic oligomer, a functional group-containing monomer can be used, if necessary, in addition to the above (meth) acrylate monomer. As the functional group-containing monomer, a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-acryloylmorpholin; an amino group-containing monomer such as N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate; N, Examples thereof include an amide group-containing monomer such as N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide; a carboxy group-containing monomer such as AA and MAA; and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate. These functional group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a functional group-containing monomer is used, the ratio of the functional group-containing monomer to all the monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer can be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 2% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more, and also. For example, it can be 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 7% by weight or less. The acrylic oligomer may be one in which a functional group-containing monomer is not used.
 好適なアクリル系オリゴマーとしては、例えば、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート(DCPMA)、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート(CHMA)、イソボルニルメタクリレート(IBXMA)、イソボルニルアクリレート(IBXA)、ジシクロペンタニルアクリレート(DCPA)、1-アダマンチルメタクリレート(ADMA)、1-アダマンチルアクリレート(ADA)の各単独重合体のほか、DCPMAとMMAの共重合体、DCPMAとIBXMAとの共重合体、ADAとメチルメタクリレート(MMA)の共重合体、CHMAとイソブチルメタクリレート(IBMA)との共重合体、CHMAとIBXMAとの共重合体、CHMAとアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)との共重合体、CHMAとジエチルアクリルアミド(DEAA)との共重合体、CHMAとAAとの共重合体等を挙げることができる。 Suitable acrylic oligomers include, for example, dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (DCPMA), cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), isobornyl methacrylate (IBXMA), isobornyl acrylate (IBXA), dicyclopentanyl acrylate (DCPA), and the like. In addition to 1-adamantyl methacrylate (ADAM) and 1-adamantyl acrylate (ADA) homopolymers, DCPMA and MMA copolymers, DCPMA and IBXMA copolymers, and ADA and methylmethacrylate (MMA) copolymer weights. Combined, a polymer of CHMA and isobutyl methacrylate (IBMA), a polymer of CHMA and IBXMA, a polymer of CHMA and acryloylmorpholin (ACMO), a polymer of CHMA and diethylacrylamide (DEAA), Examples thereof include a copolymer of CHMA and AA.
 アクリル系オリゴマーは、その構成モノマー成分を重合することにより形成され得る。重合方法や重合態様は特に限定されず、従来公知の各種重合方法(例えば、溶液重合、エマルション重合、塊状重合、光重合、放射線重合等)を、適宜の態様で採用することができる。必要に応じて使用し得る重合開始剤(例えばアゾ系重合開始剤)の種類は、概ねアクリル系重合物の合成に関して例示したとおりであり、重合開始剤量や、任意に使用される連鎖移動剤(例えばメルカプタン類)の量は、所望の分子量となるよう技術常識に基づいて適切に設定されるので、詳細な説明は省略する。 Acrylic oligomers can be formed by polymerizing their constituent monomer components. The polymerization method and the polymerization mode are not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods (for example, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, photopolymerization, radiation polymerization and the like) can be adopted as appropriate. The types of polymerization initiators (for example, azo-based polymerization initiators) that can be used as needed are generally as exemplified with respect to the synthesis of acrylic polymers, and the amount of the polymerization initiator and the chain transfer agent arbitrarily used. Since the amount of (for example, mercaptans) is appropriately set based on common general knowledge so as to have a desired molecular weight, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 粘着剤層(A層)または粘着剤組成物Aにアクリル系オリゴマーを含有させる場合、その含有量は、粘着剤層(A)に含まれる重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)のモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.01重量部以上とすることができ、より高い効果を得る観点から0.05重量部以上としてもよく、0.1重量部以上または0.2重量部以上としてもよい。また、上記重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)との相溶性等の観点から、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対するアクリル系オリゴマーの含有量は、50重量部未満とすることが適当であり、好ましくは30重量部未満、より好ましくは25重量部以下であり、例えば10重量部以下であってもよく、5重量部以下または1重量部以下でもよい。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) or the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A contains an acrylic oligomer, the content thereof is the monomer of the polymer (typically the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A). For example, it may be 0.01 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the component, and may be 0.05 parts by weight or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, and 0.1 parts by weight or more or 0.2 parts by weight. The above may be applied. Further, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the above polymer (typically an acrylic polymer), it is appropriate that the content of the acrylic oligomer with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is less than 50 parts by weight. It is preferably less than 30 parts by weight, more preferably 25 parts by weight or less, and may be, for example, 10 parts by weight or less, 5 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less.
 (粘着付与樹脂)
 粘着剤層(A層)には粘着付与樹脂を含有させてもよい。粘着付与樹脂としては、例えば、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、ロジン誘導体粘着付与樹脂を包含する、石油系粘着付与樹脂、テルペン系粘着付与樹脂、フェノール系粘着付与樹脂、ケトン系粘着付与樹脂等が挙げられる。これらは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
(Adhesive-imparting resin)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) may contain a pressure-sensitive adhesive resin. Examples of the tackifying resin include petroleum-based tackifier resins, terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, and the like, which include rosin-based tackifier resins and rosin derivative tackifier resins. .. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着付与樹脂としては、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、ロジン誘導体粘着付与樹脂およびテルペンフェノール樹脂から選択される1種または2種以上を好ましく使用し得る。なかでもロジン誘導体粘着付与樹脂が好ましく、好適例として安定化ロジンエステルおよび重合ロジンエステル等のロジンエステル類が挙げられる。上記の粘着付与樹脂は、例えば溶剤型や水分散型の粘着剤に好ましく用いられる。 In some embodiments, as the tackifier resin, one or more selected from a rosin-based tackifier resin, a rosin derivative tackifier resin, and a terpene phenol resin can be preferably used. Of these, a rosin derivative tackifier resin is preferable, and preferred examples thereof include rosin esters such as stabilized rosin ester and polymerized rosin ester. The above-mentioned tackifier resin is preferably used, for example, as a solvent-type or water-dispersible type pressure-sensitive adhesive.
 粘着付与樹脂の軟化点は特に限定されない。粘着剤層(A層)の凝集力の低下を抑制する観点から、軟化点が80℃以上の粘着付与樹脂を好ましく使用し得る。粘着付与樹脂の軟化点は、90℃以上でもよく、100℃以上でもよく、110℃以上でもよく、120℃以上でもよい。軟化点130℃以上または140℃以上の粘着付与樹脂を使用してもよい。また、透明性や中間層に対する密着性、被着体に対する接着性等の観点から、軟化点が200℃以下または180℃以下の粘着付与樹脂を好ましく使用し得る。なお、ここでいう粘着付与樹脂の軟化点としては、文献やカタログ等に記載された公称値を採用することができる。公称値がない場合には、JIS K5902またはJIS K2207に規定する軟化点試験方法(環球法)に基づいて粘着付与樹脂の軟化点を測定することができる。 The softening point of the tackifying resin is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A), a pressure-sensitive adhesive resin having a softening point of 80 ° C. or higher can be preferably used. The softening point of the tackifier resin may be 90 ° C. or higher, 100 ° C. or higher, 110 ° C. or higher, or 120 ° C. or higher. A tackifier resin having a softening point of 130 ° C. or higher or 140 ° C. or higher may be used. Further, from the viewpoint of transparency, adhesion to the intermediate layer, adhesiveness to the adherend, and the like, a tackifier resin having a softening point of 200 ° C. or lower or 180 ° C. or lower can be preferably used. As the softening point of the tackifier resin referred to here, a nominal value described in a document, a catalog, or the like can be adopted. When there is no nominal value, the softening point of the tackifier resin can be measured based on the softening point test method (ring ball method) specified in JIS K5902 or JIS K2207.
 粘着付与樹脂の使用量は、その使用効果を好適に発揮させる観点から、粘着剤層(A層)に含まれる重合物を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して1重量部以上とすることが適当であり、5重量部以上でもよく、10重量部以上でもよく、15重量部以上でもよく、20重量部以上でもよく、25重量部以上でもよい。また、中間層や被着体に対する密着性と凝集性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与樹脂の使用量は、例えば70重量部以下であってよく、50重量部以下でもよく、40重量部以下でもよい。あるいは、粘着剤層(A層)における上記粘着付与樹脂の含有量は、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対して例えば10重量部未満、さらには5重量部未満とすることができる。上記粘着付与樹脂の含有量は1重量部未満(例えば0.5重量部未満)であってもよく、0.1重量部未満(0重量部以上0.1重量部未満)であってもよく、粘着剤層(A層)は粘着付与樹脂を実質的に含有しないA層であってもよい。 The amount of the tackifier resin used may be 1 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (A layer) from the viewpoint of appropriately exerting the effect of use. It is suitable, and may be 5 parts by weight or more, 10 parts by weight or more, 15 parts by weight or more, 20 parts by weight or more, or 25 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of achieving both adhesion and cohesiveness to the intermediate layer and the adherend in a well-balanced manner, the amount of the tackifier resin used for 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 70 parts by weight or less, and 50 parts by weight. It may be less than or equal to 40 parts by weight or less. Alternatively, the content of the tackifier resin in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can be, for example, less than 10 parts by weight, or even less than 5 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. The content of the tackifier resin may be less than 1 part by weight (for example, less than 0.5 parts by weight) or less than 0.1 parts by weight (0 parts by weight or more and less than 0.1 parts by weight). The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) may be the layer A that does not substantially contain the tackifier resin.
 (シランカップリング剤)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層(A層)にシランカップリング剤を含有させることができる。シランカップリング剤を含むA層によると、水浸漬後剥離力低下率が低く、かつ水剥離力低下率の高い構造体が好適に実現され得る。シランカップリング剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Silane coupling agent)
In some embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) can contain a silane coupling agent. According to the layer A containing a silane coupling agent, a structure having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in peeling force after water immersion can be preferably realized. The silane coupling agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 シランカップリング剤としては、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン等のエポキシ構造を有するケイ素化合物;3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン等のアミノ基含有ケイ素化合物;3-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン;アセトアセチル基含有トリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシランなどの(メタ)アクリル基含有シランカップリング剤;3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシランなどのイソシアネート基含有シランカップリング剤などが挙げられる。なかでも好ましい例として、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシランおよびアセトアセチル基含有トリメトキシシランが挙げられる。 Examples of the silane coupling agent include silicon compounds having an epoxy structure such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane; Amino group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; 3-chloro Propyltrimethoxysilane; (meth) acrylic group-containing silane coupling agents such as acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; 3-isocyanoxide propyltriethoxysilane Examples thereof include silane coupling agents containing isocyanate groups. Among them, preferred examples include 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane.
 シランカップリング剤の使用量は、所望の使用効果が得られるように設定することができ、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、シランカップリング剤の使用量は、A層に含まれる重合物を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.001重量部以上であってよく、より高い効果を得る観点から0.005重量部以上でもよく、0.01重量部以上でもよく、0.015重量部以上でもよい。また、中間層への密着性向上の観点から、いくつかの態様において、シランカップリング剤の使用量は、A層を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば3重量部以下であってよく、1重量部以下でもよく、0.5重量部以下でもよい。また、ここに開示される技術は、シランカップリング剤を実質的に含まない粘着剤組成物Aを用いる態様で実施することができる。シランカップリング剤の使用を制限したり、シランカップリング剤を使用しないことにより、経時的な粘着力上昇を抑制することができ、また、良好な水剥離性が得られやすい。 The amount of the silane coupling agent used can be set so as to obtain the desired effect of use, and is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 0.001 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the A layer, which has a higher effect. From the viewpoint of obtaining, it may be 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, or 0.015 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the intermediate layer, in some embodiments, the amount of the silane coupling agent used is, for example, 3 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the A layer. It may be 1 part by weight or less, or 0.5 part by weight or less. Further, the technique disclosed herein can be carried out in an embodiment using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A which does not substantially contain a silane coupling agent. By limiting the use of the silane coupling agent or not using the silane coupling agent, it is possible to suppress an increase in the adhesive strength with time, and it is easy to obtain good water peelability.
 (光重合開始剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤組成物Aおよび光硬化性粘着剤層(A層)には、光硬化性の向上または付与等を目的として、必要に応じて光重合開始剤(光反応触媒ともいう。)を含有させることができる。光重合開始剤としては、アクリル系重合物の合成に使用し得るものとして例示した光重合開始剤と同様、ケタール系光重合開始剤、アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤、ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤、α-ケトール系光重合開始剤、芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤、光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤、チオキサントン系光重合開始剤等を用いることができる。光重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A and the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed herein are subjected to a photopolymerization initiator (also referred to as a photoreaction catalyst), if necessary, for the purpose of improving or imparting photocurability. .) Can be contained. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a ketal-based photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, and a benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiator, as in the case of the photopolymerization initiator exemplified as those that can be used for synthesizing acrylic polymers. Acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator, α-ketol-based photopolymerization initiator, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiator, photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiator, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiator, benzyl-based photopolymerization initiator , Benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiator, and the like can be used. As the photopolymerization initiator, one type may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination as appropriate.
 粘着剤層(A層)における光重合開始剤の含有量は、特に限定されず、所望の効果が適切に発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)のモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.005重量部以上とすることができ、0.01重量部以上とすることが適当であり、0.05重量部以上とすることが好ましく、0.10重量部以上としてもよく、0.15重量部以上としてもよく、0.20重量部以上としてもよい。光重合開始剤の含有量の増大により、粘着剤層(A層)の光硬化性が向上する。また、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する光重合開始剤の含有量は、5重量部以下とすることが適当であり、2重量部以下とすることが好ましく、1重量部以下としてもよく、0.7重量部以下としてもよく、0.5重量部以下としてもよい。光重合開始剤の含有量が多すぎないことは、構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)の保存安定性(例えば、光劣化に対する安定性)向上の観点から有利となり得る。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to appropriately exert the desired effect. In some embodiments, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is, for example, approximately 0.005 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer (typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It can be as above, 0.01 parts by weight or more is appropriate, 0.05 parts by weight or more is preferable, 0.10 parts by weight or more may be used, and 0.15 parts by weight or more may be used. It may be 0.20 part by weight or more. By increasing the content of the photopolymerization initiator, the photocurability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) is improved. Further, the content of the photopolymerization initiator with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably 5 parts by weight or less, preferably 2 parts by weight or less, and may be 1 part by weight or less. It may be 7 parts by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or less. Not too much content of the photopolymerization initiator can be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability (for example, stability against photodegradation) of the structure (for example, double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet).
 光重合開始剤を含む粘着剤層(A層)は、典型的には、該光重合開始剤を含む粘着剤組成物A(例えば、溶剤型粘着剤組成物)を用いて形成することができる。光重合開始剤を含む粘着剤組成物は、例えば、該組成物に使用される他の成分と光重合開始剤とを混合して調製することができる。また、光重合開始剤の存在下で合成(光重合)された重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)を使用して粘着剤組成物を調製する場合は、上記重合物を合成する際に用いられた光重合開始剤の残留物(未反応物)を、粘着剤層(A層)に含まれる光重合開始剤の一部または全部として利用してもよい。必要に応じて用いられるアクリル系オリゴマーとして光重合開始剤の存在下で合成されたものを使用する場合も同様である。製造管理の容易性の観点から、ここに開示される粘着剤層(A層)は、他の構成成分に、上述した量の光重合開始剤を新たに加えて調製された粘着剤組成物を用いて好ましく形成され得る。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) containing the photopolymerization initiator can be typically formed by using the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A (for example, a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) containing the photopolymerization initiator. .. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the photopolymerization initiator can be prepared, for example, by mixing other components used in the composition with the photopolymerization initiator. In addition, when preparing a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a polymer (typically an acrylic polymer) synthesized (photopolymerized) in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator, when synthesizing the above-mentioned polymer. The residue (unreacted product) of the photopolymerization initiator used in the above may be used as a part or all of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A). The same applies to the case where an acrylic oligomer synthesized as necessary in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator is used. From the viewpoint of ease of production control, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) disclosed here is a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared by newly adding the above-mentioned amount of the photopolymerization initiator to other constituent components. Can be preferably formed using.
 (その他の成分)
 粘着剤層(A層)の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物Aは、必要に応じて、pH調整等の目的で使用される酸または塩基(アンモニア水等)を含有するものであり得る。該組成物に含有され得る他の任意成分としては、粘度調整剤(例えば増粘剤)、レベリング剤、可塑剤、充填剤、顔料や染料等の着色剤、安定剤、防腐剤、老化防止剤等の、粘着剤組成物の分野において一般的な各種の添加剤が例示される。このような各種添加剤については、従来公知のものを常法により使用することができ、特に本発明を特徴づけるものではないので、詳細な説明は省略する。
(Other ingredients)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition A used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) may contain an acid or a base (ammonia water or the like) used for the purpose of pH adjustment or the like, if necessary. Other optional components that may be contained in the composition include viscosity modifiers (eg, thickeners), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, anti-aging agents. Various additives that are common in the field of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions such as, etc. are exemplified. As for such various additives, conventionally known additives can be used by a conventional method and do not particularly characterize the present invention, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.
(2)B層
 ここに開示される粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層を包含する。特に断りがないかぎり以下同じ。)は、粘着剤層の少なくとも中間層側の表面を構成するA層に加えて、該A層の背面側に配置されたB層をさらに含み得る。このようにA層とB層とを含む構成によると、例えば、A層により良好な水剥離性を付与しつつ、B層により粘着剤層のバルク特性(例えば、耐水性、凝集性、耐熱性等)を調節することができる。したがって、A層とB層とを含む構成の粘着剤層によると、水剥離性が良く、かつ耐水信頼性に優れた構造体が得られやすい。例えば、水浸漬後剥離力低下率が低く、かつ水剥離力低下率の高い構造体が好適に実現され得る。また、例えば、強粘着性と良好な水剥離性とを高レベルで両立する粘着剤層が好適に実現され得る。
(2) Layer B The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer disclosed here (including the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer; the same shall apply hereinafter unless otherwise specified) is the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on at least the intermediate layer side. In addition to the A layer constituting the above layer, the B layer arranged on the back surface side of the A layer may be further included. According to the configuration including the A layer and the B layer as described above, for example, the bulk property (for example, water resistance, cohesiveness, heat resistance) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is imparted to the A layer by the B layer while giving good water peelability to the A layer. Etc.) can be adjusted. Therefore, according to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the structure including the A layer and the B layer, it is easy to obtain a structure having good water peelability and excellent water resistance and reliability. For example, a structure having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in water peeling force can be preferably realized. Further, for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having both strong adhesiveness and good water peelability at a high level can be preferably realized.
 B層は、A層の背面に直接接して配置されていてもよく、A層の背面との間に他の層を介して配置されていてもよい。いくつかの態様において、A層とB層とが直接接して(すなわち、他の層を介さずに)積層した構成の粘着剤層を好ましく採用し得る。 The B layer may be arranged in direct contact with the back surface of the A layer, or may be arranged via another layer between the B layer and the back surface of the A layer. In some embodiments, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a structure in which the A layer and the B layer are directly in contact with each other (that is, without interposing another layer) may be preferably adopted.
 B層は、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリエーテル系粘着剤、ポリアミド系粘着剤、フッ素系粘着剤等の公知の各種粘着剤から選択される1種または2種以上の粘着剤を含んで構成された粘着剤層であり得る。透明性や耐候性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、B層の構成材料としてアクリル系粘着剤を好ましく採用し得る。B層を構成するアクリル系粘着剤は、例えば、A層に使用し得るアクリル系粘着剤として例示したものから、A層との組合せにおいて所望の特性が発揮されるように選択することができる。例えば、B層は水親和剤を実質的に含まないものであり得る。ここでB層が水親和剤を実質的に含まないとは、B層に含まれる重合物のモノマー成分100重量部に対する水親和剤の量が0.1重量部未満(例えば0.05重量部未満、さらには0.01重量部未満)であることをいう。B層は、一層からなる単層構造であってもよく、組成の異なる二以上の層を含む多層構造であってもよい。 The B layer is known as, for example, an acrylic adhesive, a rubber adhesive, a silicone adhesive, a polyester adhesive, a urethane adhesive, a polyether adhesive, a polyamide adhesive, a fluorine adhesive and the like. It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of one type or two or more types of pressure-sensitive adhesives selected from various pressure-sensitive adhesives. From the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, and the like, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be preferably used as the constituent material of the B layer in some embodiments. The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the B layer can be selected from those exemplified as the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that can be used for the A layer, for example, so as to exhibit desired characteristics in combination with the A layer. For example, layer B may be substantially free of water-affinitives. Here, the fact that the B layer does not substantially contain the water affinity means that the amount of the water affinity with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer contained in the B layer is less than 0.1 parts by weight (for example, 0.05 parts by weight). Less than, and even less than 0.01 parts by weight). The B layer may have a single-layer structure composed of one layer, or may have a multi-layer structure including two or more layers having different compositions.
 いくつかの態様において、B層に含まれる重合物(例えば、アクリル系重合物)を構成するモノマー成分は、該モノマー成分全体の40重量%以上の割合でC1-20(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを含み得る。B層のモノマー成分全体に占めるC1-20(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば98重量%以下であってよく、B層の凝集性向上の観点から95重量%以下であってもよく、85重量%以下でもよく、70重量%以下でもよく、60重量%以下でもよい。
 B層を構成するモノマー成分は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとともに、共重合性モノマーを含み得る。共重合性モノマーは、A層に用いられ得る共重合性モノマーとして例示したものから適宜選択することができる。共重合性モノマーの使用量は、B層を構成するモノマー成分全体の例えば5重量%以上であってよく、15重量%以上でもよく、30重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよい。
In some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) contained in the B layer is an alkyl C 1-20 (meth) acrylate in a proportion of 40% by weight or more of the total amount of the monomer component. May contain esters. The ratio of the C 1-20 (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester to the entire monomer component of the B layer may be, for example, 98% by weight or less, and even if it is 95% by weight or less from the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the B layer. It may be 85% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, or 60% by weight or less.
The monomer component constituting the B layer may contain a copolymerizable monomer together with the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester. The copolymerizable monomer can be appropriately selected from those exemplified as the copolymerizable monomer that can be used for the A layer. The amount of the copolymerizable monomer used may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 15% by weight or more, 30% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more of all the monomer components constituting the B layer.
 いくつかの態様において、B層を構成するモノマー成分に占めるカルボキシ基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば2重量%以下であってよく、1重量%以下でもよく、0.5重量%以下でもよい。B層を構成するモノマー成分としてカルボキシ基含有モノマーを実質的に使用しなくてもよい。ここで、カルボキシ基含有モノマーを実質的に使用しないとは、少なくとも意図的にはカルボキシ基含有モノマーを使用しないことをいう。このような組成のB層を有する粘着剤層は、耐水信頼性の高いものとなりやすいので好ましい。 In some embodiments, the ratio of the carboxy group-containing monomer to the monomer components constituting the B layer may be, for example, 2% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, or 0.5% by weight or less. It is not necessary to substantially use the carboxy group-containing monomer as the monomer component constituting the B layer. Here, the fact that the carboxy group-containing monomer is not substantially used means that the carboxy group-containing monomer is not used at least intentionally. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a B layer having such a composition is preferable because it tends to have high water resistance and reliability.
 A層とB層とを備える粘着剤層の一好適例として、B層のゲル分率がA層のゲル分率より高い、および、B層の膨潤度がA層の膨潤度より低い、の一方または両方を満たす粘着剤層が挙げられる。このような構成によると、水浸漬後剥離力低下率が低く、かつ水剥離力低下率の高い粘着剤層が得られやすい。 As a preferred example of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer including the A layer and the B layer, the gel fraction of the B layer is higher than the gel fraction of the A layer, and the swelling degree of the B layer is lower than the swelling degree of the A layer. Examples include a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that satisfies one or both. According to such a configuration, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in peeling force.
 いくつかの態様において、B層は、光硬化型粘着剤組成物または溶剤型粘着剤組成物から形成された層であり得る。このような組成物から形成されたB層によると、耐水信頼性のよい粘着剤層が得られやすい。例えば、水分散型粘着剤組成物から形成されたA層と光硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成されたB層との組合せ、または、水分散型粘着剤組成物から形成されたA層と溶剤型粘着剤組成物から形成されたB層との組合せにおいて、水浸漬後剥離力低下率が低く、かつ水剥離力低下率の高い粘着剤層が好適に実現され得る。いくつかの態様において、耐水性向上の観点から、水親和剤を実質的に含有しないB層を好ましく採用し得る。 In some embodiments, the layer B may be a layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. According to the B layer formed from such a composition, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having high water resistance and reliability. For example, a combination of an A layer formed from a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and a B layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, or an A layer formed from a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and a solvent. In combination with the B layer formed from the mold pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a low rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water and a high rate of decrease in peeling force after water can be preferably realized. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of improving water resistance, the B layer which does not substantially contain a water affinity agent can be preferably adopted.
(3)他の粘着剤層
 ここに開示される構造体は、上述したA層やB層に加えて、他の粘着剤層を有するものであり得る。具体的には、ここに開示される構造体を構成する第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の一方の粘着剤層のみがA層を有する構成において、他方の粘着剤層(2層以上の多層構造を有する場合は、その各層)が上記他の粘着剤層に該当し得る。例えば、第1粘着剤層がA層を有する態様においては、第2粘着剤層が上記他の粘着剤層になり得る。上記他の粘着剤層は、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリエーテル系粘着剤、ポリアミド系粘着剤、フッ素系粘着剤等の公知の各種粘着剤から選択される1種または2種以上の粘着剤を含んで構成された粘着剤層であり得る。透明性や耐候性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記他の粘着剤層の構成材料としてアクリル系粘着剤を好ましく採用し得る。
(3) Other Adhesive Layer The structure disclosed here may have another adhesive layer in addition to the above-mentioned A layer and B layer. Specifically, in a configuration in which only one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer constituting the structure disclosed herein has an A layer, the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (two or more layers). When having the multi-layer structure of, each layer) may correspond to the above-mentioned other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, in the embodiment in which the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has the A layer, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The other adhesive layers are, for example, acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives, polyester adhesives, urethane adhesives, polyether adhesives, polyamide adhesives, and fluoroadhesives. It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of one kind or two or more kinds of pressure-sensitive adhesives selected from various known pressure-sensitive adhesives such as. From the viewpoint of transparency, weather resistance, and the like, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive may be preferably adopted as a constituent material of the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in some embodiments.
 上記他の粘着剤層(例えば第2粘着剤層)を構成するアクリル系粘着剤は、例えば、A層に使用し得るアクリル系粘着剤として例示したものから、他の粘着剤層として所望の特性が発揮されるように選択することができる。例えば、他の粘着剤層は、水親和剤を実質的に含まないものであり得る。ここで他の粘着剤層が水親和剤を実質的に含まないとは、他の粘着剤層に含まれる重合物のモノマー成分100重量部に対する水親和剤の量が0.1重量部未満(例えば0.05重量部未満、さらには0.01重量部未満)であることをいう。あるいは、他の粘着剤層が水親和剤を含む場合、その含有量C2は、A層における水親和剤の含有量C1よりも少ないことが好ましく、比(C2/C1)は例えば1未満であり、0.5以下であってもよく、0.1以下(例えば0.01以下)でもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、他の粘着剤層は、光硬化型粘着剤組成物または溶剤型粘着剤組成物から形成された層であり得る。また、他の粘着剤層は、一層からなる単層構造であってもよく、組成の異なる二以上の層を含む多層構造であってもよい。上記他の粘着剤層のその他の事項については、上述した粘着剤層と同様の構成を採用することができ、あるいは公知ないし慣用技術および技術常識に基づき、用途や目的に応じて適当な構成を採用し得るので、ここでは詳細な説明は省略する。 The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (for example, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) has characteristics desired as another pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from those exemplified as the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that can be used for the A layer, for example. Can be selected so that For example, the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be substantially free of water-affinitives. Here, the fact that the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not substantially contain the water-affinitive agent means that the amount of the water-affinitive agent with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer contained in the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is less than 0.1 part by weight ( For example, less than 0.05 parts by weight, and even less than 0.01 parts by weight). Alternatively, when the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a water-affinitive agent, its content C2 is preferably less than the content C1 of the water-affinitive agent in the A layer, and the ratio (C2 / C1) is, for example, less than 1. , 0.5 or less, or 0.1 or less (for example, 0.01 or less). Further, in some embodiments, the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Further, the other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure composed of one layer, or may have a multi-layer structure including two or more layers having different compositions. For other matters of the above-mentioned other pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the same structure as the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adopted, or an appropriate structure can be adopted according to the application and purpose based on known or commonly used techniques and common general technical knowledge. Since it can be adopted, detailed description is omitted here.
(4)粘着剤層に関する共通事項
 粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物の硬化層であり得る。すなわち、該粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物を適当な表面に付与(例えば塗布)した後、硬化処理を適宜施すことにより形成され得る。2種以上の硬化処理(乾燥、架橋、重合等)を行う場合、これらは、同時に、または多段階にわたって行うことができる。モノマー成分の部分重合物(アクリル系ポリマーシロップ)を用いた粘着剤組成物では、典型的には、上記硬化処理として、最終的な共重合反応が行われる。すなわち、部分重合物をさらなる共重合反応に供して完全重合物を形成する。例えば、光硬化性の粘着剤組成物であれば、光照射が実施される。必要に応じて、架橋、乾燥等の硬化処理が実施されてもよい。例えば、光硬化性粘着剤組成物で乾燥させる必要がある場合は、乾燥後に光硬化を行うとよい。完全重合物を用いた粘着剤組成物では、典型的には、上記硬化処理として、必要に応じて乾燥(加熱乾燥)、架橋等の処理が実施される。二層以上の多層構造の粘着剤層は、あらかじめ形成した粘着剤層を貼り合わせることによって作製することができる。あるいは、あらかじめ形成した第一の粘着剤層の上に粘着剤組成物を塗布し、該粘着剤組成物を硬化させて第二の粘着剤層を形成してもよい。
(4) Common matters concerning the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a cured layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying (for example, applying) the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to an appropriate surface and then appropriately applying a curing treatment. When performing two or more types of curing treatments (drying, crosslinking, polymerization, etc.), these can be performed simultaneously or in multiple stages. In a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a partial polymer (acrylic polymer syrup) of a monomer component, a final copolymerization reaction is typically performed as the above-mentioned curing treatment. That is, the partial polymer is subjected to a further copolymerization reaction to form a complete polymer. For example, in the case of a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, light irradiation is performed. If necessary, curing treatment such as crosslinking and drying may be carried out. For example, when it is necessary to dry with a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to perform photo-curing after drying. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a complete polymer, typically, as the above-mentioned curing treatment, treatments such as drying (heat drying) and cross-linking are carried out as necessary. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a multi-layer structure of two or more layers can be produced by laminating the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers formed in advance. Alternatively, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed in advance, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be cured to form the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 粘着剤組成物の塗布は、例えば、グラビアロールコーター、リバースロールコーター、キスロールコーター、ディップロールコーター、バーコーター、ナイフコーター、スプレーコーター等の慣用のコーターを用いて実施することができる。例えば、中間層上に粘着剤層を設ける方法として、該中間層に粘着剤組成物を直接付与して粘着剤層を形成する直接法を用いてもよく、剥離面上に形成した粘着剤層を中間層に転写する転写法を用いてもよい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be applied using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, or a spray coater. For example, as a method of providing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the intermediate layer, a direct method of directly applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to the intermediate layer to form the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be used, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed on the peeling surface may be used. You may use a transfer method of transferring to an intermediate layer.
 粘着剤層(例えば、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の各粘着剤層)の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば3μm~1000μm程度であり得る。粘着剤層を中間層や被着体に密着させて耐水信頼性を高める観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば5μm以上であってよく、10μm以上でもよく、20μm以上でもよく、30μm以上でもよく、50μm以上でもよく、50μm超でもよく、70μm以上でもよく、100μm以上でもよく、120μm以上でもよい。また、粘着剤層の凝集破壊による糊残りの発生を防止する観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば500μm以下であってよく、300μm以下でもよく、200μm以下でもよく、170μm以下でもよい。他のいくつかの好ましい態様では、粘着剤層の厚さは130μm以下、90μm以下、60μm以下または40μm以下である。中間層の各面に配置される第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の厚さは、同じでもよく、異なっていてもよい。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (for example, each pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 3 μm to 1000 μm. From the viewpoint of making the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer adhere to the intermediate layer or the adherend to enhance water resistance reliability, in some embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 5 μm or more, 10 μm or more, or 20 μm. It may be 30 μm or more, 50 μm or more, 50 μm or more, 70 μm or more, 100 μm or more, or 120 μm or more. Further, from the viewpoint of preventing the generation of adhesive residue due to the cohesive failure of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be, for example, 500 μm or less, 300 μm or less, or 200 μm or less in some embodiments. , 170 μm or less may be used. In some other preferred embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 130 μm or less, 90 μm or less, 60 μm or less, or 40 μm or less. The thicknesses of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer arranged on each surface of the intermediate layer may be the same or different.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層のうちの一方の粘着剤層)はA層からなる。換言すると、上記粘着剤層はB層を含まないA層のみの単層構造であり得る。ここに開示される技術によると、中間層への親水性表面の形成により優れた水剥離性が実現されるので、水剥離性と他の特性(例えば耐水信頼性)との両立を目的として、上記粘着剤層を多層構造にする必要はない。つまり、B層に頼ることなく、所望の特性を実現することができる。このことは、粘着剤層の生産効率の観点から有利である。なお、A層からなる粘着剤層では、粘着剤層の厚さとはA層の厚さを意味する。 In some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is composed of an A layer. In other words, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure of only the A layer, which does not include the B layer. According to the technique disclosed herein, excellent water exfoliation property is realized by forming a hydrophilic surface on the intermediate layer, so that the purpose is to achieve both water exfoliation property and other properties (for example, water resistance reliability). It is not necessary to make the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer a multi-layer structure. That is, the desired characteristics can be realized without relying on the B layer. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of the production efficiency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of the A layer, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer means the thickness of the A layer.
 粘着剤層が厚くなると、概して、水剥離性と耐水信頼性との両立は難しくなる傾向にある。かかる観点から、粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層のうちの一方の粘着剤層)の厚さが例えば50μm超である態様において、該粘着剤層がA層とB層とを含む構成を好ましく採用し得る。このような構成の粘着剤層によると、該粘着剤層が厚くなっても、水剥離性と耐水信頼性とを高レベルで両立する粘着剤層が得られやすい。 As the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer becomes thicker, it tends to be difficult to achieve both water peelability and water resistance reliability in general. From this point of view, in an embodiment in which the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is, for example, more than 50 μm, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is the A layer and the B layer. A configuration including and can be preferably adopted. According to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having such a structure, even if the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is thickened, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having both water peelability and water resistance reliability at a high level.
 粘着剤層がA層とB層とを含む態様において、A層の厚さは、例えば1μm以上であってよく、2μm以上でもよく、4μm以上でもよく、5μm以上でもよく、10μm以上でもよく、15μm以上でもよい。また、A層の厚さは、例えば50μm以下であってよく、45μm以下でもよく、35μm以下でもよく、25μm以下でもよい。特に、水分散型粘着剤組成部から形成されたA層を備える態様や、A層が水親和剤を含む態様では、A層の厚さが大きすぎないことは、粘着剤層の耐水信頼性の向上、粘着剤層の透明性の向上等の観点から好ましい。 In the embodiment in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer includes the A layer and the B layer, the thickness of the A layer may be, for example, 1 μm or more, 2 μm or more, 4 μm or more, 5 μm or more, or 10 μm or more. It may be 15 μm or more. The thickness of the layer A may be, for example, 50 μm or less, 45 μm or less, 35 μm or less, or 25 μm or less. In particular, in the embodiment provided with the A layer formed from the water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition portion or in the embodiment in which the A layer contains a water-affinitive agent, the fact that the thickness of the A layer is not too large indicates that the water resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is reliable. Is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and improving the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 粘着剤層がA層とB層とを含む態様において、B層の厚さは、例えば5μm以上であってよく、10μm以上でもよい。A層の背面側にB層を設けることによる効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、いくつかの態様において、B層の厚さは、例えば20μm以上であってよく、30μm以上でもよく、50μm以上でもよく、70μm以上でもよく、100μm以上でもよい。 In the embodiment in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer includes the A layer and the B layer, the thickness of the B layer may be, for example, 5 μm or more, or 10 μm or more. From the viewpoint of better exerting the effect of providing the B layer on the back side of the A layer, the thickness of the B layer may be, for example, 20 μm or more, 30 μm or more, or 50 μm or more in some embodiments. It may be 70 μm or more, or 100 μm or more.
 粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層のうちの一方の粘着剤層)がA層とB層とを含む態様において、粘着剤層全体の厚さに占めるA層の厚さは、例えば90%以下であってよく、70%以下であることが好ましく、50%以下でもよく、30%以下でもよく、20%以下でもよく、15%以下でもよい。また、A層の形成容易性や水剥離性の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層のうちの一方の粘着剤層)全体の厚さに占めるA層の厚さは、例えば3%以上であってよく、5%以上でもよく、7%以上でもよく、10%以上でもよい。 In an embodiment in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) includes an A layer and a B layer, the thickness of the A layer in the total thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, may be 90% or less, preferably 70% or less, 50% or less, 30% or less, 20% or less, and 15% or less. Further, from the viewpoint of easy formation of the A layer and water peelability, in some embodiments, the thickness of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer). The thickness of the A layer may be, for example, 3% or more, 5% or more, 7% or more, or 10% or more.
 <被着体>
 ここに開示される構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)の接着対象であり、あるいは構造体(例えば接合体)の構成要素となり得る被着体(第1被着体および第2被着体を包含する。断りがないかぎり以下同じ。)の種類は、特に限定されず、例えば各種の携帯機器(ポータブル機器)、自動車、家電製品等において、粘着剤によって固定、接合、成形、装飾、保護、支持等される各種構成部材や物品が挙げられる。上記被着体は、リサイクルやリペア、交換が必要とされる部材や物品であり得る。上記被着体の材質(少なくとも表面(被接着面)を構成する材質)は、例えば、アルカリガラス板や無アルカリガラス等のガラス;樹脂フィルム、ステンレス鋼(SUS)、アルミニウム等の金属材料;アクリル樹脂、ABS樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、透明ポリイミド樹脂等の樹脂材料;等であり得る。上記被着体は、アクリル系、ポリエステル系、アルキド系、メラミン系、ウレタン系、酸エポキシ架橋系、あるいはこれらの複合系(例えばアクリルメラミン系、アルキドメラミン系)等の塗料による塗装面や、亜鉛メッキ鋼板等のメッキ面を有するものであってもよい。
<Subject>
Includes adherends (first and second adherends) that are the objects of adhesion of the structures disclosed herein (eg, double-sided adhesive sheets) or that can be components of structures (eg, joints). Unless otherwise specified, the same applies hereinafter.) The types are not particularly limited, and for example, in various portable devices (portable devices), automobiles, home appliances, etc., fixing, joining, molding, decoration, protection, support, etc. with an adhesive, etc. Examples include various components and articles to be used. The adherend may be a member or article that needs to be recycled, repaired or replaced. The material of the adherend (at least the material constituting the surface (bonded surface)) is glass such as an alkaline glass plate or non-alkali glass; a metal material such as a resin film, stainless steel (SUS) or aluminum; acrylic. It may be a resin material such as a resin, an ABS resin, a polycarbonate resin, a polystyrene resin, a transparent polyimide resin, or the like. The adherend may be a painted surface with a paint such as acrylic, polyester, alkyd, melamine, urethane, acid-epoxy crosslinked, or a composite of these (for example, acrylic melamine or alkyd melamine), or zinc. It may have a plated surface such as a plated steel plate.
 いくつかの態様に係る被着体は、例えば、光学部材である。ここで光学部材とは、光学的特性(例えば、偏光性、光屈折性、光散乱性、光反射性、光透過性、光吸収性、光回折性、旋光性、視認性等)を有する部材をいう。上記光学部材としては、光学的特性を有する部材であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、表示装置(画像表示装置)、入力装置等の機器(光学機器)を構成する部材またはこれらの機器に用いられる部材が挙げられ、例えば、偏光板、波長板、位相差板、光学補償フィルム、輝度向上フィルム、導光板、反射フィルム、反射防止フィルム、ハードコート(HC)フィルム、衝撃吸収フィルム、防汚フィルム、フォトクロミックフィルム、調光フィルム、透明導電フィルム(ITOフィルム)、意匠フィルム、装飾フィルム、表面保護板、プリズム、レンズ、カラーフィルター、透明基板や、さらにはこれらが積層されている部材(これらを総称して「機能性フィルム」と称する場合がある。)等が挙げられる。なお、上記の「板」および「フィルム」は、それぞれ板状、フィルム状、シート状等の形態を含むものとし、例えば「偏光フィルム」は「偏光板」、「偏光シート」等を含むものとする。 The adherend according to some aspects is, for example, an optical member. Here, the optical member is a member having optical characteristics (for example, polarization property, light refraction property, light scattering property, light reflection property, light transmission property, light absorption property, light diffusivity property, turning property, visibility, etc.). To say. The optical member is not particularly limited as long as it has optical characteristics, but is used, for example, as a member constituting a device (optical device) such as a display device (image display device) or an input device, or a member thereof. Examples thereof include polarizing plates, wavelength plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness improving films, light guide plates, reflective films, antireflection films, hard coat (HC) films, shock absorbing films, antifouling films, and the like. Photochromic film, dimming film, transparent conductive film (ITO film), design film, decorative film, surface protection plate, prism, lens, color filter, transparent substrate, and members in which these are laminated (collectively referred to as these). It may be referred to as a “functional film”). The above-mentioned "plate" and "film" shall include a plate-like, a film-like, a sheet-like form, respectively, and for example, the "polarizing film" shall include a "polarizing plate", a "polarizing sheet" and the like.
 上記表示装置としては、例えば液晶表示装置、有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)、電子ペーパー等が挙げられ、特に、フォルダブル表示装置や車載用の表示装置のように高価な部材を含む場合に、ここに開示される技術は好ましく適用される。また上記入力装置としては、タッチパネル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), electronic paper, and the like, and in particular, an expensive display device such as a foldable display device and an in-vehicle display device. The techniques disclosed herein are preferably applied when the components are included. Further, examples of the input device include a touch panel and the like.
 上記光学部材としては、特に限定されず、例えばガラス、アクリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、金属薄膜等からなる部材(例えばシート状やフィルム状、板状の部材)等が挙げられる。なお、この明細書における「光学部材」には、表示装置や入力装置の視認性を保ちながら加飾や保護の役割を担う部材(意匠フィルム、装飾フィルムや表面保護フィルム等)も含むものとする。 The optical member is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a member made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, a metal thin film, or the like (for example, a sheet-shaped, film-shaped, or plate-shaped member). The "optical member" in this specification also includes a member (design film, decorative film, surface protective film, etc.) that plays a role of decoration and protection while maintaining the visibility of the display device and the input device.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、被着体は偏光フィルム(偏光フィルム層)である。偏光フィルムは、偏光子と、該偏光子の少なくとも一方の面(好ましくは両面)に配置された透明保護フィルムとを備えるものであり得る。偏光子としては、特に限定されず、例えば、親水性高分子フィルムに、ヨウ素や二色性染料の二色性物質を吸着させて一軸延伸したものが用いられる。親水性高分子フィルムとしては、PVA系フィルム、部分ホルマール化PVA系フィルム、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体系部分ケン化フィルム等が挙げられる。偏光子として、PVAの脱水処理物やポリ塩化ビニルの脱塩酸処理物等のポリエン系配向フィルム等を用いることもできる。なかでも、PVA系フィルムとヨウ素等の二色性物質からなる偏光子が好ましい。 In some preferred embodiments, the adherend is a polarizing film (polarizing film layer). The polarizing film may include a polarizing element and a transparent protective film arranged on at least one surface (preferably both sides) of the polarizing element. The polarizing element is not particularly limited, and for example, a hydrophilic polymer film on which a dichroic substance such as iodine or a dichroic dye is adsorbed and uniaxially stretched is used. Examples of the hydrophilic polymer film include a PVA-based film, a partially formalized PVA-based film, and an ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer-based partially saponified film. As the polarizing element, a polyene-based oriented film such as a dehydrated product of PVA or a dehydrochlorinated product of polyvinyl chloride can also be used. Of these, a PVA-based film and a polarizing element made of a dichroic substance such as iodine are preferable.
 透明保護フィルムを構成する材料としては、例えば、透明性、機械的強度、熱安定性、水分遮断性、等方性等に優れる熱可塑性樹脂が好ましく用いられる。このような熱可塑性樹脂の具体例としては、TAC等のセルロース樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、シクロオレフィン系樹脂(典型的にはノルボルネン系樹脂)、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、PVA樹脂、および、これらの2種以上の混合物等が挙げられる。いくつかの態様では、偏光フィルムは、例えば、偏光フィルムが2枚のトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)フィルムで挟まれた構成を有する。他のいくつかの好ましい態様では、偏光子の一方の面に、例えばTAC等の熱可塑性樹脂からなる透明保護フィルムを配置し、他方の面に、シクロオレフィン系樹脂(典型的にはノルボルネン系樹脂)や、あるいは(メタ)アクリル樹脂からなる透明保護フィルムを配置する構成が採用され得る。さらに他の好ましい態様では、偏光子の一方の面に、例えばTAC等の熱可塑性樹脂からなる透明保護フィルムを配置し、他方の面に、透明保護フィルムとして、(メタ)アクリル系、ウレタン系、アクリルウレタン系、エポキシ系、シリコーン系等の熱硬化性樹脂または紫外線硬化型樹脂を用いることができる。これら透明保護フィルムは、PVA系等の接着剤を介して偏光子に積層され得る。透明保護フィルムには、目的に応じて、任意の適切な添加剤が1種類以上含まれ得る。 As a material constituting the transparent protective film, for example, a thermoplastic resin having excellent transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, moisture barrier property, isotropic property, etc. is preferably used. Specific examples of such thermoplastic resins include cellulose resins such as TAC, polyester resins, polyether sulfone resins, polysulfone resins, polycarbonate resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyolefin resins, (meth) acrylic resins, and cycloolefin resins. Examples thereof include resins (typically norbornene-based resins), polyarylate resins, polystyrene resins, PVA resins, and mixtures of two or more of these. In some embodiments, the polarizing film has, for example, a configuration in which the polarizing film is sandwiched between two triacetyl cellulose (TAC) films. In some other preferred embodiments, a transparent protective film made of a thermoplastic resin such as TAC is placed on one surface of the polarizing element, and a cycloolefin resin (typically a norbornene resin) is placed on the other surface. ) Or, a configuration in which a transparent protective film made of (meth) acrylic resin is arranged can be adopted. In still another preferred embodiment, a transparent protective film made of a thermoplastic resin such as TAC is placed on one surface of the polarizing element, and the transparent protective film is prepared as a (meth) acrylic or urethane-based film on the other surface. Thermosetting resins such as acrylic urethane, epoxy, and silicone, or ultraviolet curable resins can be used. These transparent protective films can be laminated on the polarizing element via an adhesive such as PVA. The transparent protective film may contain one or more of any suitable additives, depending on the intended purpose.
 また、偏光フィルムの背面には表面処理層を設けてもよい。表面処理層は、偏光フィルムに用いられる上述の透明保護フィルムに設けることができる他、別途、透明保護フィルムとは別体のものとして、偏光フィルム上に設けることもできる。 Further, a surface treatment layer may be provided on the back surface of the polarizing film. The surface treatment layer can be provided on the above-mentioned transparent protective film used for the polarizing film, or can be separately provided on the polarizing film as a separate body from the transparent protective film.
 表面処理層の好適例としては、ハードコート層が挙げられる。ハードコート層の形成材料としては、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂、熱または放射線により硬化する材料を用いることができる。用いられる材料としては、熱硬化型樹脂や紫外線硬化型樹脂、電子線硬化型樹脂等の放射線硬化性樹脂が挙げられる。なかでも、紫外線硬化型樹脂が好適である。紫外線硬化型樹脂は、紫外線照射による硬化処理により、効率よく硬化樹脂層を形成し得るので、加工性に優れる。硬化型樹脂としては、ポリエステル系、アクリル系、ウレタン系、アミド系、シリコーン系、エポキシ系、メラミン系等の1種または2種以上を用いることができ、これらは、モノマー、オリゴマー、ポリマー等を含む形態であり得る。熱(基材損傷の原因となり得る。)を必要とせず、加工速度に優れることから、放射線硬化型樹脂(典型的には紫外線硬化型樹脂)が特に好ましい。 A preferred example of the surface treatment layer is a hard coat layer. As the material for forming the hard coat layer, for example, a thermoplastic resin or a material that is cured by heat or radiation can be used. Examples of the material used include thermosetting resins, ultraviolet curable resins, and radiation curable resins such as electron beam curable resins. Among them, the ultraviolet curable resin is preferable. The ultraviolet curable resin is excellent in processability because the cured resin layer can be efficiently formed by the curing treatment by ultraviolet irradiation. As the curable resin, one or more of polyester-based, acrylic-based, urethane-based, amide-based, silicone-based, epoxy-based, melamine-based and the like can be used, and these may be monomers, oligomers, polymers and the like. It can be in the form of inclusion. A radiation-curable resin (typically an ultraviolet-curable resin) is particularly preferable because it does not require heat (which can cause damage to the base material) and is excellent in processing speed.
 表面処理層の他の例としては、視認性の向上を目的とした防眩処理層や反射防止層が挙げられる。上記ハードコート層上に、防眩処理層や反射防止層を設けてもよい。反射防止層は、複数の層からなる多層構造を有するものであり得る。表面処理層のその他の例としては、スティッキング防止層等が挙げられる。ここに開示される偏光フィルムが表面処理層を備える態様で実施される場合、表面処理層に導電剤を含有させて導電性を付与することができる。 Other examples of the surface treatment layer include an antiglare treatment layer and an antireflection layer for the purpose of improving visibility. An antiglare treatment layer or an antireflection layer may be provided on the hard coat layer. The antireflection layer may have a multi-layer structure including a plurality of layers. Other examples of the surface treatment layer include a sticking prevention layer and the like. When the polarizing film disclosed herein is carried out in an embodiment including a surface treatment layer, the surface treatment layer can be impregnated with a conductive agent to impart conductivity.
 上記被着体が偏光フィルムである態様において、偏光フィルムの厚さ(複数の層から構成される場合は、それらの総厚)は、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ1μm以上であり、凡そ10μm以上または凡そ20μm以上が適当である。例えば、透明保護フィルムを設ける場合、保護性等の観点から、偏光フィルムの厚さは、好ましくは凡そ30μm以上、より好ましくは凡そ50μm以上、さらに好ましくは凡そ70μm以上である。偏光フィルムの上限は特に制限されず、例えば凡そ1mm以下であり、凡そ500μm以下または凡そ300μm以下が適当である。光学特性や薄厚化の観点から、上記厚さは、好ましくは凡そ150μm以下、より好ましくは凡そ120μm以下、さらに好ましくは凡そ100μm以下である。 In the embodiment in which the adherend is a polarizing film, the thickness of the polarizing film (in the case of being composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness thereof) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, about 1 μm or more, and about 10 μm or more. Alternatively, about 20 μm or more is appropriate. For example, when a transparent protective film is provided, the thickness of the polarizing film is preferably about 30 μm or more, more preferably about 50 μm or more, still more preferably about 70 μm or more, from the viewpoint of protection and the like. The upper limit of the polarizing film is not particularly limited, and is, for example, about 1 mm or less, and about 500 μm or less or about 300 μm or less is appropriate. From the viewpoint of optical characteristics and thinning, the thickness is preferably about 150 μm or less, more preferably about 120 μm or less, still more preferably about 100 μm or less.
 他の好ましい態様では、上記被着体は、電子機器を構成する部材である。電子機器構成部材は、修理や交換、製品検査等のため、被着体である電子機器本体から分離する機会が多く、ここに開示される構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)を利用することの利点が大きい。また、ここに開示される構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)は、バッテリー(一次電池および二次電池を包含する。例えばポリマーバッテリー)を電子機器(本体)に固定する用途の構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)として特に好ましく使用される。バッテリーは通常、電子機器の構成部材(バッテリーを含む。)の修理や交換、検査等の際に、取外しを要する箇所に配置されていることが多い。そのため、当該バッテリー固定用の粘着剤は、除去を要する頻度が高い。このような使用態様に、ここに開示される構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)を適用することで、バッテリーを良好に固定する機能を発揮しつつ、使用期間を終えたバッテリーを取り外す際には、水剥離を利用して電子機器本体とバッテリーとを分離し、バッテリーの取外しを簡易に行うことができる。ここに開示される技術によると、被着体としてのバッテリーの変形を抑制しつつ、当該バッテリーが接合された被着体(典型的には電子機器本体)からバッテリーを分離することができる。かかる態様において、第1被着体および第2被着体のうちの一方の被着体は電子機器本体(例えば電子機器の筐体)であり、他方の被着体は電子機器を構成する部材であり得る。例えば、第1被着体および第2被着体のうちの一方の被着体は電子機器本体(例えば電子機器の筐体)であり、他方の被着体はバッテリーである。このような態様における構造体(接合体)は、例えば両面粘着シートによって部材(例えばバッテリー)が固定された電子機器であり得る。 In another preferred embodiment, the adherend is a member constituting an electronic device. Electronic device components are often separated from the main body of the electronic device, which is the adherend, for repair, replacement, product inspection, etc., and the advantage of using the structure disclosed here (for example, double-sided adhesive sheet) is used. Is big. Further, the structure disclosed herein (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet) includes a structure (for example, double-sided adhesive) for fixing a battery (including a primary battery and a secondary battery, for example, a polymer battery) to an electronic device (main body). It is particularly preferably used as a sheet). Batteries are usually placed in places that need to be removed when repairing, replacing, or inspecting components (including batteries) of electronic devices. Therefore, the adhesive for fixing the battery often needs to be removed. By applying the structure disclosed here (for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet) to such a usage mode, the function of fixing the battery well is exhibited, and when removing the battery after the usage period, the battery is removed. The main body of the electronic device and the battery can be separated by using water peeling, and the battery can be easily removed. According to the technique disclosed herein, the battery can be separated from the adherend (typically, the main body of the electronic device) to which the battery is joined while suppressing the deformation of the battery as the adherend. In such an embodiment, one of the first and second adherends is the main body of the electronic device (for example, the housing of the electronic device), and the other adherend is a member constituting the electronic device. Can be. For example, one of the first adherend and the second adherend is an electronic device main body (for example, a housing of an electronic device), and the other adherend is a battery. The structure (joint) in such an embodiment may be an electronic device in which a member (for example, a battery) is fixed by, for example, a double-sided adhesive sheet.
 ここに開示される技術において用いられる被着体(第1被着体および第2被着体)において、粘着剤層(第1粘着剤層または第2粘着剤層)が貼り付けられる面(被接着面)は親水性表面であってもよく、非親水性表面(例えば疎水性表面)であってもよい。ここに開示される技術によると、被着体の表面性状によらず、水剥離を利用して2つの被着体を分離することができる。上記被着体表面(被接着面)の水接触角は、特に限定されず、例えば30度超である。いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記被接着面は、水接触角が40度以上の疎水性表面である。このような疎水性被着体(水接触角が40度以上の疎水性表面を有する被着体)は、通常、水剥離による粘着剤の剥離除去が困難であるが、ここに開示される技術によると、水剥離を利用して、従来困難であった上記疎水性被着体を分離することができる。上記疎水性表面の水接触角は50度以上(例えば50度超)であってもよく、60度以上(例えば65度以上)でもよい。被着体表面(被接着面)の水接触角の上限は特に限定されず、例えば115度未満であり、105度未満であってもよく、95度未満であり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様では、第1被着体の被接着面および第2被着体の被接着面のいずれもが、上述の範囲の水接触角を有する疎水性表面である。第1被着体の被接着面および第2被着体の被接着面の水接触角は同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In the adherends (first adherend and second adherend) used in the technique disclosed herein, the surface (coverage) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is attached. The adhesive surface) may be a hydrophilic surface or a non-hydrophilic surface (eg, a hydrophobic surface). According to the technique disclosed herein, two adherends can be separated by utilizing water exfoliation regardless of the surface texture of the adherend. The water contact angle of the adherend surface (adhesive surface) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, more than 30 degrees. In some preferred embodiments, the adhered surface is a hydrophobic surface with a water contact angle of 40 degrees or greater. Such a hydrophobic adherend (an adherend having a hydrophobic surface having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more) is usually difficult to peel off and remove the pressure-sensitive adhesive by water peeling, but the techniques disclosed herein. According to the above, it is possible to separate the hydrophobic adherend, which has been difficult in the past, by utilizing water peeling. The water contact angle of the hydrophobic surface may be 50 degrees or more (for example, more than 50 degrees) or 60 degrees or more (for example, 65 degrees or more). The upper limit of the water contact angle of the adherend surface (adhesion surface) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 115 degrees, may be less than 105 degrees, or may be less than 95 degrees. In some preferred embodiments, both the adhered surface of the first adherend and the adhered surface of the second adherend are hydrophobic surfaces having a water contact angle in the range described above. The water contact angles of the adhered surface of the first adherend and the adhered surface of the second adherend may be the same or different.
 <構造体の厚さ>
 ここに開示される構造体が両面粘着シートの形態である態様において、当該両面粘着シート(第1粘着剤層、中間層および第2粘着剤層を含むが、剥離ライナーは含まない。)の厚さは特に限定されず、3μm以上とすることができ、5μm以上であってよく、10μm以上が適当であり、段差追従性など被着体との密着性の観点から、好ましくは20μm以上、より好ましくは30μm以上である。いくつかの態様において、両面粘着シートの厚さは、50μm以上でもよく、50μm超でもよく、70μm以上でもよく、100μm以上でもよく、120μm以上でもよい。両面粘着シートの厚さの上限は、例えば5mm以下であり、3mm以下であってもよく、1mm以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、両面粘着シートの厚さは、500μm以下が適当であり、300μm以下とすることが好ましく、200μm以下(例えば150μm以下)とすることがより好ましく、120μm以下(例えば80μm以下)であってもよい。粘着シートの厚さを薄くすることは、薄膜化、小型化、軽量化、省資源化等の点でも有利である。
<Thickness of structure>
In an embodiment in which the structure disclosed herein is in the form of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the thickness of the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, but not a release liner). The size is not particularly limited, and may be 3 μm or more, may be 5 μm or more, 10 μm or more is appropriate, and is preferably 20 μm or more from the viewpoint of adhesion to the adherend such as step followability. It is preferably 30 μm or more. In some embodiments, the thickness of the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be 50 μm or more, 50 μm or more, 70 μm or more, 100 μm or more, or 120 μm or more. The upper limit of the thickness of the double-sided adhesive sheet is, for example, 5 mm or less, may be 3 mm or less, or may be 1 mm or less. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less (for example, 150 μm or less), and 120 μm or less (for example, 80 μm or less). ) May be. Reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet is also advantageous in terms of thinning, miniaturization, weight reduction, resource saving, and the like.
 <剥離ライナー>
 ここに開示される構造体(典型的には両面粘着シート)に用いられる剥離ライナーとしては、特に限定されず、例えば樹脂フィルムや紙等のライナー基材の表面が剥離処理された剥離ライナーや、フッ素系ポリマー(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等)やポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等)の低接着性材料からなる剥離ライナー等を用いることができる。上記剥離処理には、例えば、シリコーン系、長鎖アルキル系等の剥離処理剤が用いられ得る。いくつかの態様において、剥離処理された樹脂フィルムを剥離ライナーとして好ましく採用し得る。
<Peeling liner>
The release liner used for the structure (typically a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and for example, a release liner in which the surface of a liner base material such as a resin film or paper is peeled off, or a release liner. A release liner made of a low-adhesive material such as a fluoropolymer (polytetrafluoroethylene or the like) or a polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) can be used. For the peeling treatment, for example, a silicone-based or long-chain alkyl-based peeling treatment agent may be used. In some embodiments, the peeled resin film can be preferably used as the peeling liner.
 <粘着シート>
 本明細書により提供される粘着シートには、ここに開示される構造体に用いられる粘着シートが含まれる。かかる粘着シートは、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の接合に好ましく用いられる。その第1態様に係る粘着シートは粘着剤層を含み、後述するセットにおける第1粘着シートとして好ましく用いられる。上記セットの第2粘着シートとして用いることも可能である。第1態様に係る粘着シートは粘着剤層を含む。この粘着剤層は、A層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層およびB層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層以外の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層であってもよい。上記粘着剤層はA層を有することが好ましい。これらの粘着剤層の詳細は上述のとおりであるので、ここでは重複する説明は省略する。また、上記粘着シートは、任意に、親水性表面を有する基材層または親水性表面を有しない基材層を有してよい。上記粘着シートがA層を有し、かつ親水性表面を有する基材層を有する場合、上記A層は上記親水性表面上に配置されていることが好ましい。例えば、上記粘着シートを上記セットの第2粘着シートとして用いる場合、粘着シートは、基材層と、該基材層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備え、該基材層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。上記粘着剤層は、上記基材層の親水性表面側に配置されるA層を有する。親水性表面を有する基材層としては、上記中間層として説明した構成を好ましく採用することができる。親水性表面を有しない基材層としては、上記中間層の他の層(例えば主層)として説明した構成を好ましく採用することができる。また、上記粘着シートの粘着面の保護に用いられ得る剥離ライナーとしては、構造体に用いられる剥離ライナーの構成を採用することができる。
<Adhesive sheet>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets provided herein include the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets used in the structures disclosed herein. Such an adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the first aspect includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and is preferably used as the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in a set described later. It can also be used as the second adhesive sheet of the above set. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the first aspect includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. This pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer and a B layer, or a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the A layer. good. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably has an A layer. Since the details of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers are as described above, overlapping description will be omitted here. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may optionally have a base material layer having a hydrophilic surface or a base material layer having no hydrophilic surface. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer and a base material layer having a hydrophilic surface, it is preferable that the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface. For example, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is used as the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of the set, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprises a base material layer and an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer, and the base material layer is provided. At least one of the surfaces is a hydrophilic surface. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface side of the base material layer. As the base material layer having a hydrophilic surface, the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted. As the base material layer having no hydrophilic surface, the configuration described as another layer (for example, the main layer) of the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted. Further, as the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet, the structure of the release liner used for the structure can be adopted.
 また、本明細書により提供される粘着シートには、基材層と、該基材層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備える第2態様に係る粘着シートが含まれる。かかる粘着シートは、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の接合に好ましく用いられる。また、粘着シートは、後述するセットにおける第2粘着シートとして好ましく用いられる。第2態様に係る粘着シートにおいて、粘着剤層は、A層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層およびB層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層以外の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層はA層を有しない。これらの粘着剤層の詳細は上述のとおりであるので、ここでは重複する説明は省略する。また、上記基材層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。親水性表面を有する基材層としては、上記中間層として説明した構成を好ましく採用することができる。なお、上記粘着シートがA層を有する場合、上記A層は上記親水性表面上に配置されていることが好ましい。また、上記粘着シートの粘着面の保護に用いられ得る剥離ライナーとしては、構造体に用いられる剥離ライナーの構成を採用することができる。 Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet provided by the present specification includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the second aspect, which comprises a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer. Such an adhesive sheet is preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably used as the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in the set described later. In the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to the second aspect, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a layer A and a layer B, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the layer A. It may be an adhesive layer. In some embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not have an A layer. Since the details of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers are as described above, overlapping description will be omitted here. Further, at least one surface of the base material layer is a hydrophilic surface. As the base material layer having a hydrophilic surface, the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer, it is preferable that the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface. Further, as the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface of the adhesive sheet, the structure of the release liner used for the structure can be adopted.
 上記粘着シートにおいて、A層を有する粘着剤層を備える粘着シートは、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後、上記被着体に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、該蒸留水を前記A層と前記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]と、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後の粘着力B0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が、典型的には40%以上であり、70%以上であることが適当である。この特性を満足する粘着シートは、A層表面において、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離を行い得る。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水剥離力低下率は、例えば75%以上でもよく、85%以上でもよく、90%以上でもよく、95%以上でもよく、97%以上でもよい。水剥離力低下率は、原理上100%以下であり、典型的には100%未満である。 In the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet provided with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A-layer is formed on a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method as an adherend and having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water. After 1 day at room temperature after pasting the layer side, 20 μL of distilled water was dropped onto the adherend, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, and then JIS Z0237: 2009. 10.4.1 Method 1: Water peeling measured at a test temperature of 23 ° C, with a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 °, according to the 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate. The A layer side is attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as an adherend with a force B1 [N / 10 mm] and a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the room temperature is 1 From the adhesive strength B0 [N / 10 mm] after a day, the water separation reduction rate calculated by the following formula: (1- (B1 / B0)) × 100; is typically 40% or more, 70%. It is appropriate that the above is the case. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet satisfying this characteristic can be subjected to water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water on the surface of the A layer. In some preferred embodiments, the rate of decrease in water peeling power may be, for example, 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more. The rate of decrease in water peeling force is 100% or less in principle, and typically less than 100%.
 (剥離強度B0)
 上記被着体に対する剥離強度B0は、特に限定されるものではないが、2.0N/10mm以上であることが好ましい。ここで剥離強度B0は、被着体としてアルカリガラス板(蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面を有するフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板)を用いて、温度23℃、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される剥離強度(通常剥離強度)である。上記剥離強度B0を有する粘着シートは、被着体に対して所定値以上の剥離強度B0で接着しているということもできる。これにより、粘着シートは、被着体に安定して接着し得る。いくつかの態様において、上記剥離強度B0は、被着体への接着性の観点から、例えば2.5N/10mm以上であってよく、3.0N/10mm以上でもよく、3.5N/10mm以上でもよく、4.0N/10mm以上でもよく、4.5N/10mm以上でもよく、5.0N/10mm以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、上記剥離強度B0は、例えば6.0N/10mm以上であってよく、7.0N/10mm以上でもよく、8.0N/10mm以上でもよく、9.0N/10mm以上でもよく、10.0N/10mm以上でもよく、11.0N/10mm以上でもよい。上記剥離強度B0の上限は特に限定されず、例えば30N/10mm以下であり得る。上記剥離強度B0は、20N/10mm以下でもよく、15N/10mm以下(例えば12N/10mm以下)でもよい。いくつかの態様では、上記剥離強度B0は、10N/10mm未満でもよく、8N/10mm未満でもよい。
(Peeling strength B0)
The peel strength B0 for the adherend is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.0 N / 10 mm or more. Here, the peel strength B0 is a tensile strength at a temperature of 23 ° C. using an alkaline glass plate (an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method having a surface having a contact angle with distilled water of 5 to 10 degrees) as an adherend. The peel strength (normal peel strength) measured under the conditions of a speed of 300 mm / min and a peel angle of 180 degrees. It can also be said that the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having the peel strength B0 is adhered to the adherend with a peel strength B0 of a predetermined value or more. Thereby, the adhesive sheet can be stably adhered to the adherend. In some embodiments, the peel strength B0 may be, for example, 2.5N / 10mm or more, may be 3.0N / 10mm or more, or may be 3.5N / 10mm or more, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness to the adherend. It may be 4.0 N / 10 mm or more, 4.5 N / 10 mm or more, or 5.0 N / 10 mm or more. In some other embodiments, the peel strength B0 may be, for example, 6.0 N / 10 mm or more, 7.0 N / 10 mm or more, 8.0 N / 10 mm or more, 9.0 N / 10 mm or more. It may be 10.0 N / 10 mm or more, or 11.0 N / 10 mm or more. The upper limit of the peel strength B0 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N / 10 mm or less. The peel strength B0 may be 20 N / 10 mm or less, or 15 N / 10 mm or less (for example, 12 N / 10 mm or less). In some embodiments, the peel strength B0 may be less than 10N / 10mm or less than 8N / 10mm.
 (水剥離力B1)
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、被着体としてアルカリガラス板(蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面を有するフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板)を用いて、被着体と粘着剤層とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を前記粘着剤層と上記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、具体的には、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]が、所定値以下に制限されたものであり得る。水剥離力B1が制限された構成によると、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離により、粘着剤層を容易に剥離することができる。特に限定するものではないが、水剥離力B1は、例えば3.5N/10mm以下であってもよく、2.5N/10mm以下でもよく、1.6N/10mm以下でもよく、1.2N/10mm以下でもよく、1.0N/10mm以下でもよい。水剥離力B1が低い粘着シートによると、水剥離する際に被着体に与える負荷を軽減することができる。水剥離力B1は、例えば0.75N/10mm以下、または0.50N/10mm以下、または0.25N/10mm以下、または0.15N/10mm以下である態様でも好適に実施され得る。水剥離力B1の下限は特に制限されず、実質的に0N/10mmでもよく、0N/10mm超でもよい。
 なお、リワーク性等の観点から、水剥離力B1の測定において、被着体上に粘着剤を残留させることなく該被着体から粘着剤層を剥離できることが好ましい。すなわち、被着体からの粘着剤層の剥離において、非糊残り性に優れることが好ましい。被着体上への粘着剤の残留の有無は、例えば、粘着剤層剥離後の被着体を目視で観察することにより把握することができる。
(Water peeling force B1)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein uses an alkaline glass plate (an alkaline glass plate manufactured by a float method having a surface having a contact angle with distilled water of 5 to 10 degrees) as an adherend. 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the adhesive layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the distilled water is allowed to enter one end of the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the adherend, and then 10.4.1 of JIS Z0237: 2009. Method 1: Water peeling force measured according to the 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate, specifically, at a test temperature of 23 ° C, using a tensile tester at a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 °. B1 [N / 10 mm] may be limited to a predetermined value or less. According to the configuration in which the water peeling force B1 is limited, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be easily peeled off by water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. Although not particularly limited, the water peeling force B1 may be, for example, 3.5 N / 10 mm or less, 2.5 N / 10 mm or less, 1.6 N / 10 mm or less, or 1.2 N / 10 mm. It may be less than or equal to, and may be 1.0 N / 10 mm or less. According to the adhesive sheet having a low water peeling force B1, the load applied to the adherend at the time of water peeling can be reduced. The water peeling force B1 can also be preferably carried out in an embodiment of, for example, 0.75 N / 10 mm or less, 0.50 N / 10 mm or less, 0.25 N / 10 mm or less, or 0.15 N / 10 mm or less. The lower limit of the water peeling force B1 is not particularly limited, and may be substantially 0N / 10mm or more than 0N / 10mm.
From the viewpoint of reworkability and the like, it is preferable that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be peeled off from the adherend without leaving the pressure-sensitive adhesive on the adherend in the measurement of the water peeling force B1. That is, it is preferable that the adhesive layer is excellent in non-glue residue property in peeling from the adherend. The presence or absence of the adhesive remaining on the adherend can be grasped, for example, by visually observing the adherend after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off.
 (水浸漬後剥離力低下率)
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、上記のように水等の水性液体を用いて容易に剥離することができ、かつ、粘着シートを水に30分間浸漬し、次いで水から引き上げて付着水を拭き取った後に剥離強度B0の測定条件と同じ条件で測定される水浸漬後剥離強度B2[N/10mm]が、式:
   水浸漬後剥離力低下率[%]=(1-(B2/B0))×100
;において、水浸漬後剥離力低下率30%以下を満足することが好ましい。すなわち、式:
   (1-(B2/B0))×100≦30[%]
;を満足することが好ましい。この式は、次式:B2≧0.7B0;を意味する。上記の水浸漬後剥離力低下率(30%以下)を満足する粘着剤を含む粘着シートは、耐水信頼性に優れる。より高い耐水信頼性を得る観点から、水浸漬後剥離力低下率は、例えば20%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下であることがより好ましく、7%以下でもよい。水浸漬後剥離力低下率の下限は、典型的には0%以上である。上記粘着シートは、水剥離力低下率[%]と水浸漬後剥離力低下率[%]との差が、例えば45%以上、または55%以上、または70%以上、または80%以上、または90%以上である態様で好ましく実施され得る。
(Rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be easily peeled off using an aqueous liquid such as water as described above, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is immersed in water for 30 minutes and then pulled out of the water to wipe off the adhered water. After soaking in water, the peel strength B2 [N / 10 mm] measured under the same conditions as the measurement condition of the peel strength B0 is the formula:
Rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water [%] = (1- (B2 / B0)) × 100
It is preferable to satisfy the peeling force reduction rate of 30% or less after immersion in water. That is, the formula:
(1- (B2 / B0)) × 100 ≦ 30 [%]
It is preferable to satisfy; This equation means the following equation: B2 ≧ 0.7B0 ;. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive satisfying the above-mentioned rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water (30% or less) is excellent in water resistance and reliability. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher water resistance reliability, the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is preferably, for example, 20% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and may be 7% or less. The lower limit of the rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion in water is typically 0% or more. In the above adhesive sheet, the difference between the water peeling power reduction rate [%] and the water peeling power reduction rate [%] is, for example, 45% or more, 55% or more, 70% or more, or 80% or more, or It can be preferably carried out in an embodiment of 90% or more.
 上記剥離強度B0、水剥離力B1および水浸漬後剥離強度B2は、剥離対象である被着体として、中間層ではなく、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面を有するフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板を用いる他は、後述の実施例に記載の剥離強度A0、水剥離力A1および水浸漬後剥離強度A2の測定方法と基本的に同様の方法で測定される。具体的には、粘着シートを幅20mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットして試験片を作製し、試験片の粘着剤層(A層)を、被着体としての上記アルカリガラス板に2kgのゴムローラーを一往復させて圧着する。これにオートクレーブ処理(50℃、0.5MPa、15分)を行う。その後、上記剥離強度A0、水剥離力A1、水浸漬後剥離強度A2の測定と同様の方法で、剥離強度B0、水剥離力B1、水浸漬後剥離強度B2の測定を実施する。 The peeling strength B0, the water peeling force B1 and the peeling strength B2 after immersion in water are float methods having a surface having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water instead of an intermediate layer as an adherend to be peeled off. Other than using the alkaline glass plate produced in the above, the measurement is carried out basically in the same manner as the method for measuring the peel strength A0, the water peeling force A1 and the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water described in Examples described later. Specifically, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (layer A) of the test piece is placed on the alkaline glass plate as an adherend in an amount of 2 kg. The rubber roller is reciprocated once and crimped. This is autoclaved (50 ° C, 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). Then, the peel strength B0, the water peeling force B1, and the peeling strength B2 after immersion in water are measured by the same method as the measurement of the peel strength A0, the water peeling force A1, and the peeling strength A2 after immersion in water.
 なお、上記の測定において、被着体としては、フロート法で作製したアルカリガラス板であって、試験片を貼り合わせる面の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度であるものを用いる。そのような被着体として、上記松浪硝子工業社製のアルカリガラス板を使用し得るが、これに限定されず、上記松浪硝子工業社製のアルカリガラス板の相当品や、それ以外のアルカリガラス板を用いることも可能である。 In the above measurement, as the adherend, an alkaline glass plate produced by the float method and having a contact angle with distilled water of 5 to 10 degrees on the surface to which the test pieces are bonded is used. As such an adherend, an alkaline glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Ind. Co., Ltd. can be used, but the present invention is not limited to this, and an equivalent product of the alkaline glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Ind. Co., Ltd. or other alkaline glass. It is also possible to use a board.
 また、上記アルカリガラス板の接触角は、以下の方法で測定される。すなわち、測定雰囲気23℃、50%RHの環境下において、接触角計(協和界面科学社製、商品名「DMo-501型」、コントロールボックス「DMC-2」、制御・解析ソフト「FAMAS(バージョン5.0.30)」)を用いて液滴法により測定を行う。蒸留水の滴下量は2μLとし、滴下5秒後の画像からΘ/2法により接触角を算出する(N5で実施)。 The contact angle of the alkaline glass plate is measured by the following method. That is, in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Surface Science Co., Ltd., trade name "DMo-501 type", control box "DMC-2", control / analysis software "FAMAS (version)" 5.0.30) ”) is used to measure by the sessile drop method. The amount of distilled water dropped is 2 μL, and the contact angle is calculated by the Θ / 2 method from the image 5 seconds after dropping (implemented at N5).
 <構造体(サブ構造体)>
 本明細書により提供される構造体には、被着体と粘着剤層とを有する第1態様に係る構造体が含まれる。この構造体において、上記粘着剤層は、A層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層およびB層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層以外の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層であってもよい。上記粘着剤層はA層を有することが好ましい。上記粘着剤層は、典型的には、上記被着体の一方の面に貼り付けられている。これらの粘着剤層の詳細は上述のとおりであるので、ここでは重複する説明は省略する。また、上記構造体における被着体としては、上述した被着体で説明した構成を好ましく採用することができる。また、上記構造体は、任意に、親水性表面を有する層や、親水性表面を有しない層を有してよい。上記構造体がA層を有し、かつ親水性表面を有する層を有する場合、上記A層は上記親水性表面上に配置されていることが好ましい。例えば、上記構造体を構造体セットの第2構造体として用いる場合、第2構造体は、親水性表面を有する層と、該親水性表面を有する層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備える。また、上記粘着剤層は、上記親水性表面に配置されるA層を有する。親水性表面を有する層としては、上記中間層として説明した構成を好ましく採用することができる。親水性表面を有しない層としては、上記中間層の他の層(例えば主層)として説明した構成を好ましく採用することができる。また、上記構造体の粘着面(粘着剤層表面)の保護に用いられ得る剥離ライナーとしては、上述の剥離ライナーの構成を採用することができる。
<Structure (substructure)>
The structure provided herein includes the structure according to the first aspect, which has an adherend and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In this structure, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a layer A and a layer B, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive composed of a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the layer A. It may be a layer. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer preferably has an A layer. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is typically attached to one surface of the adherend. Since the details of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers are as described above, overlapping description will be omitted here. Further, as the adherend in the above-mentioned structure, the configuration described in the above-mentioned adherend can be preferably adopted. Further, the structure may optionally have a layer having a hydrophilic surface and a layer having no hydrophilic surface. When the structure has an A layer and a layer having a hydrophilic surface, it is preferable that the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface. For example, when the above structure is used as the second structure of the structure set, the second structure is a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of a layer having a hydrophilic surface and a layer having the hydrophilic surface. And prepare. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface. As the layer having a hydrophilic surface, the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted. As the layer having no hydrophilic surface, the configuration described as another layer (for example, the main layer) of the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted. Further, as the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) of the structure, the above-mentioned release liner configuration can be adopted.
 また、本明細書により提供される構造体には、被着体と、粘着剤層と、親水性表面を有する層と、をこの順で有する第2態様に係る構造体が含まれる。この構造体において、上記親水性表面を有する層は、その少なくとも一方の面が親水性表面である。この構造体において、粘着剤層は、A層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層およびB層を有する粘着剤層であってもよく、A層以外の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層であってもよい。これらの粘着剤層の詳細は上述のとおりであるので、ここでは重複する説明は省略する。親水性表面を有する層としては、上記中間層として説明した構成を好ましく採用することができる。上記粘着剤層がA層を有する場合、上記A層は上記親水性表面上に配置されていることが好ましい。また、上記構造体の粘着面(粘着剤層表面)の保護に用いられ得る剥離ライナーとしては、上述の剥離ライナーの構成を採用することができる。 Further, the structure provided by the present specification includes the structure according to the second aspect, which has an adherend, an adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface in this order. In this structure, at least one surface of the layer having a hydrophilic surface is a hydrophilic surface. In this structure, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a layer A and a layer B, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of a pressure-sensitive adhesive other than the layer A. It may be. Since the details of these pressure-sensitive adhesive layers are as described above, overlapping description will be omitted here. As the layer having a hydrophilic surface, the configuration described as the intermediate layer can be preferably adopted. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer, it is preferable that the A layer is arranged on the hydrophilic surface. Further, as the release liner that can be used to protect the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) of the structure, the above-mentioned release liner configuration can be adopted.
 上記構造体において、A層を有する粘着剤層を備える構造体は、上式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が、典型的には40%以上であり、70%以上であることが適当である。この特性を満足する構造体は、A層表面において、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離を行い得る。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水剥離力低下率は、例えば75%以上でもよく、85%以上でもよく、90%以上でもよく、95%以上でもよく、97%以上でもよい。水剥離力低下率は、原理上100%以下であり、典型的には100%未満である。また、上記A層を有する粘着剤層を備える構造体は、上記粘着シートの剥離強度B0、水剥離力B1および水浸漬後剥離力低下率と同じ範囲の剥離強度B0、水剥離力B1および水浸漬後剥離力低下率を有し得る。構造体における剥離強度B0、水剥離力B1および水浸漬後剥離力低下率は、試験片として構造体を用いる他は粘着シートの剥離強度B0、水剥離力B1および水浸漬後剥離力低下率と同様の方法により求められる。 In the above structure, the structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer typically has a water exfoliation reduction rate of 40% or more calculated by the above formula: (1- (B1 / B0)) × 100 ;. It is appropriate that it is 70% or more. A structure satisfying this property can be subjected to water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water on the surface of the layer A. In some preferred embodiments, the rate of decrease in water peeling power may be, for example, 75% or more, 85% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 97% or more. The rate of decrease in water peeling force is 100% or less in principle, and typically less than 100%. Further, the structure including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer has a peel strength B0, a water peeling force B1 and a water peeling force B1 in the same range as the peeling strength B0, the water peeling force B1 and the rate of decrease in the peeling force after immersion in water. It may have a rate of decrease in peeling force after immersion. The peel strength B0, water peeling force B1 and the rate of decrease in the peeling force after immersion in the structure are the same as the peeling strength B0, the water peeling force B1 and the rate of decrease in the peeling force after immersion in the adhesive sheet, except that the structure is used as a test piece. It is obtained by the same method.
 <セット>
 本明細書により提供されるセットには、第1粘着シートと第2粘着シートとを含む粘着シートセットが含まれる。上記セット(典型的には粘着シートセット)として用いられる第1粘着シートおよび第2粘着シートとしては、上述の粘着シートが採用され得る。第1粘着シートと第2粘着シートとを組み合わせて使用することにより、ここに開示される構造体の構成が得られる。上記セットは、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の接合に好ましく用いることができる。上記セットは、ここに開示される被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法に好ましく用いることができる。
<Set>
The set provided herein includes a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set comprising a first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. As the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used as the above-mentioned set (typically, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet set), the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be adopted. By using the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in combination, the structure of the structure disclosed herein can be obtained. The above set can be preferably used for joining two adherends scheduled to be separated. The above set can be preferably used in the method for separating the adherend and the method for separating and joining the adherend disclosed here.
 また、本明細書により提供されるセットには、第1構造体と第2構造体とを含む構造体セットが含まれる。上記セット(典型的には構造体セット)として用いられる第1構造体および第2構造体としては、上述の構造体が採用され得る。第1構造体と第2構造体とを組み合わせて使用することにより、ここに開示される構造体の構成が得られる。上記セットは、分離が予定されている2つの被着体の接合体の構成要素であり得る。上記セットは、ここに開示される被着体の分離方法、被着体の分離接合方法に好ましく用いることができる。 Further, the set provided by the present specification includes a structure set including a first structure and a second structure. As the first structure and the second structure used as the above set (typically, the structure set), the above-mentioned structure can be adopted. By using the first structure and the second structure in combination, the structure of the structure disclosed herein can be obtained. The set can be a component of the junction of two adherends that are scheduled to be separated. The above set can be preferably used in the method for separating the adherend and the method for separating and joining the adherend disclosed here.
 <分離方法>
 また、ここに開示される技術は、接合された2つの被着体(第1被着体および第2被着体)を分離する方法を包含する。この方法において、接合された第1被着体および第2被着体のあいだには、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置されている。また、中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。さらに、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、中間層の親水性表面に配置されたA層を有する。そして、この方法は、A層を有する粘着剤層を中間層から剥離する工程を含む。具体的には、上記中間層からの上記粘着剤層の剥離前線において上記中間層と上記粘着剤層との界面に水性液体が存在する状態で、上記剥離前線の移動に追随して上記水性液体の上記界面への進入を進行させつつ上記中間層から上記粘着剤層を剥離する水剥離工程を含む。上記水剥離工程によると、上記水性液体を有効に利用して中間層から粘着剤層を剥離し、接合された2つの被着体を分離することができる。
<Separation method>
The techniques disclosed herein also include a method of separating two joined adherends (first adherend and second adherend). In this method, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend. Also, at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Further, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. Then, this method includes a step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer. Specifically, in the state where the aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the peeling front of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer, the water-based liquid follows the movement of the peeling front. The present invention comprises a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the entry into the interface. According to the water peeling step, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be peeled from the intermediate layer by effectively utilizing the aqueous liquid, and the two bonded bodies can be separated.
 水性液体としては、水または水を主成分とする混合溶媒に、必要に応じて少量の添加剤を含有させたものを用いることができる。上記混合溶媒を構成する水以外の溶媒としては、水と均一に混合し得る低級アルコール(例えばエチルアルコール)や低級ケトン(例えばアセトン)等を使用し得る。上記添加剤としては、公知の界面活性剤等を用いることができる。被着体の汚染を避ける観点から、いくつかの態様において、添加剤を実質的に含有しない水性液体を好ましく使用し得る。環境衛生の観点から、水性液体として水を用いることが特に好ましい。水としては、特に制限されず、用途に応じて求められる純度や入手容易性等を考慮して、例えば蒸留水、イオン交換水、水道水等を用いることができる。 As the aqueous liquid, water or a mixed solvent containing water as a main component and containing a small amount of additives as necessary can be used. As the solvent other than water constituting the mixed solvent, a lower alcohol (for example, ethyl alcohol) or a lower ketone (for example, acetone) that can be uniformly mixed with water can be used. As the additive, a known surfactant or the like can be used. From the viewpoint of avoiding contamination of the adherend, an aqueous liquid containing substantially no additive may be preferably used in some embodiments. From the viewpoint of environmental hygiene, it is particularly preferable to use water as the aqueous liquid. The water is not particularly limited, and for example, distilled water, ion-exchanged water, tap water, or the like can be used in consideration of purity, availability, and the like required according to the intended use.
 いくつかの態様において、上記剥離方法は、例えば水剥離力A1の測定時と同様に、中間層に貼り付けられた粘着剤層の外縁付近の中間層上に水性液体を供給し、その水性液体を上記粘着剤層の外縁から該粘着剤層と上記中間層との界面に進入させた後、新たな水の供給を行うことなく(すなわち、剥離開始前に中間層上に供給した水性液体のみを利用して)粘着剤層の剥離を進行させる態様で好ましく行うことができる。なお、水剥離工程の途中で、剥離前線の移動に追随して粘着剤層と中間層との界面に進入させる水が途中で枯渇するようであれば、該水剥離工程の開始後に断続的または連続的に水を追加供給してもよい。例えば、中間層が吸水性を有する場合や、剥離後の中間層表面または粘着面に水性液体が残留しやすい場合等において、水剥離工程の開始後に水を追加供給する態様を好ましく採用し得る。 In some embodiments, the peeling method supplies an aqueous liquid onto the intermediate layer near the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer attached to the intermediate layer, as in the case of measuring the water peeling force A1, for example, and the aqueous liquid thereof. From the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer, without supplying new water (that is, only the aqueous liquid supplied onto the intermediate layer before the start of peeling). It can be preferably carried out in an embodiment in which the peeling of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is promoted. If the water that follows the movement of the peeling front and enters the interface between the adhesive layer and the intermediate layer is depleted in the middle of the water peeling step, it may be intermittent or intermittent after the start of the water peeling step. Additional water may be continuously supplied. For example, when the intermediate layer has water absorption, or when the aqueous liquid tends to remain on the surface or adhesive surface of the intermediate layer after peeling, an embodiment in which water is additionally supplied after the start of the water peeling step can be preferably adopted.
 剥離開始前に供給する水性液体の量は、粘着剤層の貼付け範囲外から該粘着剤層と中間層との界面に上記水性液体を導入し得る量であればよく、特に限定されない。上記水性液体の量は、例えば5μL以上であってよく、10μL以上が適当であり、20μL以上でもよい。また、上記水性液体の量の上限について特に制限はない。いくつかの態様において、作業性向上等の観点から、上記水性液体の量は、例えば10mL以下であってよく、5mL以下でもよく、1mL以下でもよく、0.5mL以下でもよく、0.1mL以下でもよく、0.05mL以下でもよい。上記水性液体の量を少なくすることにより、粘着剤層の剥離後に上記水性液体を乾燥や拭き取り等により除去する操作を省略または簡略化し得る。 The amount of the aqueous liquid supplied before the start of peeling is not particularly limited as long as the amount of the aqueous liquid can be introduced into the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer from outside the sticking range of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 5 μL or more, 10 μL or more is appropriate, and 20 μL or more may be used. Further, there is no particular limitation on the upper limit of the amount of the aqueous liquid. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of improving workability, the amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 10 mL or less, 5 mL or less, 1 mL or less, 0.5 mL or less, 0.1 mL or less. However, it may be 0.05 mL or less. By reducing the amount of the aqueous liquid, the operation of removing the aqueous liquid by drying, wiping, or the like after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is peeled off can be omitted or simplified.
 剥離開始時に上記粘着剤層の外縁から該粘着剤層と上記中間層との界面に水性液体を進入させる操作は、例えば、粘着剤層の外縁において上記界面にカッターナイフや針等の治具の先端を差し込む、粘着剤層の外縁を鉤や爪等で引掻いて持ち上げる、強粘着性の粘着テープや吸盤等を構造体の外縁付近の背面に付着させて該粘着剤層の端を持ち上げる、等の態様で行うことができる。上記粘着テープとしては、例えば図7,8に示すようなピックアップテープの使用が好ましい。このように粘着剤層の外縁から上記界面に水性液体を強制的に進入させることにより、中間層と上記粘着剤層との界面に水性液体が存在する状態を効率よく形成することができる。また、水性液体を界面に強制的に進入させる操作を行って剥離のきっかけをつくった後における良好な水剥離性と、かかる操作を行わない場合における高い耐水信頼性とを、好適に両立することができる。他の好ましい態様として、例えば図6に示す構造体のように中間層端部表面に粘着剤層非存在領域を設けておく態様が挙げられる。かかる態様では、中間層表面(親水性表面)の粘着剤層非存在領域に水性液体を供給することにより、当該水性液体は上記親水性表面に濡れ広がるので、粘着剤層と中間層との界面に水性液体を容易にかつ効率的に進入させることができる。 The operation of allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer from the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at the start of peeling is, for example, an operation of using a jig such as a cutter knife or a needle at the interface on the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Insert the tip, scratch the outer edge of the adhesive layer with a hook or claw to lift it, attach a strong adhesive tape or sucker to the back surface near the outer edge of the structure, and lift the edge of the adhesive layer. And so on. As the adhesive tape, for example, it is preferable to use a pickup tape as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8. By forcibly injecting the aqueous liquid into the interface from the outer edge of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this way, it is possible to efficiently form a state in which the aqueous liquid exists at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In addition, good water peeling property after creating a trigger for peeling by forcibly injecting an aqueous liquid into the interface and high water resistance reliability when such an operation is not performed are preferably compatible. Can be done. As another preferred embodiment, for example, as in the structure shown in FIG. 6, an embodiment in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-existent region is provided on the surface of the end portion of the intermediate layer can be mentioned. In such an embodiment, by supplying the aqueous liquid to the region where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer does not exist on the surface of the intermediate layer (hydrophilic surface), the aqueous liquid wets and spreads on the hydrophilic surface, so that the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer is formed. The aqueous liquid can be easily and efficiently entered into the water.
 上記剥離方法により剥離される粘着剤層は、例えば、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤層であることが好ましい。上記剥離方法は、ここに開示されるいずれかの構造体における中間層からの粘着剤層の剥離方法として好適である。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be peeled off by the above-mentioned peeling method is preferably, for example, any of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers disclosed herein. The peeling method is suitable as a peeling method for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer in any of the structures disclosed herein.
 いくつかの態様に係る水剥離工程は、上記剥離前線を10mm/分以上の速度で移動させる態様で好ましく実施され得る。剥離前線を10mm/分以上の速度で移動させることは、例えば剥離角度180度の条件においては、粘着剤層を20mm/分以上の引張速度で剥離することに相当する。上記剥離前線を移動させる速度は、例えば50mm/分以上でもよく、150mm/分以上でもよく、300mm/分以上でもよく、500mm/分以上でもよい。ここに開示される剥離方法によると、上記水性液体の上記界面への進入を進行させつつ上記中間層から上記粘着剤層を剥離することにより、このように比較的早い剥離速度であっても良好な水剥離性を発揮することができる。剥離前線を移動させる速度の上限は特に制限されない。上記剥離前線を移動させる速度は、例えば1000mm/分以下であり得る。そのような水剥離は、例えば図7,8に示すようなピックアップテープの使用や、図9に示すような粘着シート延設部の配置によってスムーズに実施することができる。 The water peeling step according to some aspects can be preferably carried out in a mode in which the peeling front is moved at a speed of 10 mm / min or more. Moving the peeling front at a speed of 10 mm / min or more corresponds to peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer at a tensile speed of 20 mm / min or more, for example, under the condition of a peeling angle of 180 degrees. The speed at which the peeling front is moved may be, for example, 50 mm / min or more, 150 mm / min or more, 300 mm / min or more, or 500 mm / min or more. According to the peeling method disclosed herein, by peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the invasion of the aqueous liquid into the interface, the peeling speed is good even at such a relatively high speed. Can exhibit excellent water peelability. The upper limit of the speed at which the peeling front is moved is not particularly limited. The speed at which the peel front is moved can be, for example, 1000 mm / min or less. Such water peeling can be smoothly carried out, for example, by using a pickup tape as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 or by arranging an adhesive sheet extending portion as shown in FIG.
 ここに開示される剥離方法は、例えば、該方法に使用する水性液体(例えば水)の体積10μL当たりの粘着剤層の剥離面積が、例えば50cm以上、好ましくは100cm以上となる態様で実施することができる。 The peeling method disclosed herein is carried out, for example, in such a manner that the peeling area of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer per 10 μL of the volume of the aqueous liquid (for example, water) used in the method is, for example, 50 cm 2 or more, preferably 100 cm 2 or more. can do.
 <接合方法>
 上記のようにして中間層と粘着剤層とのあいだで分離された被着体は、分離された被着体とは異なる被着体と再接合され得る。すなわち、ここに開示される技術は、接合された第1被着体および第2被着体を分離し、第2被着体に第3被着体を接合する方法を包含する。この方法において、接合された第1被着体および第2被着体のあいだには、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置されている。また、中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である。さらに、第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、中間層の親水性表面に配置されたA層を有する。そして、この方法は、A層を有する粘着剤層を中間層から剥離して、第1被着体と第2被着体とを分離する工程と、第3被着体を粘着シートによって第2被着体に接合する工程と、を含む。この方法によると、第1被着体があった箇所に、第1被着体とは異なる第3被着体を、粘着シートを用いて第2被着体に接合することができるので、第2被着体において、第1被着体と第3被着体との交換や貼替えを行うことができる。なお、粘着剤層を中間層から剥離する工程は、上記分離方法で説明したとおりである。また、第3被着体を粘着シートで接合する工程は、ローラー等の適当な貼付け手段を用いて公知ないし慣用の方法で実施することができる。第3被着体の貼付けに用いられる粘着シートとしては、公知ないし慣用の粘着シートを用いてもよく、ここに開示される粘着シートを用いてもよい。
<Joining method>
The adherend separated between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as described above can be rejoined with an adherend different from the separated adherend. That is, the technique disclosed herein includes a method of separating the joined first adherend and the second adherend and joining the third adherend to the second adherend. In this method, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the joined first adherend and the second adherend. Also, at least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface. Further, at least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. In this method, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer to separate the first adherend and the second adherend, and the third adherend is seconded by the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Includes a step of joining to the adherend. According to this method, a third adherend different from the first adherend can be joined to the second adherend by using an adhesive sheet at the place where the first adherend was present. 2 In the adherend, the first adherend and the third adherend can be exchanged or replaced. The step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer is as described in the above separation method. Further, the step of joining the third adherend with the adhesive sheet can be carried out by a known or conventional method using an appropriate sticking means such as a roller. As the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for attaching the third adherend, a known or conventional pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be used, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be used.
 より具体的には、A層を有する粘着剤層(例えば第1粘着剤層)を中間層から剥離した後、第2被着体には中間層が残存した状態となり得る。例えば、第2被着体表面(被接着面)には、A層を有しない粘着剤層(例えば第2粘着剤層)と、上記中間層とが積層した状態で残存し得る。この中間層表面に、粘着シートを用いて第3被着体は貼り付けられる。このようにして、第1被着体があった箇所に、第1被着体とは異なる第3被着体を、粘着シートを用いて第2被着体に接合することができる。 More specifically, after the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer (for example, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is peeled off from the intermediate layer, the intermediate layer may remain in the second adherend. For example, on the surface of the second adherend (adhesive surface), the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (for example, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) having no A layer and the intermediate layer may remain in a laminated state. The third adherend is attached to the surface of the intermediate layer using an adhesive sheet. In this way, the third adherend different from the first adherend can be joined to the second adherend by using the adhesive sheet at the place where the first adherend was.
 第3被着体を第2被着体に接合するために用いられる粘着シートは、A層を有する粘着剤層を含むことが好ましい。この粘着シートとしては、上述のA層を有する粘着剤層の構成が好ましく採用される。A層を有する粘着剤層を第3被着体の接合に用いることにより、第3被着体を第2被着体に接合した後、適当なタイミングで、第3被着体を接合する粘着剤層のA層と上記中間層とのあいだで水剥離を実施して、第3被着体と第2被着体とを分離することができる。また、第3被着体があった箇所に、第3被着体とは異なる第4被着体を、粘着シートを用いて第2被着体に接合することが可能となる。上記の方法によると、第2被着体に接合された被着体(具体的には、第1被着体、第3被着体、第4被着体等)を、繰り返し分離し、接合することができる。そのような被着体(具体的には、第1被着体、第3被着体、第4被着体等)は、同種の異なる部品または物品であってもよく、あるいは、同一の部品または物品であってもよい。そのような被着体の組合せとしては、例えば、第1被着体が使用済み品(例えば使用済みバッテリー)であり、第3被着体が新品(例えばバッテリー)である組合せや、第1被着体が修理前の部品であり、第3被着体が修理後の同一部品である組合せ等が挙げられる。上記方法は、バッテリーの貼替えに好適である。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for joining the third adherend to the second adherend preferably contains an adhesive layer having an A layer. As the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the above-mentioned structure of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is preferably adopted. By using the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer for joining the third adherend, the third adherend is bonded to the second adherend, and then the third adherend is bonded at an appropriate timing. Water separation can be performed between the A layer of the agent layer and the intermediate layer to separate the third adherend and the second adherend. Further, it is possible to join the fourth adherend, which is different from the third adherend, to the second adherend by using the adhesive sheet at the place where the third adherend was. According to the above method, the adherends bonded to the second adherend (specifically, the first adherend, the third adherend, the fourth adherend, etc.) are repeatedly separated and joined. can do. Such an adherend (specifically, a first adherend, a third adherend, a fourth adherend, etc.) may be different parts or articles of the same type, or the same part. Or it may be an article. As a combination of such adherends, for example, a combination in which the first adherend is a used product (for example, a used battery) and the third adherend is a new product (for example, a battery), or a first cover. Examples thereof include a combination in which the body is a part before repair and the third adherend is the same part after repair. The above method is suitable for replacing the battery.
 <用途>
 ここに開示される構造体は、水等の水性液体を用いた水剥離により、2つの被着体を分離できることから、被着体である部品や物品のリサイクルやリペア、交換が可能である。かかる特長を活かして、リサイクルやリペア、交換が必要とされ得る例えば各種の携帯機器(ポータブル機器)、自動車、家電製品等の用途に好適である。ここに開示される構造体はまた、例えば、液晶表示装置、有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)、電子ペーパー等の表示装置(画像表示装置)や、タッチパネル等の入力装置等の機器(光学機器)、特に、フォルダブル表示装置や車載用の表示装置にも好適である。これらの用途では、高価な部材が含まれていることが多く、ここに開示される技術を適用することの利点は大きい。
<Use>
Since the structure disclosed herein can separate two adherends by water exfoliation using an aqueous liquid such as water, parts and articles that are adherents can be recycled, repaired, or replaced. Taking advantage of these features, it is suitable for applications such as various portable devices (portable devices), automobiles, home appliances, etc., which may require recycling, repair, or replacement. The structure disclosed herein also includes, for example, a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), a display device (image display device) such as electronic paper, and an input device such as a touch panel. Etc. (optical equipment), particularly suitable for foldable display devices and in-vehicle display devices. These applications often include expensive components, and the advantages of applying the techniques disclosed herein are great.
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、ここに開示される構造体は、例えば、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレット型パソコン、ノート型パソコン、各種ウェアラブル機器(例えば、腕時計のように手首に装着するリストウェア型、クリップやストラップ等で体の一部に装着するモジュラー型、メガネ型(単眼型や両眼型。ヘッドマウント型も含む。)を包含するアイウェア型、シャツや靴下、帽子等に例えばアクセサリの形態で取り付ける衣服型、イヤホンのように耳に取り付けるイヤウェア型等)、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、音響機器(携帯音楽プレーヤー、ICレコーダー等)、計算機(電卓等)、携帯ゲーム機器、電子辞書、電子手帳、電子書籍、車載用情報機器、携帯ラジオ、携帯テレビ、携帯プリンター、携帯スキャナ、携帯モデム等の携帯型電子機器において、表示部を保護する保護パネル(レンズ)固定用、キーモジュール部材固定用、アンテナモジュール固定用、リムシート固定用、デコレーションパネル固定用、バッテリー固定用、その他各種部材(回路基板、各種パネル用部材、ボタン、照明機器部材、内部カメラ部材、放熱材、グラファイトシート)の固定用、ロゴ(意匠文字)や各種デザイン等の表示物(各種標章を含む。)の固定用等の用途に好ましく適用され得る。なお、この明細書において「携帯」とは、単に携帯することが可能であるだけでは十分ではなく、個人(標準的な成人)が相対的に容易に持ち運び可能なレベルの携帯性を有することを意味するものとする。 In some preferred embodiments, the structures disclosed herein are, for example, mobile phones, smartphones, tablet computers, laptop computers, various wearable devices (eg, wristwear-type, clips that are worn on the wrist, such as watches. Modular type that is attached to a part of the body with a strap, eyewear type including glasses type (monocular type, binocular type, including head mount type), shirts, socks, hats, etc., for example in the form of accessories Clothes type to be attached, earwear type to be attached to the ear like earphones), digital camera, digital video camera, audio equipment (portable music player, IC recorder, etc.), computer (computer, etc.), portable game equipment, electronic dictionary, electronic notebook , For fixing protective panels (lenses) that protect display units, for fixing key module members, in portable electronic devices such as electronic books, in-vehicle information devices, portable radios, portable TVs, portable printers, portable scanners, and portable modems. For fixing antenna modules, fixing rim sheets, fixing decoration panels, fixing batteries, and fixing various other members (circuit boards, various panel members, buttons, lighting equipment members, internal camera members, heat dissipation materials, graphite sheets), It can be preferably applied to applications such as fixing logos (design characters) and display objects (including various marks) such as various designs. In addition, in this specification, "portable" means that it is not enough to be portable, but to have a level of portability that an individual (standard adult) can carry relatively easily. It shall mean.
 ここに開示される構造体は、電子機器(典型的には携帯型電子機器)においてバッテリー(一次電池および二次電池を包含する。例えばポリマーバッテリー)を固定する用途に好適である。バッテリーは通常、電子機器の構成部材(バッテリーを含む。)の修理や交換、検査等の際に、取外しを要する箇所に配置されていることが多い。そのため、当該バッテリー固定用の構造体(典型的には粘着シート)は、除去を要する頻度が高い。この用途に上記構造体を適用することで、バッテリーを良好に固定する機能を発揮しつつ、使用期間を終えたバッテリーを取り外す際には、引張りを利用した水剥離による分離方法を利用して、その取外しを簡易に行うことができる。 The structure disclosed herein is suitable for use in an electronic device (typically a portable electronic device) for fixing a battery (including a primary battery and a secondary battery, for example, a polymer battery). Batteries are usually placed in places that need to be removed when repairing, replacing, or inspecting components (including batteries) of electronic devices. Therefore, the structure for fixing the battery (typically an adhesive sheet) often needs to be removed. By applying the above structure to this application, while demonstrating the function of fixing the battery well, when removing the battery after the period of use, the separation method by water peeling using tension is used. The removal can be done easily.
 以下、本発明に関するいくつかの実施例を説明するが、本発明をかかる実施例に示すものに限定することを意図したものではない。なお、以下の説明において「部」および「%」は、特に断りがない限り重量基準である。 Hereinafter, some examples of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not intended to be limited to those shown in such examples. In the following description, "part" and "%" are based on weight unless otherwise specified.
 <評価方法>
 [剥離強度A0]
 幅20mm、長さ100mmのサイズを有する構造体を試験片として用意する。
 上記試験片をオートクレーブ処理(50℃、0.5MPa、15分)した後、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、同環境下において、中間層と粘着剤層との界面にカッターナイフを差し込んで該粘着剤層の長手方向の一端を中間層から剥がし、引張試験機(ミネベア社製、万能引張圧縮試験機、装置名「引張圧縮試験機、TCM-1kNB」)を用いて、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で中間層からの粘着剤層の剥離強度(ただし、下記の水剥離力測定に移行するまで、すなわち剥離界面に蒸留水を供給するまでの間についての剥離強度)を測定する。中間層が親水性表面を有するものについては、粘着剤層と中間層親水性表面との接着面に対して上記剥離強度測定を実施する。測定は3回行い、それらの平均値を幅10mm当たりの値(単位:N/10mm)に換算した値を剥離強度A0[N/10mm]とする。剥離強度A0は通常剥離力ともいう。なお、剥離強度の測定は、被着体に貼り付けられた試験片の剥離が下から上に進行するように行う。引張試験機としては、上記万能引張圧縮試験機の相当品を用いてもよい。
 測定にあたっては、必要に応じて構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)の反対面(A層の表面とは反対側の表面)に適当な裏打ち材を貼り付けて試験片を補強することができる。裏打ち材としては、例えば、厚さ25μm程度のPETフィルムを用いることができる。なお、粘着剤層の背面に非粘着性の層が配置されている場合には、PETフィルムによる裏打ちは不要である。
 なお、試験片として、光硬化性粘着剤層を含む両面粘着シートを用いる場合、上記オートクレーブから取り出した試験片に対し、23℃、50%RHの環境下で光照射を行い、その後に剥離強度を測定する。光照射の条件(波長、照射強度、照射時間等)は、粘着剤層の組成や厚み等に応じて適宜設定される。例えば、上記オートクレーブ処理後、高圧水銀ランプ(300mW/cm2)を用いて積算光量3000mJ/cmの紫外線を照射して光硬化性粘着剤層を硬化させることができる。
<Evaluation method>
[Peeling strength A0]
A structure having a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length is prepared as a test piece.
After the above test piece is autoclaved (50 ° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes), a cutter knife is inserted into the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer under the same environment at 23 ° C. and 50% RH. One end of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the longitudinal direction is peeled off from the intermediate layer, and a tensile tester (manufactured by Minebea, universal tensile compression tester, device name "tensile compression tester, TCM-1kNB") is used to achieve a tensile speed of 300 mm. / Minute, peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer under the condition of peeling angle of 180 degrees (however, the peel strength until the transition to the water peeling force measurement described below, that is, until the distilled water is supplied to the peeling interface. ) Is measured. When the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic surface, the peel strength measurement is carried out on the adhesive surface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. The measurement is performed three times, and the value obtained by converting the average value into a value per 10 mm width (unit: N / 10 mm) is defined as a peel strength A0 [N / 10 mm]. The peel strength A0 is also usually referred to as a peel strength. The peel strength is measured so that the peeling of the test piece attached to the adherend proceeds from the bottom to the top. As the tensile tester, an equivalent product of the universal tensile compression tester may be used.
In the measurement, if necessary, an appropriate backing material can be attached to the opposite surface (the surface opposite to the surface of the A layer) of the structure (for example, the double-sided adhesive sheet) to reinforce the test piece. As the backing material, for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 μm can be used. When the non-adhesive layer is arranged on the back surface of the adhesive layer, the backing with a PET film is unnecessary.
When a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is used as the test piece, the test piece taken out from the autoclave is irradiated with light in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, and then the peeling strength is increased. To measure. The light irradiation conditions (wavelength, irradiation intensity, irradiation time, etc.) are appropriately set according to the composition, thickness, and the like of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, after the autoclave treatment, the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays with an integrated light amount of 3000 mJ / cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp (300 mW / cm 2 ).
 [水剥離力A1]
 上記剥離強度A0の測定において、中間層からの粘着剤層の剥離強度の測定中に、上記中間層から上記粘着剤層が離れ始める箇所(剥離界面)に20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水供給後の剥離強度を測定する。したがって、中間層が親水性表面を有するものについては、粘着剤層と中間層親水性表面との接着面に対して上記剥離強度測定が実施される。測定は、各剥離強度の測定毎に(すなわち3回)行い、それらの平均値を幅10mm当たりの値(単位:N/10mm)に換算した値を水剥離力A1[N/10mm]とする。
 蒸留水供給後の剥離強度の測定条件は、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従うものとする。具体的には、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件とする。
 なお、ここでは1つの試験片毎に剥離強度の測定と水剥離力の測定とを連続して行うことにしているが、剥離強度の測定と水剥離力の測定とを異なる試験片により行ってもよい。例えば、連続測定を実施するために十分な長さの試験片を用意することが難しい場合等において、異なる試験片を用いて測定を行う態様を採用することができる。その場合、中間層と粘着剤層との界面にカッターナイフを差し込んで該粘着剤層の長手方向の一端を中間層から剥離させ、そこに蒸留水を供給して剥離強度の測定を実施する。
[Water peeling force A1]
In the measurement of the peeling strength A0, during the measurement of the peeling strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied to a portion (peeling interface) where the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer begins to separate from the intermediate layer, and the distillation thereof is performed. Measure the peel strength after water supply. Therefore, when the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic surface, the peel strength measurement is carried out on the adhesive surface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. The measurement is performed for each peeling strength measurement (that is, three times), and the average value thereof is converted into a value per 10 mm width (unit: N / 10 mm) and used as the water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm]. ..
The measurement conditions for the peel strength after the supply of distilled water shall be in accordance with JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling adhesive strength to the test plate. Specifically, the test temperature is 23 ° C., a tensile tester is used, and the tensile speed is 300 mm / min and the peeling angle is 180 degrees.
Here, the peel strength and the water peeling force are measured continuously for each test piece, but the peeling strength and the water peeling force are measured by different test pieces. May be good. For example, when it is difficult to prepare a test piece having a sufficient length for carrying out continuous measurement, an embodiment in which measurement is performed using different test pieces can be adopted. In that case, a cutter knife is inserted into the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to peel off one end of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the longitudinal direction from the intermediate layer, and distilled water is supplied to the peeling strength to measure the peeling strength.
 [水浸漬後剥離強度A2]
 構造体を幅10mm、長さ120mmの長方形状にカットして試験片を作製する。この試験片を、オートクレーブに投入し、圧力5atm、温度50℃の条件で15分間処理する。
 オートクレーブから取り出した評価用サンプルを23℃、50%RHの環境に1日保持した後、室温(23℃~25℃)の水に30分間浸漬する。水としてはイオン交換水または蒸留水を使用する。水中において試験片は、粘着剤層側が上になる向きで水平に保持する。試験片の上面から水面までの距離(浸漬深さ)は10mm以上(例えば10mm~100mm程度)とする。次いで、試験片を水から引き上げ、該試験片に付着している水を静かに拭き取った後、粘着剤層と中間層との界面にカッターナイフを差し込んで該粘着剤層の長手方向の一端を剥がし、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、JIS Z0237:2009の「10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力」に従い、具体的には、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で、中間層からの粘着剤層の剥離強度を測定する。中間層が親水性表面を有するものについては、粘着剤層と中間層親水性表面との接着面に対して上記剥離強度測定を実施する。測定値を水浸漬後剥離強度A2[N/10mm]とする。試験片を水から引き上げてから剥離強度を測定するまでの時間は10分以内とする。
[Peeling strength A2 after immersion in water]
A test piece is prepared by cutting the structure into a rectangular shape having a width of 10 mm and a length of 120 mm. This test piece is put into an autoclave and treated for 15 minutes under the conditions of a pressure of 5 atm and a temperature of 50 ° C.
The evaluation sample taken out from the autoclave is kept in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 1 day, and then immersed in water at room temperature (23 ° C. to 25 ° C.) for 30 minutes. Ion-exchanged water or distilled water is used as the water. In water, the test piece is held horizontally with the adhesive layer side facing up. The distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the test piece to the water surface is 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm). Next, the test piece is pulled up from the water, the water adhering to the test piece is gently wiped off, and then a cutter knife is inserted into the interface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the intermediate layer to insert one end of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the longitudinal direction. Peel off, in an environment of 23 ° C and 50% RH, according to JIS Z0237: 2009 "10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate", specifically, at a test temperature of 23 ° C. The peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer is measured using a tensile tester under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees. When the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic surface, the peel strength measurement is carried out on the adhesive surface between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer. The measured value is the peel strength A2 [N / 10 mm] after immersion in water. The time from pulling up the test piece from water to measuring the peel strength shall be within 10 minutes.
 上記水浸漬後剥離強度の測定条件は、水浸漬を行う他は上記剥離強度A0の測定条件と同じである。また、引張試験機としては、万能引張圧縮試験機(装置名「引張圧縮試験機、TCM-1kNB」ミネベア社製)またはその相当品を用いることができる。剥離強度の測定は、被着体に貼り付けられた試験片の剥離が下から上に進行するように行う。測定にあたっては、必要に応じて構造体(例えば両面粘着シート)の反対面(A層の表面とは反対側の表面)に適当な裏打ち材を貼り付けて試験片を補強することができる。裏打ち材としては、例えば、厚さ25μm程度のPETフィルムを用いることができる。 The measurement conditions for the peel strength after immersion in water are the same as the measurement conditions for the peel strength A0 except for the immersion in water. Further, as the tensile tester, a universal tensile compression tester (device name "tensile compression tester, TCM-1kNB" manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or an equivalent product thereof can be used. The peel strength is measured so that the peeling of the test piece attached to the adherend proceeds from the bottom to the top. In the measurement, if necessary, an appropriate backing material can be attached to the opposite surface (the surface opposite to the surface of the A layer) of the structure (for example, the double-sided adhesive sheet) to reinforce the test piece. As the backing material, for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 μm can be used.
 [膜厚の測定]
 酸化ケイ素の膜厚は、X線反射率法を測定原理とし、以下の測定条件にて粉末X線回折装置(リガク社製、装置名「RINT-2000」)にてX線反射率を測定し、取得した測定データを解析ソフト(リガク社製、「GXRR3」)で解析することで算出する。解析条件は以下の条件とし、高分子フィルム基材と密度2.3g/cm3の酸化ケイ素膜の2層モデルを採用し、酸化ケイ素膜の膜厚と表面粗さ、基材フィルムの表面粗さを変数として、最小二乗フィッティングを行い、酸化ケイ素層の厚さを解析する。
 (測定条件)
  光源: Cu-Kα線(波長:1.5418Å)、40kV、40mA
  光学系: 平行ビーム光学系
  発散スリット: 0.05mm
  受光スリット: 0.05mm
  単色化・平行化: 多層ゲーベルミラー使用
  測定モード:θ/2θスキャンモード
  測定範囲(2θ):0.3~1.5°
 (解析条件)
  解析手法: 最小二乗フィッティング
  解析範囲(2θ): 2θ=0.3~1.5°
[Measurement of film thickness]
The film thickness of silicon oxide is measured by the X-ray reflectivity method, and the X-ray reflectivity is measured with a powder X-ray diffractometer (manufactured by Rigaku Co., Ltd., device name "RINT-2000") under the following measurement conditions. , Calculated by analyzing the acquired measurement data with analysis software ("GXRR3" manufactured by Rigaku Corporation). The analysis conditions were as follows, and a two-layer model of a polymer film substrate and a silicon oxide film with a density of 2.3 g / cm 3 was adopted, and the film thickness and surface roughness of the silicon oxide film and the surface roughness of the substrate film were adopted. With the value as a variable, the minimum square fitting is performed and the thickness of the silicon oxide layer is analyzed.
(Measurement condition)
Light source: Cu-Kα ray (wavelength: 1.5418 Å), 40 kV, 40 mA
Optical system: Parallel beam optical system Divergence slit: 0.05 mm
Light receiving slit: 0.05 mm
Monochromatic / parallelization: Using multi-layer Goebel mirror Measurement mode: θ / 2θ Scan mode Measurement range (2θ): 0.3 to 1.5 °
(Analysis conditions)
Analysis method: Least square fitting Analysis range (2θ): 2θ = 0.3 to 1.5 °
 [水接触角の測定]
 中間層材料表面の水接触角は、次のとおり測定する。すなわち、測定雰囲気23℃、50%RHの環境下において、接触角計(協和界面科学社製、商品名「DMo-501型」、コントロールボックス「DMC-2」、制御・解析ソフト「FAMAS(バージョン5.0.30)」)を用いて液滴法により測定を行う。蒸留水の滴下量は2μLとし、滴下5秒後の画像からΘ/2法により接触角を算出する(N5で実施)。被着体表面の水接触角についても同様の方法で測定される。
[Measurement of water contact angle]
The water contact angle on the surface of the intermediate layer material is measured as follows. That is, in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Surface Science Co., Ltd., trade name "DMo-501 type", control box "DMC-2", control / analysis software "FAMAS (version)" 5.0.30) ”) is used to measure by the sessile drop method. The amount of distilled water dropped is 2 μL, and the contact angle is calculated by the Θ / 2 method from the image 5 seconds after dropping (implemented at N5). The water contact angle on the surface of the adherend is also measured by the same method.
 [水剥離力低下率]
 剥離強度A0[N/10mm]および水剥離力A1[N/10mm]を式:
   水剥離力低下率[%]=(1-(A1/A0))×100;
に代入し、水剥離力低下率が70%以上のものを「○」と評価し、70%未満のものを「×」と評価する。
[Rate of decrease in water peeling power]
The formula: peel strength A0 [N / 10 mm] and water peel strength A1 [N / 10 mm]:
Water peeling power reduction rate [%] = (1- (A1 / A0)) × 100;
If the rate of decrease in water peeling force is 70% or more, it is evaluated as "○", and if it is less than 70%, it is evaluated as "x".
 <実施例1>
 (中間層材料の作製)
 PETフィルム(PET-A;三菱ケミカル社製、商品名「LC-N50JBN」、厚み50μm)上に、RF(Radio-Frequency)マグネトロンスパッタにて、三井金属社製のSiメタルターゲットから酸化ケイ素膜を成膜した。スパッタガスにはアルゴンと酸素を用い、酸素/アルゴン比率は5.3vol%とした。上記の条件で成膜時間を調整することで、上記PETフィルム(主層)上に厚さ2nmの酸化ケイ素膜(親水層)を形成し、親水性表面を有する中間層材料A1を得た。この中間層材料A1について、水接触角を測定したところ、親水性表面の水接触角は20度であり、その反対面である非親水性表面(疎水性表面)の水接触角は67度であった。
<Example 1>
(Preparation of intermediate layer material)
A silicon oxide film is formed from a Si metal target manufactured by Mitsui Kinzoku Co., Ltd. on a PET film (PET-A; manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "LC-N50JBN", thickness 50 μm) by RF (Radio-Frequency) magnetron sputtering. A film was formed. Argon and oxygen were used as the sputter gas, and the oxygen / argon ratio was 5.3 vol%. By adjusting the film formation time under the above conditions, a silicon oxide film (hydrophilic layer) having a thickness of 2 nm was formed on the PET film (main layer) to obtain an intermediate layer material A1 having a hydrophilic surface. When the water contact angle of this intermediate layer material A1 was measured, the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface was 20 degrees, and the water contact angle of the non-hydrophilic surface (hydrophobic surface) on the opposite surface was 67 degrees. there were.
 (粘着剤B1の作製)
 n-ブチルアクリレート(BA)、シクロヘキシルアクリレート(CHA)、4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート(4HBA)を70/13/18の重量比で含むモノマー混合物100部を、光重合開始剤としての商品名:イルガキュア651(チバスペシャルティケミカルズ社製)0.1部および商品名:イルガキュア184(チバスペシャルティケミカルズ社製)0.1部ととともに4つ口フラスコに投入し、窒素雰囲気下で粘度(BH粘度計、No.5ローター、10rpm、測定温度30℃℃)が約15Pa・sになるまで紫外線を照射して光重合させることにより、上記モノマー混合物の部分重合物を含むモノマーシロップを調製した。このモノマーシロップ100部に、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)9部および4HBA8部、多官能モノマーとしてジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(DPHA)0.1部、非イオン性界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノラウレート、HLB16.7、商品名:レオドールTW-L120、花王社製)0.3部を添加し、均一に混合して紫外線硬化型粘着剤組成物を調製した。ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離フィルムR1(三菱マテリアル社製、MRF#38)に、上記で得た粘着剤組成物を塗布し、ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離フィルムR2(三菱マテリアル社製、MRE#38)を被せて空気を遮断し、紫外線を照射して硬化させることにより、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層B1を形成した。
(Preparation of adhesive B1)
100 parts of a monomer mixture containing n-butyl acrylate (BA), cyclohexyl acrylate (CHA), and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) in a weight ratio of 70/13/18 as a photopolymerization initiator, trade name: Irgacure 651. Put it into a four-mouthed flask together with 0.1 part (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) and 0.1 part of trade name: Irgacure 184 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals). A monomer syrup containing a partial polymer of the above-mentioned monomer mixture was prepared by irradiating with ultraviolet rays until the temperature (5 rotors, 10 rpm, measurement temperature: 30 ° C. ° C.) reached about 15 Pa · s and photopolymerizing. In 100 parts of this monomer syrup, 9 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) and 8 parts of 4HBA, 0.1 part of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA) as a polyfunctional monomer, and a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan mono). Laurate, HLB16.7, trade name: Leodor TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd.) 0.3 part was added and mixed uniformly to prepare an ultraviolet curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained above is applied to a release film R1 (MRF # 38, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation) having a thickness of 38 μm in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface, and one side of the polyester film is used as the release surface. A 25 μm-thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was formed by covering with a 38 μm-thick release film R2 (MRE # 38 manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Co., Ltd.) to block air and irradiating with ultraviolet rays to cure the film.
 (粘着剤B2の作製)
 非イオン性界面活性剤を使用しなかった他は上記粘着剤層B1の調製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層B2を形成した。
(Preparation of adhesive B2)
A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 having a thickness of 25 μm was formed in the same manner as in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 except that a nonionic surfactant was not used.
 (両面粘着シートの作製)
 上記で得た粘着剤層B1の一方の表面を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した粘着面を、上記で得た中間層材料A1の親水性表面に2kgのゴムローラーを2往復させて圧着した。また、上記で得た粘着剤層B2の一方の表面を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した粘着面を、上記中間層材料A1の反対面(疎水性表面)に2kgのゴムローラーを2往復させて圧着した。このようにして、剥離ライナーで両面が覆われた粘着剤層B1/中間層A1/粘着剤層B2の構成を有する構造体(剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート)を得た。
(Making a double-sided adhesive sheet)
The release liner covering one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 obtained above was peeled off, and the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive surface was pressure-bonded to the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer material A1 obtained above by reciprocating a 2 kg rubber roller twice. Further, the peeling liner covering one surface of the adhesive layer B2 obtained above is peeled off, and the exposed adhesive surface is reciprocated twice with a 2 kg rubber roller on the opposite surface (hydrophobic surface) of the intermediate layer material A1. It was crimped. In this way, a structure (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner) having the structure of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 / intermediate layer A1 / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 whose both sides were covered with the release liner was obtained.
 (接合体の作製)
 第1被着体としてPETフィルム(東レ社製、商品名「ルミラーS10」、厚さ50μm、幅20mm、長さ150mm)を用意し、第2被着体としてアクリル板(三菱ケミカルインフラテック社製、製品名「アクリライトL」、厚さ2mm)を用意した。第1被着体表面(被接着面)の水接触角および第2被着体表面(被接着面)の水接触角はともに67度であった。上記で得た構造体(剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート)を幅20mm、長さ50mmにカットし、粘着剤層B1を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した粘着面を第1被着体(PETフィルム)に貼り合わせた。貼合せの際、構造体(両面粘着シート)と第1被着体との長さ方向の端部を揃えた。次いで、粘着剤層B2を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した粘着面を第2被着体(アクリル板)に貼り合わせた。得られた被着体と粘着シートとの積層体に対して、2kgのゴムローラーを2往復させて圧着した。このようにして、第1被着体/粘着剤層B1/中間層A1/粘着剤層B2/第2被着体の構成を有する構造体(接合体)を得た。
(Making a joint)
A PET film (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., trade name "Lumirror S10", thickness 50 μm, width 20 mm, length 150 mm) was prepared as the first adherend, and an acrylic plate (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Infratec) was prepared as the second adherend. , Product name "Acrylite L", thickness 2 mm) was prepared. The water contact angle of the first adherend surface (adhesion surface) and the water contact angle of the second adherend surface (adhesion surface) were both 67 degrees. The structure (double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner) obtained above is cut to a width of 20 mm and a length of 50 mm, the release liner covering the adhesive layer B1 is peeled off, and the exposed adhesive surface is the first adherend (PET film). I pasted it on. At the time of bonding, the ends of the structure (double-sided adhesive sheet) and the first adherend in the length direction were aligned. Next, the release liner covering the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 was peeled off, and the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive surface was attached to the second adherend (acrylic plate). A 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated twice and pressure-bonded to the obtained laminate of the adherend and the adhesive sheet. In this way, a structure (bonded body) having a structure of a first adherend / adhesive layer B1 / intermediate layer A1 / adhesive layer B2 / second adherend was obtained.
 <比較例1>
 中間層材料A1の親水性表面側の粘着剤層として、粘着剤層B1に代えて粘着剤層B2を用いた。その他は実施例1と同様にして、剥離ライナーで両面が覆われた粘着剤層B2/中間層A1/粘着剤層B2の構成を有する構造体(剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート)を得た。
 また、上記剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シートを使用した他は実施例1と同様にして、第1被着体/粘着剤層B2/中間層A1/粘着剤層B2/第2被着体の構成を有する構造体(接合体)を得た。
<Comparative Example 1>
As the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the hydrophilic surface side of the intermediate layer material A1, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 was used instead of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1. Other than that, in the same manner as in Example 1, a structure (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner) having a structure of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 / intermediate layer A1 / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 whose both sides were covered with a release liner was obtained.
Further, the configuration of the first adherend / adhesive layer B2 / intermediate layer A1 / adhesive layer B2 / second adherend is configured in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner is used. A structure (bonded body) having was obtained.
 <比較例2>
 中間層材料として、中間層材料A1に代えて中間層材料A2(PETフィルム;東レ社製、商品名「ルミラーS10」、厚さ50μm)を用いた。その他は実施例1と同様にして、剥離ライナーで両面が覆われた粘着剤層B1/中間層A2/粘着剤層B2の構成を有する構造体(剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート)を得た。
 また、上記剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シートを使用した他は実施例1と同様にして、第1被着体/粘着剤層B1/中間層A2/粘着剤層B2/第2被着体の構成を有する構造体(接合体)を得た。
<Comparative Example 2>
As the intermediate layer material, the intermediate layer material A2 (PET film; manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., trade name "Lumirror S10", thickness 50 μm) was used instead of the intermediate layer material A1. Other than that, in the same manner as in Example 1, a structure (double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a release liner) having a structure of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 / intermediate layer A2 / pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B2 whose both sides were covered with a release liner was obtained.
Further, the configuration of the first adherend / adhesive layer B1 / intermediate layer A2 / adhesive layer B2 / second adherend is configured in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the double-sided adhesive sheet with a release liner is used. A structure (bonded body) having was obtained.
 <比較例3>
 粘着シートとして、実施例1と同様の方法で作製した粘着剤層B1を用いた。粘着剤層B1を幅20mm、長さ50mmにカットし、粘着剤層B1の一方の表面を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した粘着面を第1被着体(PETフィルム)に貼り合わせた。貼合せの際、粘着シートと第1被着体との長さ方向の端部を揃えた。次いで、上記粘着剤層B1の他方の表面を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した粘着面を第2被着体(アクリル板)に貼り合わせた。得られた被着体と粘着剤層との積層体に対して、2kgのゴムローラーを2往復させて圧着した。このようにして、第1被着体/粘着剤層B1/第2被着体の構成を有する構造体を得た。第1被着体および第2被着体としては、実施例1で使用したものと同種のものを使用した。
<Comparative Example 3>
As the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 produced by the same method as in Example 1 was used. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was cut into a width of 20 mm and a length of 50 mm, the release liner covering one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was peeled off, and the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive surface was attached to the first adherend (PET film). At the time of bonding, the ends of the adhesive sheet and the first adherend in the length direction were aligned. Next, the release liner covering the other surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1 was peeled off, and the exposed pressure-sensitive adhesive surface was attached to the second adherend (acrylic plate). A 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated twice and pressure-bonded to the obtained laminate of the adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In this way, a structure having a structure of a first adherend / adhesive layer B1 / second adherend was obtained. As the first adherend and the second adherend, those of the same type as those used in Example 1 were used.
 <性能評価>
 実施例1および比較例1~2に係る構造体(接合体)について、剥離強度(通常剥離力)A0[N/10mm]および水剥離力A1[N/10mm]を測定し、水剥離力低下率[%]の評価を行った。また、各剥離力の測定において破壊箇所の観察も行った。比較例3に係る構造体(接合体)については、第1被着体と粘着剤層B1との接着面に対して、上記剥離強度(通常剥離力)A0および水剥離力A1と同様の方法で、通常剥離力[N/10mm]および水剥離力[N/10mm]を測定し、水剥離力低下率[%]の評価を行った。結果を表1に示す。表1には、各例の概要をあわせて示す。
<Performance evaluation>
For the structures (joints) according to Examples 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2, the peel strength (normal peeling force) A0 [N / 10 mm] and the water peeling force A1 [N / 10 mm] were measured, and the water peeling force decreased. The rate [%] was evaluated. In addition, the fractured part was also observed in the measurement of each peeling force. Regarding the structure (bonded body) according to Comparative Example 3, the same method as the above-mentioned peeling strength (normal peeling force) A0 and water peeling force A1 is applied to the adhesive surface between the first adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer B1. Then, the normal peeling force [N / 10 mm] and the water peeling force [N / 10 mm] were measured, and the water peeling force reduction rate [%] was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1. Table 1 also shows an outline of each example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 以上、本発明の具体例を詳細に説明したが、これらは例示にすぎず、請求の範囲を限定するものではない。請求の範囲に記載の技術には、以上に例示した具体例を様々に変形、変更したものが含まれる。 Although specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, these are merely examples and do not limit the scope of claims. The techniques described in the claims include various modifications and modifications of the specific examples exemplified above.
  1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 構造体
  1A,2A,3A,4A 一方の表面(粘着面)
  1B,2B,3B,4B 他方の表面(粘着面)
 11  第1粘着剤層(A層)
 11A 粘着面
 11B 面(親水性表面側表面)
 12,120  第2粘着剤層
 12A,120A 粘着面
 12B,120B 面(中間層側表面)
 13  第1粘着剤層(A層)
 13A 粘着面
 20,200  中間層(基材層)
 20A,200A 一方の面(親水性表面)
 20B,200B 他方の面
 22  主層
 24  親水層
 25  粘着剤層非存在領域
 31,32,33  剥離ライナー
 51,52,53,54  構造体(剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート)
 60  第1被着体
 70  第2被着体
 80  ピックアップテープ
 90  延設部
110  第1粘着剤層
110A 一方の表面(粘着面)
110B 他方の表面(中間層側表面)
112  A層
114  B層
400  セット
410  第1粘着シート
411  粘着剤層(A層)
420  第2粘着シート
420A 一方の面(親水性表面)
420B 他方の面(粘着面)
420  他方の面
422  粘着剤層
425  基材層
425A 一方の面(親水性表面)
425B 他方の面(粘着剤層側表面)
427  主層
428  親水層
431,432,433  剥離ライナー
451,452  剥離ライナー付き粘着シート
500  セット
510  第1構造体
511  粘着剤層(A層)
512  被着体
520  第2構造体
520A 一方の面(親水性表面)
521  粘着剤層
522  被着体
525  親水性表面を有する層
525A 一方の面(親水性表面)
525B 他方の面(粘着剤層側表面)
527  主層
528  親水層

 
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 Structure 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A One surface (adhesive surface)
1B, 2B, 3B, 4B The other surface (adhesive surface)
11 First adhesive layer (layer A)
11A adhesive surface 11B surface (hydrophilic surface side surface)
12,120 Second adhesive layer 12A, 120A Adhesive surface 12B, 120B surface (intermediate layer side surface)
13 First adhesive layer (layer A)
13A Adhesive surface 20,200 Intermediate layer (base material layer)
20A, 200A One side (hydrophilic surface)
20B, 200B Opposite surface 22 Main layer 24 Hydrophilic layer 25 Adhesive layer non-existent area 31, 32, 33 Release liner 51, 52, 53, 54 Structure (double-sided adhesive sheet with release liner)
60 1st adherend 70 2nd adherend 80 Pickup tape 90 Extension 110 1st adhesive layer 110A One surface (adhesive surface)
110B The other surface (intermediate layer side surface)
112 A layer 114 B layer 400 set 410 First adhesive sheet 411 Adhesive layer (A layer)
420 Second adhesive sheet 420A One side (hydrophilic surface)
420B The other side (adhesive side)
420 The other side 422 Adhesive layer 425 Base material layer 425A One side (hydrophilic surface)
425B The other surface (adhesive layer side surface)
427 Main layer 428 Hydrophilic layer 431,432,433 Release liner 451,452 Adhesive sheet with release liner 500 set 510 First structure 511 Adhesive layer (layer A)
512 Adhesive body 520 Second structure 520A One surface (hydrophilic surface)
521 Adhesive layer 522 Adhesive body 525 Layer 525A with a hydrophilic surface One side (hydrophilic surface)
525B The other surface (adhesive layer side surface)
527 Main layer 528 Hydrophilic layer

Claims (21)

  1.  第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とをこの順で含む構造体であって、
     前記中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面であり、
     前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、前記中間層の前記親水性表面に配置されたA層を有し、
     前記中間層と、前記A層とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該A層と該中間層との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力A1[N/10mm]と、前記A層を有する粘着剤層の前記中間層に対する剥離強度A0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(A1/A0))×100;により算出される水剥離力低下率が70%以上である、構造体。
    A structure including a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, an intermediate layer, and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in this order.
    At least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
    At least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
    After supplying 20 μL of distilled water between the intermediate layer and the A layer and allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the intermediate layer, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4. 1. Method 1: Water peeling force A1 [N] measured at a test temperature of 23 ° C, with a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 °, according to the 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate. / 10 mm] and the peel strength A0 [N / 10 mm] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer with respect to the intermediate layer, water peeling calculated by the following formula: (1- (A1 / A0)) × 100 ;. A structure having a force reduction rate of 70% or more.
  2.  両面粘着シートである、請求項1に記載の構造体。 The structure according to claim 1, which is a double-sided adhesive sheet.
  3.  前記中間層の前記親水性表面の水接触角は30度以下である、請求項1または2に記載の構造体。 The structure according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the water contact angle of the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer is 30 degrees or less.
  4.  前記中間層の前記親水性表面は、粘着剤層が設けられていない粘着剤層非存在領域を前記中間層の端部に有する、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の構造体。 The structure according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer has a region where the adhesive layer does not exist at the end of the intermediate layer.
  5.  前記中間層は、前記親水性表面を構成する親水層を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の構造体。 The structure according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the intermediate layer has a hydrophilic layer constituting the hydrophilic surface.
  6.  前記親水層は無機酸化物含有層である、請求項5に記載の構造体。 The structure according to claim 5, wherein the hydrophilic layer is an inorganic oxide-containing layer.
  7.  前記A層は、光硬化型または溶剤型の粘着剤組成物から形成された層である、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の構造体。 The structure according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the layer A is a layer formed of a photocurable or solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  8.  前記A層は水親和剤を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の構造体。 The structure according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the layer A contains a water affinity agent.
  9.  水接触角が40度以上である表面に貼り付けられる、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の構造体。 The structure according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which is attached to a surface having a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more.
  10.  請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の構造体と、前記第1粘着剤層の粘着面および前記第2粘着剤層の粘着面を保護する少なくとも1つの剥離ライナーと、を備える剥離ライナー付き両面粘着シート。 A release liner comprising the structure according to any one of claims 1 to 9 and at least one release liner that protects the adhesive surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Double-sided adhesive sheet with.
  11.  前記第1粘着剤層と接着する第1被着体と、前記第2粘着剤層と接着する第2被着体と、をさらに備える、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の構造体。 The structure according to any one of claims 1 to 8, further comprising a first adherend that adheres to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a second adherend that adheres to the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. body.
  12.  前記第1被着体および前記第2被着体のうち、前記A層を有する前記粘着剤層と接着する被着体は、該粘着剤層が接着する面の水接触角が40度以上である、請求項11に記載の構造体。 Of the first adherend and the second adherend, the adherend that adheres to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer has a water contact angle of 40 degrees or more on the surface to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer adheres. The structure according to claim 11.
  13.  接合された第1被着体および第2被着体を分離する方法であって、
     前記接合された前記第1被着体および前記第2被着体のあいだには、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置されており、
     前記中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面であり、
     前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、前記中間層の前記親水性表面に配置されたA層を有しており、
     前記方法は、前記A層を有する粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離する工程を含み、
     ここで、前記粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離する工程は、前記中間層からの前記粘着剤層の剥離前線において前記中間層と前記粘着剤層との界面に水性液体が存在する状態で、前記剥離前線の移動に追随して前記水性液体の前記界面への進入を進行させつつ前記中間層から前記粘着剤層を剥離する水剥離工程である、方法。
    A method of separating the joined first adherend and the second adherend.
    The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the first adherend and the second adherend that have been joined.
    At least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
    At least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
    The method includes a step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer.
    Here, in the step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer, an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the peeling front of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer. A method, which is a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the invasion of the aqueous liquid into the interface following the movement of the peeling front.
  14.  接合された第1被着体および第2被着体を分離し、該第2被着体に第3被着体を接合する方法であって、
     前記接合された前記第1被着体および前記第2被着体のあいだには、第1粘着剤層と中間層と第2粘着剤層とがこの順で配置されており、
     前記中間層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面であり、
     前記第1粘着剤層および前記第2粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の粘着剤層は、前記中間層の前記親水性表面に配置されたA層を有しており、
     前記方法は、
      前記A層を有する粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離して、前記第1被着体と前記第2被着体とを分離する工程と、
      前記第3被着体を粘着シートによって前記第2被着体に接合する工程と、
     を含み、
     ここで、前記粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離する工程は、前記中間層からの前記粘着剤層の剥離前線において前記中間層と前記粘着剤層との界面に水性液体が存在する状態で、前記剥離前線の移動に追随して前記水性液体の前記界面への進入を進行させつつ前記中間層から前記粘着剤層を剥離する水剥離工程である、方法。
    It is a method of separating the joined first adherend and the second adherend and joining the third adherend to the second adherend.
    The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the intermediate layer, and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are arranged in this order between the first adherend and the second adherend that have been joined.
    At least one surface of the intermediate layer is a hydrophilic surface.
    At least one of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer arranged on the hydrophilic surface of the intermediate layer.
    The method is
    A step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer from the intermediate layer to separate the first adherend and the second adherend.
    A step of joining the third adherend to the second adherend with an adhesive sheet,
    Including
    Here, in the step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer, an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the intermediate layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the peeling front of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer. A method, which is a water peeling step of peeling the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the intermediate layer while advancing the invasion of the aqueous liquid into the interface following the movement of the peeling front.
  15.  前記A層を有する粘着剤層を前記中間層から剥離した後、前記第2被着体には前記中間層が残存しており、
     前記第3被着体を前記第2被着体に接合するために用いられる粘着シートは、A層を有する粘着剤層を含み、かつ
     被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後、前記被着体に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、該蒸留水を、前記A層と前記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]と、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後の粘着力B0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が70%以上である、請求項14に記載の方法。
    After the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having the A layer is peeled off from the intermediate layer, the intermediate layer remains in the second adherend.
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for joining the third adherend to the second adherend includes an adhesive layer having an A layer, and is an alkaline glass plate produced by a float method as an adherend. The A layer side is attached to a surface having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to the distilled water, and after 1 day at room temperature, 20 μL of the distilled water is dropped onto the adherend, and the distilled water is applied to the A layer and the said. After entering one end of the interface with the adherend, JIS Z 0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling off to the test plate According to the adhesive force, using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C. The contact angle of the water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees and the alkaline glass plate manufactured by the float method as an adherend to distilled water is 5. It is calculated by the following formula: (1- (B1 / B0)) × 100; from the adhesive strength B0 [N / 10 mm] one day after the A layer side is attached to the surface having a degree to 10 degrees. The method according to claim 14, wherein the rate of decrease in water peeling is 70% or more.
  16.  第1粘着シートと第2粘着シートとを含むセットであって、
     前記第1粘着シートは粘着剤層を含み、
     前記第2粘着シートは、基材層と、該基材層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備え、該基材層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面であり、
     前記第1粘着シートの粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に貼り付けられるA層を有するか、あるいは、前記第2粘着シートの粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に設けられたA層を有するか、あるいは、その両方である、セット。
    A set including a first adhesive sheet and a second adhesive sheet,
    The first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
    The second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprises a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer, and at least one surface of the base material layer is a hydrophilic surface.
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer to be attached to the hydrophilic surface, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the second pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet has an A layer provided on the hydrophilic surface. Or, or both, a set.
  17.  請求項16に記載のセットに用いられる粘着シートであって、
     基材層と、該基材層の一方の面に設けられた粘着剤層と、を備え、該基材層の少なくとも一方の面は親水性表面である、粘着シート。
    An adhesive sheet used in the set according to claim 16.
    A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a base material layer and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on one surface of the base material layer, wherein at least one surface of the base material layer is a hydrophilic surface.
  18.  請求項16に記載のセットに用いられる粘着シートであって、
     前記粘着シートは、A層を有する粘着剤層を含み、
     被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後、前記被着体に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、該蒸留水を前記A層と前記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]と、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後の粘着力B0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が70%以上である、粘着シート。
    An adhesive sheet used in the set according to claim 16.
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet contains a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having an A layer.
    The layer A side was attached to a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as an adherend having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and after 1 day at room temperature, 20 μL of distillation was performed on the adherend. After dropping water and allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, JIS Z 0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate. According to the above, a water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C. and a float method as an adherend are used. The A layer side was attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the adhesive strength was B0 [N / 10 mm] one day after room temperature. -(B1 / B0)) × 100; The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a water peeling reduction rate of 70% or more.
  19.  第1構造体と第2構造体とを含むセットであって、
     前記第1構造体は、第1被着体と、第1粘着剤層と、を有し、
     前記第2構造体は、第2被着体と、第2粘着剤層と、親水性表面を有する層と、この順で有し、
     前記第1粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に貼り付けられるA層を有するか、あるいは、前記第2粘着剤層が、前記親水性表面に設けられたA層を有するか、あるいは、その両方である、セット。
    A set including a first structure and a second structure,
    The first structure has a first adherend and a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
    The second structure has a second adherend, a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface in this order.
    The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer attached to the hydrophilic surface, the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer provided on the hydrophilic surface, or both. Is a set.
  20.  請求項19に記載のセットに用いられる構造体であって、
     被着体と、粘着剤層と、親水性表面を有する層と、をこの順で有する、構造体。
    A structure used in the set according to claim 19.
    A structure having an adherend, an adhesive layer, and a layer having a hydrophilic surface in this order.
  21.  請求項19に記載のセットに用いられる構造体であって、
     被着体と、粘着剤層と、を有し、
     前記粘着剤層はA層を有し、 
     被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後、前記被着体に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、該蒸留水を前記A層と前記被着体との界面の一端に進入させた後、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で測定される水剥離力B1[N/10mm]と、被着体としてのフロート法で作製されたアルカリガラス板の、蒸留水に対する接触角が5度~10度である面に前記A層側を貼り付けて室温1日後の粘着力B0[N/10mm]とから、次式:(1-(B1/B0))×100;により算出される水剥離低下率が70%以上である、構造体。

     
    A structure used in the set according to claim 19.
    It has an adherend and an adhesive layer,
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has an A layer and has an A layer.
    The layer A side was attached to a surface of an alkaline glass plate produced by the float method as an adherend having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and after 1 day at room temperature, 20 μL of distillation was performed on the adherend. After dropping water and allowing the distilled water to enter one end of the interface between the A layer and the adherend, JIS Z 0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling adhesive force to the test plate. According to the above, a water peeling force B1 [N / 10 mm] measured under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees using a tensile tester at a test temperature of 23 ° C. and a float method as an adherend are used. The A layer side was attached to the surface of the alkaline glass plate having a contact angle of 5 to 10 degrees with respect to distilled water, and the adhesive strength was B0 [N / 10 mm] one day after room temperature. -(B1 / B0)) x 100; the structure having a water separation reduction rate of 70% or more.

PCT/JP2021/042522 2020-12-25 2021-11-19 Structure, adhesive sheet, set and method WO2022137924A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-217630 2020-12-25
JP2020217630 2020-12-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022137924A1 true WO2022137924A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=82159385

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/042522 WO2022137924A1 (en) 2020-12-25 2021-11-19 Structure, adhesive sheet, set and method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202239900A (en)
WO (1) WO2022137924A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010180367A (en) * 2009-02-06 2010-08-19 Three M Innovative Properties Co Repeelable double-faced adhesive sheet
WO2018211850A1 (en) * 2017-05-19 2018-11-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Gas barrier film and method for producing gas barrier film
WO2019151194A1 (en) * 2018-02-05 2019-08-08 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and peeling method for adhesive sheet
WO2019225649A1 (en) * 2018-05-24 2019-11-28 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet
WO2020027033A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 日東電工株式会社 Optical pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and use thereof
WO2021024741A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Layered article and peeling method
JP2021095450A (en) * 2019-12-13 2021-06-24 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing and use thereof

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010180367A (en) * 2009-02-06 2010-08-19 Three M Innovative Properties Co Repeelable double-faced adhesive sheet
WO2018211850A1 (en) * 2017-05-19 2018-11-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Gas barrier film and method for producing gas barrier film
WO2019151194A1 (en) * 2018-02-05 2019-08-08 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and peeling method for adhesive sheet
WO2019225649A1 (en) * 2018-05-24 2019-11-28 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet
WO2020027033A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 日東電工株式会社 Optical pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and use thereof
WO2021024741A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Layered article and peeling method
JP2021095450A (en) * 2019-12-13 2021-06-24 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202239900A (en) 2022-10-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6864144B2 (en) Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet peeling method
JP6683765B2 (en) Double-sided adhesive sheet
JP7558649B2 (en) Optical pressure sensitive adhesive composition and its use
WO2021024741A1 (en) Layered article and peeling method
JP7050498B2 (en) Laminated sheet and roll
JP2014047254A (en) Double-sided adhesive sheet, laminate and removal method of plate
WO2019225649A1 (en) Adhesive sheet
JP2021161192A (en) Pressure sensitive adhesive sheet having release film
WO2021024864A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2021172342A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and use thereof
WO2019151192A1 (en) Method for peeling adhesive sheet
JP7283867B2 (en) Adhesive sheet peeling method
WO2022038926A1 (en) Bonded object separation method
JPWO2020110489A1 (en) Adhesive sheet
WO2022137924A1 (en) Structure, adhesive sheet, set and method
WO2020196434A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2022030198A1 (en) Method for dividing bonded body
WO2022024668A1 (en) Method for removing attachment adhesive, structure, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2020218154A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and use thereof
WO2024024829A1 (en) Method for peeling adhesive sheet
WO2020262340A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and use of same
WO2024024862A1 (en) Bonded body, method for dismantling bonded body, and thermosetting adhesive used for bonded body
JP2021008606A (en) Adhesive sheet and use of the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21910077

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21910077

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP